90443 02A_Diablo_630_630ECS_Maint_Mar83 02A Diablo 630 630ECS Maint Mar83
User Manual: 90443-02A_Diablo_630_630ECS_Maint_Mar83
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 202
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
MODEL 630/630 ECS
PRINTERS & TERMINALS
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
90443-02
Rev A
March 1983
DIABLO SYSTEMS, INC.
A XEROX Company
FCC NOTICE
Warning: This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if
not installed in accordance with the instructions manual, may cause interference to radio
communications. Because the different versions of this device meet different emissions
standards, and because the same instructions manual covers all versions, all of the
different applicable warnings are set forth below with the appropriate FCC Label installed
on each unit
As temporarily permitted by regulation, this equipment has not been tested for compliance with the limits for Class A computing devices pursuant to Subpart J of Part 15
of FCC Rules, which are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A
computing device pursuant to Subpart J of Part 15 of the FCC Rules, which are
designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference when this device is
operated in a commercial environment
In either of the above cases, operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to
cause interference, in which case the user, at his own expense, will be required to take
whatever measures are necessary to correct the interference.
This equipment has been type tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B
computing device in accordance with the specifications in subpart J of Part 15 of the
FCC Rules, which are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates and uses radio frequency
energy, and if not installed and used properly in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, may cause interference to radio and television reception. There is,
however no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.
If equipment certified to meet the Class B limits does cause interference to radio or
television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the
user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following
measures: (a) Reorient the receiving antenna. (b) Relocate the computer with respect
to the receiver.
(c) Move the computer away from the receiver.
(d) Plug the
computer into a different outlet so that the computer and the receiver are on
different branch circuits.
If necessary, the user should consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television
technician for additional suggestions. In addition, an FCC booklet, "How to Identify
and Resolve Radio-TV Interference Problems", Stock No. 004-000-00345-4, is available
from the U.s. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 20402.
In those versions of this equipment labeled Class A or B Compliant a shielded and
grounded I/O cable is necessary to achieve compliance with the FCC Rules regarding radio
emissions from computers. Please consult your authorized Diablo sales representative for
further details regarding the cable.
***************************
Diablo® ,HyType® and XEROX®
are trademarks of XEROX CORPORATION.
©Copyright 1983 by Diablo Systems, Inc., Hayward, California, USA
Publication No. 90443-02 Rev A - Third Edition
Printed In The U.S.A.
ii
PREFACE
This manual presents information pertaining to maintenance and repair of Diablo Model 630
and 630 ECS Printers and Terminals. It is one of several manuals that describe various
aspects of the Model 630. All of the these manuals, and other related publications, are
listed in sUbsection 1.6 of this manual, along with instructions for ordering them.
The information in this manual is divided into six sections entitled:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
-
General Information
Preventive Maintenance
Corrective Maintenance
Removal & Replacem ent Procedures
Adjustment Procedures
Major Subassembly Replacement Parts
Circuit Diagrams & Wiring Lists
Comments on all Diablo publications or their use are invited
comments to:
Please address your
Manager, Product Support Publications
Diablo Systems, Incorporated
P.O. Box 5030
Fremont, California 94537
Diablo Systems, Inc., reserves the right to make changes 'and/or improvements to its products without incurring any obligation to incorporate such changes or improvements in units
previously sold or shipped
******************************
WARRANTY
Diablo Model 630 Printers and Terminals are warranted against defects in materials and
workmanship for 90 days from the date of purchase by the end user. Any questions
regarding the warranty should be directed to your Diablo Sales Representative.
All
requests for repair should be directed to the Diablo or Xerox Service Center in your area.
This will assure you of the fastest possible service. For a list of Service Center locations
and description of available service options, refer to the Service Information Guide, Diablo
Publication No. 90070-XX.
******************************
UL/CSA
UL recognized and listed under File No. E51242.
CSA certified as a component and printer under CSA File LR2196.
(See the Model 630 Product Description manual for a complete list of
pertinent Standards and Regulations)
Rev A (3/83)
iii
REVISION CONTROL RECORD
MODEL 630 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PUBLICATION NO. 90443-02
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------NOTE: On revised pages of text, each area of new revision is marked by
a heavy vertical bar in the margin.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------PAGE/REV
Cover A
ii
A
iii
A
iv
A
v
A
vi
A
vii
A
viii A
ix
A
x
A
1-0
A
1-1
A
1-2
A
1-3
A
1-4
A
A
1-5
2-1
A
A
2-2
2-3
A
2-4
A
2-5
A
2-6
A
A
2-7
PAGE/REV
A
3-1
A
3-2
A
3-3
A
3-4
A
3-5
A
3-6
A
3-7
3-8
A
A
3-9
3-10 A
3-11 A
3-12 A
3-13 A
3-14 A
3-15 A
3-16 A
3-17 A
3-18 A
3-19 A
3-20 A
3-21 A
3-22 A
3-23 A
3-24 A
3-25 A
3-26 A
3-27 A
3-28 A
3-29 A
3-30 A
3-31 A
3-32 A
3-33 A
3-34 A
3-35 A
PAGE/REV
4-1
A
4-2
A
A
4-3
4-4
A
4-5
A
4-6
A
A
4-7
4-8
A
4-9
A
4-10 A
4-11 A
4-12 A
4-13 A
4-14 A
4-15 A
4-16 A
4-17 A
4-18 A
4-19 A
4-20 A
4-21 A
4-22 A
4-23 A
4-24 A
4-25 A
4-26 A
4-27 A
4-28 A
PAGE/REV
5-1
A
A
5-2
A
5-3
A
5-4
A
5-5
A
5-6
A
5-7
A
5-8
A
5-9
5-10 A
5-11 A
5-12 A
5-13 A
5-14 A
5-15 A
5-16 A
5-17 A
5-18 A
5-19 A
5-20 A
5-21 A
5-22 A
5-23 A
5-24 A
6-1
A
A
6-2
A
6-3
iv
PAGE/REV
7-1
A
7-2
A
7-3
A
7-4
A
A
7-5
7-6
A
A
7-7
A
7-8
A
7-9
7-10 A
7-11 A
7-12 A
7-13 A
PAGE/REV
Circuit diagram revision
levels are noted on each
diagram.
Rev A (3/83)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1 - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
General • • • • • • • • • • • •
Maintenance Philosophy • • • •
Maintenance Precautions.
Tools, Equipment and Spares ••
1. 4 • 1 Level 1
1.4.2 Level 2 • • • • • • • • •
1.4.3 Level 3 • • • •
1.4.4 Terminal Spares
1.4.5 Model 630 Tool Kits
1.5 Maintenance Training
1.6. Related Publications
SECTION 2 - PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
2.1 Preventive Maintenance Schedule • • • • •
2.2 Cleaning The Print Wheel And Print Hammer •
2.2.1 The Print Wheel • • • • •
2.2.2 The Print Hammer • • • • •
2.3 General Cleaning And Inspection.
• •••••
2.4 Lubrication • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
2.4.1 Carriage System - Non-ECS
•••••
2.4.2 Carriage System - ECS
••••
2.4.3 Carrier System • • • • • •
2.4.4 Platen System • • • • • •
2.4.5 Lubrication of Optional Items • • • •
SECTION
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3 - CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
Troubleshooting • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Diagnostics - Models 630 PPI and HPR06 Printers •
Diagnostics - Model 630 SPI Terminal
• • • • •
3.3.1 SPI Self-Test • . • •
• ••••••••
3.3.2 SPI Remote Diagnostics •
3.3.2.1 ESC SUB I
3.3.2.2 ESC SUB R
3.3.2.3 ESC SUB 1
3.3.2.4 ESC SUB SO ••
Diagnostics - Model 630 HPR05 Terminals •
• • • • •
3.4.i General Discussion. • • • • • • • • • •
• •••
3.4.2 Confidence Test
• • • • • • • •
• ••••
3.4.2.1 Confidence Test On Model 630 Without Control Panel.
3.4.2.2 Confidence Test On Model 630 With Control
Panel - Without Jumper A60-l/2 On HPR05 PCB • • •
3.4.2.3 Confidence Test On Model 630 With Control
Panel - With Jumper A60-l/2 on HPR05 PCB • • • • •
3.4.3 Individual Tests • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
3.4.3.1 Redefinition Of Control Panel Lights and Switches
3.4.3.2 Individual Test Selection and Operation
3.4.3.3 Individual Test Definitions
3.4.4 Remote Diagnostics - HPR05 • • • • • •
3.4.4.1 Diagnostic Commands • • • • •
3.4.4.2 Diagnostics Interface Protocol •
3.4.4.3 Diagnostic Command Definitions.
Rev A (3/83)
v
1-1
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-4
1-4
1-5
1-5
1-5
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-4
2-6
2-6
2-7
3-1
3-1
3-2
3-2
3-3
3-3
3-3
3-4
3-4
3-5
3-5
3-6
3-7
3-7
3-8
3-8
3-9
3-10
3-12
3-21
3-21
3-21
3-22
3.5
3.6
SECTION
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16
4.17
4.18
4.19
4.20
Diagnostics - Model 630 API Terminals • •
3.5.1 API Self-Test • • • • • • • • •
3.5.2 API Remote Diagnostics.
• ••••
3 • 5 • 2 • 1 ESC SUB T
• • • •
3.5.2.2 ESC SUB R
••••••••
3.5.2.3 ESC SUB SO •
• •••
3.5.2.4 ESC SUB 1 • • • • • •
3.5.2.5 ESC SUB 3
Test Operating References •
3.6.1 ASCII Coding System
3.6.2 Print Wheel Code Charts (Typical)
3.6.3 ASCII-to-Decimal Equivalents.
3-24
3-24
3-24
3-25
3-25
3-25
3-25
3-26
3-27
3-27
3-28
3-35
4 - REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
General Instructions
TOp Cover Removal •
Platen Removal • • • •
Card Guide Removal
(ECS card guide shield replacement)
Circuit Board Removals • • • • • • •
4.5.1 PCE / PPI / SPI / API / HPR05 / HPR06
Circuit Boards Removal
4.5.2 SCE Circuit Board Removal • • • .
Power Supply Removal/Conversion • • • •
4.6.1 Regulator Circuit Board Removal • • • •
4.6.2 Power Supply Assembly Removal
••••
4.6.3 Power Supply AC Input Conversion.
SPI and API-l.5 Control Panel Removal
HPR05 And API-2 Control Panel Removal
4.8.1 RO Control Panel Removal ••
4.8.2 KSR Control Panel Removal • • • • • • . • •
Keyboard Assembly Removal •
Print Mechanism Removal ••
Carriage Assembly Removal.
Ribbon Deck Removal . • • •
Ribbon Latch Removal
Carriage Drive Motor Removal • • • •
Restringing The Carriage Drive Cable • • • • • • • •
Paper Feed Motor Removal
•••••
Bottom Feed Kit Installation • • • • • •
Wire Harness Removal
••••
Accessory Pin Feed Platen Installation • • • • •
ECS Solenoid Removal
• • • • • • • •
• • • • •
4-1
4-1
4-2
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-4
4-4
4-5
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-9
4-10
4-10
4-11
4-12
4-12
4-14
4-16
4-17
4-17
4-17
4-19
4-19
4-23
4-23
4-25
SECTION 5 - ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES
5.1 General Information. . • • • • •
• ••••••
5.1.1 Adjustment Prerequisites
•••••••••
5.1.2 Summary of Adjustments • • • • • • • • • • •
5.1.3 Conditions For Test and Alignment
5.1.4 Special Adjustment Tools ••
5.1.5 Print Quality Considerations
••••••
5.2 Platen Clutch Adjustment and Platen Bearing Check • • • • •
5.3 Paper Release Actuator Adjustment • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
5.4 Top Paper Out Bail And Switch Adjustment
5.5 Bottom Paper Out Bail And Switch Adjustment.
vi
5-1
5-1
5-1
5-2
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
5-6
5-8
Rev A (3/83)
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
5.10
5.11
5.12
5.13
5.14
Paper Feed Gear Backlash Adjustments • • . • •
5.6.1 In units without Anti-Backlash Mechanism.
5.6.2 In units With Anti-Backlash Mechanism • • • • •
Print Wheel Home
Print Wheel To Hammer Alignment •
Hammer Armature Adjustment
Ribbon Height Adjustment (Non-ECS units only)
Ribbon Lift Adjustment (Units with Ribbon Lift Option)
ECS Solenoid Adjustment • •
• • • • • • •
Card Guide Adjustments
. • • • . •
••• • •
Hammer Angles. • . • .
• • • . •.
. ••••
5.14.1 Adjustable/Nonadjustable Print Hammer Assemblies
5.14.2 Hammer Angle Adjustments (Adjustable Hammer
Assemblies Only) • •
5-9
5-9
5-10
5-11
5-15
5-17
5-18
5-20
5-20
5-21
5-23
5-23
5-23
SECTION
6.1
6.2
6.3
6 - MAJOR SUBASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT PARTS
General Information.
Ordering Parts • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Parts List • • • • • • • . • • • •
6-1
6-1
6-2
SECTION
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS & CABLE WIRING LISTS
General Discussion
Logic Symbology . • • • •
Circuit Diagrams
Connector Wiring Lists • • • • •
7-1
7-1
7-1
7-3
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure
1-1
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-6
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-7
3-8
3-9
3-10
3-11
3-12
3-13
Rev A (3/83)
Model 630 Printers And Terminals
Non-ECS Carriage System Lubrication Points
Non-ECS Carriage System Lubrication Points
ECS Carriage System Lubrication Points . • • • •
Carrier System Lubrication Points • • • • • •
Zero-Backlash Platen Assembly • • • •
Early Style Platen System Lubrication Points
PPI Self-Test Printout
• • • • • • • • •
SPI Self-Test Printout
• • • • • • • •
HPR05 Circuit Board Self-Test Jumper and Switch.
HPR05 ROM and RAM Locations •
Confidence Test Printout
••••••••
HPR05 Operator Control Panel - Self-Test Mode •
API Self-Test Printout • • . . . . .
• • • .
ASCII Code Chart • • • • • • • • •
96-Character Print Wheel - Plastic
88-Character Print Wheel - Metal
92-Character Print Wheel - Metal (Rank Xerox)
96-Character Print Wheel - Metal (Diablo)
96-Char ac ter Print Wheel - Metal (Rank Xerox)
...·····
······....
····
· · · · · ·. . . . .
vii
Page
1-0
2-3
2-3
2-5
2-6
2-6
2-7
3-2
3-2
3-6
3-6
3-7
3-9
3-24
3-27
3-28
3-29
3-30
3-31
3-32
3-14
3-15
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-9
4-10
ECS Elite 12 Scientific Print Wheel •
ECS Pica 10 Teletex Print Wheel.
Top Cover Shipping Screw • • • • • • • • • • •
Top Cover Mounting Screws •
Platen Latch Lever • • • • • • • • •
Card Guides • • • • • • • • • • • • •
ECS Card Guide Shield Replacement •
Card Cage Cove~ • • • •
• • •
Circui t Board Locations • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Mounting Screws For SCE and PIS Regulator Circuit
Power Supply Assembly Mounting Screws •
•
Rear Panel Feeder Connector Bracket •
4-11
AC Input Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . • .
4-12
4-13
4-14
4-15
4-16
4-17
4-18
4-19
4-20
4-21
4-22
4-23
4-24
4-25
4-26
4-27
4-28
4-29
4-30
4-31
4-32
4-33
4-34
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
5-6
5-7
5-8
5-9
5-10
5-11
5-12
5-13
5-14
5-15
5-16
5-17
5-18
5-19
Input Power Label Locations. • • • •
• • • •
SPI and API Control Panel Cable • • •
• • • • •
HPR05 and API-2 Control Panel Cable
• • • • •
Keyboard-Control Panel Removal
Ribbon Cable Shield plate • • • • • •
Print Mechanism Front Retainers • •
• • • • • • •
Carriage Electrical Cable Assembly & Snubber
Rail Clip Removal • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Securing Mismatched Carriage Cable Connectors •
Ribbon Deck Cable Ties
• • • • • • • • • • • •
Ribbon Deck Mounting Screws • • • • • • •
Stringing The Drive Cable - Long Section
Stringing The Drive Cable - Short Section
Card Guides • • • • • • • • • •
Bottom Feed Kit • • • • • •
Bottom Feed Assembly
Routing Of The BPO Switch Wires •
Paper Cradle • • • • • • • • •
Pin Feed Platen Installation
ECS Carriage Cables • • • • •
ECS Carriage pivots • • • •
• •••
ECS Carriage pivot Assembly •
• • • • • • ••••••••
ECS Bell Crank Arm
• • • • • • • •
Adjustment Tools 40795, 40795-02 and 301445-01
Fine Adjustment Shim • • • • • •
Platen Clutch Adjustment • • • • • • • • • • • •
Paper Release Actuator Adjustment • • ••
• • • • • • • •
Top Paper Out Bail and Switch Adjustment • • • •
New Style Bail-Mounting Arms • • • • • • • •• •
Bottom Paper Out Bail and Switch Adjustment •
• • • • • •
Paper Feed Gear Adjustments (Without Anti-Backlash Mechanism)
Paper Feed Anti-Backlash Mechanism Adjustment • • • • • • • •
Print Wheel Home Alignment (Non-ECS Carriage) • • • • • •
Print Wheel Home Adjustment Waveforms (Non-ECS Carriage).
Print Wheel Home Alignment (ECS Carriage) '. • • • • ••
Print Wheel Home Adjustment Waveforms (ECS Carriage)
Print Wheel Home Sensor Waveforms • • • •
Print Wheel To Hammer Alignment • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Adjusting The ECS Print Wheel Transducer • • • •
Hammer Armature Adjustments And Adjustment Tool • • • • •
Ribbon Height Adjustment • • • • • •
• •• ' • • • • • •
ECS Solenoid Adjustment ••
••••••••
• • • • •
viii
•
• • •
Boards
• ,. •
• • • •
3-33
3-34
4-1
4-2
4-2
4-3
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-5
4-6
4-6
4-8
4-9
4-9
4-10
4-11
4-13
4-13
4-14
4-15
4-15
4-16
4-16
4-18
4-18
4-19
4-20
4-21
4-22
4-24
4-24
4-25
4-27
4-27
4-28
5-2
5-4
5-5
5-5
5-7
5-7
5-8
5-9
5-10
5 .... 13
5-13
5-14
5-14
5-15
5-15
5-17
5-17
5-19
5-21
Rev A (3/83)
5-20
5-21
5-22
5-23
5-24
7-0
7-1
7-2a
7-2b
7-2c
7-2d
7-2e
7-2f
7-3
7-4
7-4a
7-5
7-6
7-7
7-8
7-7a
7-8a
7-7b
7-8b
7-7c
7-8c
7-9
7-10
7-9a
7-10a
7-9b
7-10b
7-11
7-12
7-13
7-14
7-15
7-16
7-17
7-15a
7-16a
7-17a
7-18
7-19
7-18a
7-19a
7-20
7-21
7-22
7-20a
7-21a
7-22a
7-23
7-23a
Rev A (3/83)
Card Guides • • • • • • • • •
Card Guide Adjustments
• • • • • • • •
Nonadjustable Hammer Assembly •
Print Hammer Top-To-Bottom Adjustment.
Print Hammer Side-To-Side Adjustment
302875-02
302825-XX
302825-XX
302604-02
302880-01
302670-09
"
302690-10
Rev
Rev
Rev
Rev
Rev
M
P
E
G
J
Circuit Diagram Notation
Circuit Board Connector Locations
Interconnect Wiring Diagram - Model 630
Interconnect Wiring Diagram - Model 630
Interconnect Wiring Diagram - Model 630
Interconnect Wiring Diagram - Model 630
Interconnect Wiring Diagram - Model 630
Interconnect Wiring Diagram - Model 630
Sprint 3 Interface Adapting Connector
Power Supply Assembly
Power Supply Assembly
Carriage Transducer Preamp Assembly
p/W Transducer Preamp PCB Assembly
SCE PCB Assembly (w/o Heat Sink)
Rev P
SCE PCB Assembly (w/Heat Sink)
Rev B
SCE PCB Assembly (w/Heat Sink)
Rev A
SCE PCB Assembly
Rev L
PCE PCB Assembly
5-21
5-22
5-23
5-24
5-24
PCE
HPR06
PPI
SPI
HPR05
API
"
302690-11
"
302690-12
"
302660-02
"
302660-08/-09
Rev C PCE PCB Assembly
"
302660-10/-11 Rev D PCE PCB Assembly
"
302779-XX
Rev T
HPR05 PCB Assembly
"
"
302840-01
320270-XX
Rev A
Rev L
HPR06 PCB Assembly
PPI PCB Assembly
"
(unassigned)
320270-XX
Rev P
"
"
320293-XX
"
320293-XX
"
320462-XX
PPI PCB Assembly
Rev K
SPI PCB Assembly
Rev Y
SPI PCB Assembly
Rev
API PCB Assembly
J
"
"
320462-XX
"
"
302561-05
302561-06
Rev K
API PCB Assembly
Rev A
Rev A
H5CPN (HPR05) Control Panel PCB Assembly
H5CPN (HPR05/API-2) Control Panel Assembly
ix
7-24
7-25
7-26
302592-01
320294-01
320890-XX
Rev C
Rev D
Rev C
Keyboard Circuit Diagram
LCPN (SPI/API-1.5) Control Panel PCB Assembly
HPR05-Feeder Interface PCB Assembly
TABLES
Table
3-1
3-2
3-3
5-1
Diagnostics Capabili ties Of The HPR05 Terminals ••
Feeder Identification • • • • • • •
Decimal Values Of ASCII Characters
Summary Of Adjustments • • • • • • •
x
3-5
3-26
3-35
5-1
Rev A (3/83)
****
LATE DEVELOPMENT
****
Diablo has now introduced the Model 630 ECS IBM printer. This is an API ECS printer
that is specially adapted to operate with the IBM Personal Computer. With its special
firm ware set, and using the special Diablo ECS IBM print wheel, the ECS IBM printer is
capable of printing all but two of the characters in the standard display screen character
set of the IBM Personal Computer.
In addition to the special ECS IBM print wheel, the ECS IBM printer can also operate with
the same standard 96-character plastic, and 88-, 92-, and 96-character metalized print
wheels as the standard Model 630 API-2 printer.
Nearly all of the information in this manual (including circuit diagrams) that applies to the
standard Model 630 API ECS applies also to the Model 630 ECS IBM, except as affected
by the following differences:
The ECS mM firmware set on the API circuit board differs as necessary to
support the special IBM character set and the slightly different functions of the
ECS mM control panel.
The ECS IBM control panel does not include selections for standard ECS print
wheels, or for RS-232-C and IEEE-488 type interfaces. (The ECS IBM printer
uses the IBM Centronics type of interface.)
Except for the differences in
labeling, the ECS IBM control panel aSsembly is the same as that used in the
standard Model 630 API-2 printer.
l'igur 1-1. l'J\0 DEL 630 1?1tl1'l'fE1tS .'>1'l D 'fE1tl'J\\1'l.'>1$
e
1-0
SECTION 1
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1
GENERAL
A high degree of reliability has been achieved in the Model 630 through the simplicity of
its daisy wheel printer and the extensive use of microelectronics. The Model 630 is
designed for fast, easy subassembly replacement and a minimum number of adjustments,
greatly reducing the amount of downtime required for unscheduled repairs. An internal
diagnostic self-test is a standard feature in the terminal configurations. The Models 630
HPR05 WP, HPR05 Expanded, SPI, and API also have remote diagnostics capability.
Note:
Throughout this manual, the term "Model 630" commonly encompasses both the standard Model 630 and the Model 630 EeS. Where it is necessary to differentiate between the two, "standard" or "ECS" will be specified
1.2
MAINTENANCE PHILOSOPHY
There are two types of maintenance for the Model 630- Preventive Maintenance and Corrective Maintenance. Preventive maintenance consists of periodic cleaning and lubrication
designed to minimize the need for unscheduled corrective maintenance. This preventive
Corrective
maintenance is relatively simple, and easily accomplished by the user.
maintenance, on the other hand, requires certain minimum levels of technical expertise and
facilities. Corrective maintenance capability will vary greatly from user to user.
Maintenance procedures for the Model 630 are categorized into three levels. The first
level is primarily preventive maintenance, and may be accomplished by any user. The
second level is corrective maintenance involving on-site exchange of subassemblies and
printed circuit boards, and minor adjustments. The third level involves repair center and/or
factory repair or refurbishment of assemblies and printed circuit boards.
Levell -
Ribbon cartridge and print wheel changes; some lubrication; surface
cleaning.
Level 2 -
Includes Level 1 items, plus unit replacement, circuit board exchange,
subassembly replacement, minor adjustments and alignments; minor
assembly exchanges of platens and paper cradle.
Level 3 -
Includes Levelland 2 items, plus major disassembly and refurbishment
of subassemblies, and repair of circuit boards.
NOTE: The user's service activity should be limited to only Levell procedures during
the warranty period. The Diablo warranty is null and void when any Level 2 or
Level 3 procedure has been unsuccessfully attempted All time and material
required to restore the printer to working order will be billed at prevailing
rates. No adjustments should be attempted unless equipment malfunction indicates a specific need
Rev A (3/83)
1-1
1.3
MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
Observing the following precautions during service and maintenance activity will help
prevent damage to the Model 630 and personal injury to the service technician.
1.
Do Not remove or install circuit boards while the power is ON.
Do Not connect or disconnect any plug or cable while the power ON.
Do Not turn ON the power while the machine does not have its normal compler.Oeiit of circui t boards installed.
2. Before power is applied, make sure the carriage is free to move leftward When
power is applied, the printer executes a RESTORE sequence which includes leftward
carriage movement.
3. Operating the Model 630 with its access cover removed and cover open interlock
switch defeated is recommended only for qualified service technicians.
(In some units the interlock switch can be defeated by pulling the switch plunger
out to its extended position after the access cover has been removed. In other
units, the switch must be actuated by other means.)
***********************
WARNING:
High velocity carriage movement occurs during normal operations of the Model 630,
and unpredictable carriage movement can occur during certain types of malfunctions. The technician should be careful to stay clear of the carriage travel path
while operating the machine with its access cover removed
***********************
4.
Do not use alcohol to clean the platen or the paper feed rollers. Alcohol hardens
the rubber, resulting eventually in paper feed problems. Use Fedron Platen Cleaner
or its equivalent
***********************
WARNING - Fedron Solvent
Fedron solvent is flammable, its vapor is harmful, it is harmful if
swallowed, and it is irritating to the eyes and skin.
Keep away from heat, sparks and open flame.
Use only with adequate ventilation, synthetic rubber gloves, goggles and
side shields.
Avoid prolonged breathing of vapors or contact wi th eyes or skin.
Do not drink.
In case of fire, use foam or C02.
First Aid:
In case of eye contact, flush with water and get medical attention.
For skin contact wash thoroughly.
If overcome by vapor, remove to fresh air.
If swallowed, call physician immediately. Do not induce vomiting.
Keep out of reach of children.
Keep container closed when not in use.
**********************
1-2
Rev A (3/83)
5.
Do not use platen cleaner to clean plastic parts. These products are usually harmful to plastics, and may cause damage. Instead, you can use acetone, methyl ethyl
ketone, "Formula 409", "Fantastik" or 91% isopropyl alcohol to clean the plastic
parts.
6.
Diablo provides a paper rack for holding paper away from the ventilation slots in
the top cover. Use of the paper rack is required in all cases except:
When using' a sheet feeder accessory.
When operating with bottom feed and a forms tractor.
Except for these two cases,~.2L fan-fold paper without i!. paper rack will cause
overheating .2L the printer's electronics. OPERA TION OF THE PRINTER IN SU CH
A MODE WILL VOID WARRENTY GUARANTEES.
1.4
TOOLS, EQUIPMENT AND SPARES
1.4.1
Levell
The following listed items should be available to personnel providing Levell maintenance
on the Model 630:
Fedron Platen Cleaner, or equivalent
Acetone or Methyl Ethyl Ketone (available in hardware stores);
or "Formula 409" or "Fantastik" household cleaners
Lint-free wipers
No. 70655 Light oil, 1/4 oz. *
No. 70654 Polyoil (light grease), 8cc *
No. 70825-01 Multipurpose grease, 2 oz tube *
No. 99000-01 Alcohol Pads (91% isopropyl alcohol) or equivalent
Clean, low-pressure compressed air (optional)
No. 100245-01 Silicone Grease (for ECS units) *
*
Included in Diablo Model 630 tool kits #90011-04 (basic) and 90011-21 (deluxe).
CAUTION:
1) Observe all OSHA safety rules for use of compressed air, including safety goggles.
2) Do not use alcohol on rubber items or plastic print wheels.
3) Do not use platen cleaners on plastic items.
4) Use platen cleaners and alcohol with care. Alcohol and most platen cleaners are
VER Y flammable (low flash point, volatile, etc.).
1.4.2
Level 2
The following items, plus those listed for Levell should be available to persons performing
corrective maintenance and/or repair of the Model 630 at Level 2:
One
One
One
One
One
One
One
One
One
One
set of circui t boards
platen (appropriate type)
platen knob
carriage assembly
paper feed motor
paper feed idler gear
carriage drive motor
carriage drive cable
snubber cable
snubber spring
Rev A (3/83)
1-3
One DC power harness (appropriate type)
One cover open switch
One paper out switch
One ribbon base plate assembly
One forms tractor assembly, if appropriate
Assortment of appropriate size fuses
Assortment of hand tools adequate for electronic/mechanical repair.
TORX tools:
Screwdriver #T15
Diablo No. 70826-03 *
Screwdriver #T9
Diablo No. 70826-04 *
Print Wheel adjustment tools; Diablo No's. 40795 or 40795-01 or 40795-02 *;
40796 *, and 301445-01 *
Thermal compound, Diablo No. 10549
*
Included in Diablo Model 630 tool kits #90011-04 (basic) and 90011-21 (deluxe).
1.4.3
Level 3
The items listed below, plus those listed above for Levels 1 and 2 should be available to
persons performing corrective maintenance and/or repair of the Model 630 at Level 3:
One
One
One
ECS
One
print wheel motor with hub assembly (standard carriage)
flat cable assembly (main interconnect cable harness)
bottom pan (bottom cover)
shift solenoid (for ECS units only)
PCB Extender Assembly Kit, Diablo No. 320048-02 (included in deluxe tool
kit, 90011-21)
Oscilloscope, vbw 15 mHz, vds 100 mV /cm, sweep speed 50 ns/cm
1.4.4
Terminal Spares
For service support of the Model 630 Terminals, the following spares are recommended in
addition to those items listed above for Levels 1, 2 and 3.
One
One
One
One
One
One
One
One
One
One
One
One
One
One
top cover assembly
access cover assembly
power supply regulator circuit board, or one complete power supply assembly
AC power cord
control panel assembly
control panel cable
keyboard assembly (without control panel) - (KSR units only)
keyboard-to-control panel cable assembly - (KSR units only)
carriage motor power cable
interconnect cable, HPR05 to PCE (for HPR05 units only)
EIA interface connector assembly (for SPI and HPR05 units only)
API interface connector assembly (for API units only)
side plate, left
side plate, right
1-4
Rev A (3/83)
1.4.5
Model 630 Tool Kits
Diablo's basic and deluxe tool kits for the Model 630 are the same except for the PCB
Extender Kit which is included in the deluxe tool kit only.
Model 630 Basic Tool Kit No. 90011-04
Model 630 Deluxe Tool Kit No. 90011-21
Part No.
Description
40795-02
40796
70654
70655
70825-01
70826-03
70826-04
70826-05
70826-06
100245-01
100398-01
301445-01
302710-03
Combination Adjustment Tool
Pin Gauge
Polyoil
Light Oil
Multipurpose Grease
Torx T15 Screwdriver
Torx T9 Screwdriver
Torx T15 Key**
Torx T9 Key**
Silicone Grease (for ECS units only)
Jumper, Socket Plug
Print Wheel Adjustment Tool
PCB Extender Kit (Deluxe tool kit only)
** Included in Basic Kit but not required for Model 630.
Model 630 and HyType IT models.)
1.5
(Basic Kit serves for both
MAINTEN ANCE TRAINING
Diablo offers regular scheduled classes, self-paced audio visual training programs and User
Application Seminars. For further information, please call:
Diablo Product Support Training
(415) 786-5668 / 5085
1.6
RELATED PUBLICATIONS
There are several Diablo publications pertaining to the Model 630 printers and terminals,
including Operator's Guides, a Product Description Manual, Interface Manuals, Parts
Catalog, and others. All of these publications are listed and priced in the Model 630
Operator's Guides and Product Description Manual, which also contain ordering instructions
and an order form. The Model 630 Product Description Manual (Publication No. 90442-XX)
also contains a brief description of the contents of each of these publications.
In addition to the publications mentioned above, changes to a product which alter manual
content are covered by publishing an Addenda to the affected manuaL These Addenda are
available to Diablo customers.
Rev A (3/83)
1-5
SECTION 2
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
2.1
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
The Model 630 does not require scheduled periodic preventive maintenance. The few lubrication requirements that exist can be accomplished as needed when unscheduled maintenance is required Under certain circumstances the print wheel may need periodic cleaning, as described below.
2.2
CLEANING THE PRINT WHEEL AND PRINT HAMMER
When a metal print wheel is being used with a fabric ribbon, occasional cleaning of the
print wheel is required If excessive ink buildup on the print wheel is permitted, the ink
will migrate onto the print hammer and subsequently cause sticking of the hammer in its
guide, and possible print wheel damage.
2.2.1
The Print Wheel
1)
2)
3)
Rock the carriage to the service (print wheel changing) position.
Remove the print wheel.
,
Clean the print wheel with methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) or acetone (available in hardware stores) and a soft brush or cotton swab. Avoid getting the solvent on the
vibration damper (metal wheels) or cap of the print wheel
NOTE: Household cleaners "Formula 409" or "Fantastik" can be used in place of
MEK or acetone, if desired
Caution
Do not soak print wheels in the cleaning solutions. This can alter characteristics of the print wheel.
Do not soak print wheels in either MEK or acetone. This can damage the
vibration damper (on metal wheels) and the cap, or the petals on plastic
wheels.
Clean the print wheel petals gently to prevent damage.
4)
After using "Formula 409" or "Fantastik", rinse the print wheel with clear water.
5)
Blot dry the print wheel thoroughly with a soft cloth or tissue, replace it in the
unit, and rock the carriage to the operating position.
2.2.2
The Print Hammer
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Rock the carriage to the service position.
Remove the print wheel and print wheel shield.
With your fingers, push the hammer out of the hammer guide to expose the top
and sides.
Use 91% isopropyl alcohol and a cotton swab or tissue to dissolve and remove any
ink.
Dry the hammer with a clean swab or tissue; then install the print wheel shield
and print wheel, and rock the carriage to its operating position.
Rev A (3/83)
2-1
2.3
GENERAL CLEANING AND INSPECTION (Qualified Service Personnel Only)
1)
2)
3)
4)
Remove power from the unit. Open and remove covers as required to gain access
to the printer mechanisms.
Thoroughly inspect the printer for signs of wear and loose or broken hardware.
Check the platen for looseness or wobble. Check the carriage system for looseness, wobble or accumulations of foreign material on the rails which might cause
uneven carriage movement. Check the carriage drive cable system carefully for
signs of wear.
Remove the platen, paper cradle, ribbon cartridge, and print wheel. Inspect these
for signs of wear.
Clean the printer thoroughly, using alcohol saturated cleaning pads and wipers.
Remove accumulations of paper residue, ink, dust, etc., with special attention to
carriage rails and pulley grooves. Heavy deposits may be first removed by blowing
with compressed air. Be sure to observe all safety precautions when using compressed air.
NOTE: Use of compressed air is NOT recommended when the printer is located
close to other equipment that is sensitive to dirt and dust.
5)
2.4
Clean the platen, platen pressure rollers, and paper bail rollers with a good platen
cleaner which is noninjurious to rubber products, such as Fedron platen cleaner
(see safety note pertaining to Fedron platen cleaner on page 1-2). Do not use
alcohol on these items.
LUBRICATION
In normal operation there are only two critical lubrication points on the Model 630 printer
mechanism: the carriage rail bearings, and the platen hubs (lube not required on late style
friction platens with nylon bearing bushings). Typically, lubrication at these points may be
required no more frequently than once every 500 usage hours or once per year, but at
least once every 1000 usage hours or once every two years.
Several other moving parts in the printer mechanism also are lubricated during manufacture.
In normal opeation, these points do not require further lubrication unless the
lubricant is removed during disassembly/reassembly, or if it is wiped off when the interior
of the printer is being cleaned. If removed, the lubricant must be replaced as specified
below. (Some of these points are accessible for lubrication only when the mechanism is
disassembled.)
Under extreme operating conditions, some of these points may require
periodic lubrication. This determination is left to the judgement of the experienced service
technician. All accessible lubrication points should be given a quick visual check during
each service call on the machine.
Do not exceed the specified amounts of lubricant.
none at all
Too much lubricant is often worse than
Lubrication requirements for the Model 630 printer mechanism are specified below. All of
the lubricants called for are available from Diablo under the part numbers listed in
subsection 1.4.1 of this manual.
2.4.1
Carriage System - Non-ECS
DO NOT lubricate the carriage drive cable.
2-2
Rev A (3/83)
Refer to Figures 2-1 and 2-2.
1.
2.
Carriage Rails (A) Carriage Rail Bearings
side of the carriage.
the oil to saturate the
Clean these with alcohol pads.
(B) - Put 4 to 5 drops of light oil on each rail on each
Move the carriage back and forth slowly by hand, allowing
lubrication felts inside each carriage bearing.
Figure 2-1.
NON-ECS CARRIAGE SYSTEM LUBRICATION POINTS
Figure 2-2.
NON-ECS CARRIAGE SYSTEM LUBRICATION POINTS
Rev A (3/83)
2-3
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
2.4.2
Carriage Pivots (C)
Apply one drop of light oil to the pivot on each side of
the carriage frame.
Carriage Pivot Spring Loops (D) - Lightly grease the end loops and posts of the
pivot spring on each side of the carriage frame with multipurpose grease.
Ribbon Base Plate Pivots (E)
Saturate the felt washer on each of the base
plate pivots with light oil
Ribbon Drive System (F) - Apply one drop of light oil to the drive and idler gear
shafts, and to the drive key slot
Hammer Armature Pivots (G) - Remove the rubber cap covering the upper grease
chamber, and fill the cup 1/4 to 1/2 full with Polyoil Replace the rubber cap.
Print Hammer (H)
DO NOT lubricate this item. If a cloth ribbon is being
used, make sure the hammer is clean.
Carriage System - ECS
DO NOT lubricate the carriage drive cable.
Refer to Figure 2-3.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10)
11)
12)
13)
14)
Carriage Rails (A - Fig. 2-3) - Clean the rails with alcohol pads; then wipe dry.
Carriage Rail Bearings (B - Fig. 2-3) - Put 4 to 5 drops of light oil on each rail
on each side of the carriage. Move the carriage back and forth slowly by
hand, allowing the oil to saturate the lubrication felts inside each carriage
bearing. (A properly lubricated bearing will leave a light film of oil on the carriage rail as the carriage is moved.)
Primary Slider (C - Fig. 2-3) - Apply silicone lubricant to the inside edges of the
slot in the primary slider where it is contacted by the peg on the double crank.
Pivot Pins (D - Fig. 2-3)
Apply mutipurpose grease to each of the two pivot
pins before the pivot bushings are installed on the pins.
Bell Crank Pivot Shaft (E - Fig. 2-3)
Apply a film of multipurpose grease to
the length of the shaft in contact before assembling each part on the shaft.
Steel Washer (F - Fig. 2-3)
Apply a film of multipurpose grease between the
steel washer and the double crank during reassembly.
Press a light film of multipurpose
Bell Crank Return Spring (G - Fig. 2-3)
grease between the coils of the spring. Apply a dab of multipurpose grease at
one end of the spring where it contacts the bell crank, and at the other end
where the spring contacts the pivot frame.
Bell Crank Arm (H - Fig. 2-3)
Apply a dab of multipurpose grease to the tip
of the arm where it contacts the solenoid plunger.
The shaft of the plunger must be completely
Solenoid Plunger (I - Fig. 2-3)
clean of any lubricant to ensure free movement of the plunger within the solenoid (There will be a small amount of grease inside the notch of the plunger
where it is contacted by the tip of the bell crank arm - H.)
Latch Pivot Shaft (J - Fig. 2-3)
Apply multipurpose grease to the pivot shaft
before the latch lever is installed on the shaft
Hammer Armature Pivots (K - Fig. 2-3) - Remove the two rubber caps covering
the grease chambers, and fill the caps 1/4 to 1/2 full with Polyoil Replace
the rubber caps.
Print Hammer (L - Fig. 2-3) - DO NOT lubricate the print hammer. If a cloth
ribbon is being used, make sure the hammer is clean.
Ribbon Drive System (M - Fig. 2-3)
Apply one drop of light oil to the idler
gear shaft and to the bushing around the base of the drive key.
Solenoid Seat (N - Fig. 2-3) - When the solenoid is being installed, apply a layer
of thermal compound on the seat that cradles the solenoid in the pivot
assembly. This is critical to prevent overheating of the solenoid
2-4
Rev A (3/83)
Figure 2-3.
Rev A (3/83)
ECS CARRIAGE SYSTEM LUBRICATION POINTS
2-5
2.4.3
Carrier System
Refer to Figure 2-4.
1. Paper Feed Roller Shaft Pins (A) - Multipurpose grease (8 places).
2. Paper Release Lever Ramp (B) - Multipurpose grease.
3. Paper Feed Roller Assembly pivots (C) - One drop of light oil (4 places).
Figure 2-4.
CARRIER SYSTEM LUBRICATION POINTS
2.4.4
Platen System
Note:
Only the early style platens require lubrication. Zero-backlash platens, now being
phased into production and which do not require lubrication, can be identified by
the features shown in Figure 2-5. It is important to note that the early style
platen knob will not properly operate the zero-backlash platen. The new style
platen knob can be adjusted to operate either the early style or zero-backlash
platen (see subsection 4.3, Platen Removal).
Figure 2-5.
ZERO-BACKLASH PLATEN ASSEMBLY
(DO NOT LUBE)
(continued)
2-6
Rev A (3/83)
LUBRICATION OF EARLY STYLE PLATEN ASSEMBLY:
Refer to Figure 2-6.
Platen Hubs (A)
of the platen.
Figure 2-6.
2.4.5
-
Apply one drop of light oil to the bore of the hub at each end
EARLY STYLE PLATEN SYSTEM LUBRICATION 110INTS
Lubrication of Optional Items
Optional platen styles require only the lubrication of their hubs as outlined above. The pin
feed sections of the pin feed platens are internally self-lubricating and do not require user
attention. The optional Diablo forms tractors likewise do not require lubrication. Lubrication of the optional forms handling units is covered in their individual maintenance publications.
Rev A (3/83)
2-7
SECTION 3
CORRECTIVE MAIN TEN ANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING
3.1
The first major task in troubleshooting the Model 630 printer or terminal is to determine
that the problem is indeed in the Model 630, and not in some other element of the system.
The diagnostic features in the Model 630 are designed to help isolate the problem by verifying operation of the Model 630 either in a self-test mode or by remote test commands
from the host system. The diagnostic capabilities vary between versions of the Model 630;
ranging from a simple self-test printing routine in the PPI/HPR06 version to multiple
self-tests and remote diagnostic routines in the Expanded HPR05 versions.
The following SUbsections describe the function and operation of the diagnostic features in
each version of the Model 630. Pertinent reference data in the form of charts and tables
is contained on the last few pages of this section.
3.2
DIAGNOSTICS - Models 630 PPI and HPR06 Printers
The Models 630 PPI and HPR06 are equipped with a Self-Test mode. In this mode, a
properly operating unit prints continuous swirl text at 10 pitch character spacing, 132
columns per line, and 6 lines per inch. Figure 3-1 shows a sample of PPI self-test printout.
To put the Model 630
self-test jumper on the
design level of the PPI
self-test and remains in
PPI Board Etch
320271-01
320271-02
320271-03
PPI into self-test mode, turn off the AC power, and install the
PPI circuit board. The location of this jumper depends on the
circuit board etch as listed below. At power-up the unit enters
that mode until power is removed
Self-Test Jumper Location
A3-5/7
A65-5/6
J5-9/10
Caution: With later levels of firmware on the PPI board, 88-character print wheels
should not be used for self-test printout. If the firmware at location B30 on the PPI
board is at or above level 100506-06 (EROM) or 100510-05 (MROM), the 88-character
wheels are addressed from a 96-character lookup table. Thus, the print hammer will
strike the print wheel flag during self-test when the missing spokes are addressed
This will also happen during normal operation if the host addresses the missing spoke
positions.
The ECS PPI self-test does not include print wheel shifting; thus it prints only the outer
row characters on the ECS print wheel
For self-test on the HPR06, set switch 8 on the HPR06 circuit board to ON. Self-test is
entered !!!.. power-up, and continues until power is removed.
Rev A (3/83)
3-1
en ¢!
"11$%&' C) *+, - .10 123456789: ; <=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ [\] ~
5 !"II$%&' C)*+,-.10123456789: ;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]~
'"
~"II$%&'C)*+,-.10123456789: ;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]~ '"a
~1I$%&'C)*+,-.10123456789: ;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]~ 'ab
~ $%&'C)*+,-.10123456789: ;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\J~ 'abc
U%&'C)*+,-.10123456789: ;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\J~ 'abed
&'C)*+,-.10123456789: ;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\J~ 'abede
'C)*+,-.10123456789: ;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\J~ 'abedef
C)*+,-.10123456789: ;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\J~ 'abedefg
)*+,-.10123456789: ;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\J~ 'abedefgh
132COLUMNS------------------------------------------------------~.
Figure 3-1.
PPI SELF-TEST PRINTOUT
3.3
DIAGNOSTICS - Model 630 SPI Terminal
The Model 630 SPI has capability for both internal (self-test) and remote diagnostics as
standard feature&
3.3.1
SPI Self-Test
If the Self-Test switch on the control panel has been set to ON, the self-test begins execu. tion immediately at power-up. The self-test comprises a ROM Test, a RAM Test and 96
lines of swirl text.
The character spacing during self-test corresponds to the pitch
selection made on the control panel. A sample of self-test printout is shown in Figure 3-2.
The self-test repeats continuously until power is turned OFF.
If the ROM test fails, "ROM BAD" is printed, and the self-test stops; if the RAM test
fails, "RAM BAD" prints, and the test stops. The tested ROM area includes: (1) the
internal ROM of the UPI 8041A, and (2) either one or two EPROM's, or one masked ROM.
The tested RAM includes the internal RAM of the UPI 8041A and the single RAM device
on the SPI circuit board All tested ROM and RAM is located on the SPI circuit board
(specific locations are identified on the SPI circuit board schematic in Section 7 of this
manual).
self test!
romok
ramok
96 LINES ¢!" #$ %&' () *+, - ./0123456789: ; <=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ [\] "
!II#$%&' ()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]" ,
"#$%&' ()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]" 'a
#$%&' ()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]" 'ab
$%&' ()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]" 'abc
%&' ()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]" 'abed
&' {)*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]" 'abede
I ()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]" 'abedef
()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]" 'abedefg
)*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]"_'abedefgh
132COlUMNS------------------------------------------------------~.
Figure 3-2.
SPI SELF-TEST PRINTOUT
3-2
Rev A (3/83)
3.3.2
SPI Remote Diagnostics
The Remote Diagnostics feature allows the host computer to initiate diagnostic-type
operations within the terminal by command through the serial interface. The diagnostic
commands included in this feature are listed below, along with the ESC codes that initiate
the commands. The commands are defined in the sUbsections that follow.
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
SUB
SUB
SUB
SUB
I
R
1
SO
Initialize the terminal
Remote error reset
Request status byte 1
Perform self test
All diagnostic commands are executed immediately when received and are not queued
This means all status reported will be the status present at the time the command was
received. Only the low 7 bits (bits 0 thru 6) of a status byte are significant. Their
equivalent value may range from 0 to 127. The MSB (bit 7) will be a parity bit as defined
by the parity switches on the control panel. All commands that generate a response from
the Model 630 will result in a status byte being sent to the host computer preceded by an
STX character.
The STX identifies the next byte as a status byte.
The rules for
ETX/ ACK and DC1/DC3 protocols are applicable and should be used for sending status
requests to the Model 630.
3.3.2.1
ESC SUB I
The ESC SUB I command causes the Model 630 SPI to unconditionally execute an initialize
sequence, regardless of error conditions that may exist within the printer. This command
is executed immediately when received over the interface, unlike the corresponding remote
reset sequence, ESC CR P, which is queued along with other commands. Before sending
this command, the host should send a nonprinting character so that the terminal will abort
any multiple character sequence that may be in progress.
With ESC SUB I, the Model 630 will be initialized to the same conditions produced by the
remote reset command ESC CR P; specifically:
Normal Print Mode (not Graphics)
Forward Print Mode
Print Head reset to print posi tion 0
Vertical Position cleared to 0 (paper does not move)
VMI set to 8 (6 lines per inch)
Lines per page set to 66 (111' page size) or 72 (12" page size) depending on
whether Jumper #1 on control panel is OUT (11" page) or IN (12" page).
Print in Black
Auto backward printing enabled
Left margin set to position 0
Right margin set to position 1572
Top margin set to position 0 (line 1)
Bottom margin set to position 528 (line 66) for 11" page or position 576 (line
72) for 12" page.
Send and Print buffers cleared
3.3.2.2
ESC SUB R
It produces
This command causes the Model 630 SPI to reset any error conditions.
essentially the same result as pressing the RESET switch on the control paneL If the unit
Rev A (3/83)
3-3
check, it will execute a restore. Due to internal program latency, the minimum time
necessary to reset all errors is 250 milliseconds.
IS In
In a situation where the terminal is being operated without a control panel (not typical), a
series of up to eight automatic restores occurs if the terminal goes into a check condition.
The ESC SUB R sequence has the effect of resetting the automatic restore counter to
enable another series of automatic restore operations.
3.3.2.3
ESC SUB 1
This command will cause the terminal to send a status report byte (STATUS 1) thru the
interface. The true-state bit definitions of this status byte are:
Bit
o
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
*
3.3.2.4
Status
End of Ribbon
10 Pitch (This bit false if any other pitch is selected)
Paper Out
Auto Line Feed enabled (by jumper on control panel)
Cover Open
Printer Idle (print buffer empty and all printer motion complete)
Printer in Check
Parity Bit *
The state of bit 7 is defined by the PARITY ENABLE and
PARITY EVEN/ODD switches on the control paneL
ESC SUB SO
This command causes the terminal to execute a self-test. This self-test consists of the
RAM Test and ROM CRC Test that are a part of the basic self-test routine of the Model
630 SPL This command should not be issued when the terminal is busy, since it may cause
data loss in some situations. No indication of test pass or failure is printed by the terminal At the end of the self-test, the terminal sends a report byte to the host computer.
The true-state bit definitions for this byte are:
Bit
o
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
*
Condition
Device 8041 internal RAM bad
Device 8041 internal ROM bad
6803 external RAM bad (location A65 on the SPI circuit board)
6803 external ROM #1 (4K) bad - upper half of 8K ROM memory
6803 external ROM #2 (4K) bad - lower half of 8K ROM memory
(unassigned)
(unassigned)
UART Parity Bit
*
*
The 8K of external ROM memory associated with the 6803 processor consists
of either two 4K EPROMS or one 8K masked ROM. The locations of these
devices on the SPI circuit board can be determined from the SPI schematic in
Section 7 of this manual
3-4
Rev A (3/83)
3.4
DIAGNOSTICS - Model 630 HPR05 Terminals
3.4.1
General Discussion
The HPR05 circuit board provides internal diagnostic (Self-Test) capability and makes the
Remote Diagnostics feature available as an option. All variations of the Self-Test mode
are described in the subsections that follow. The Remote Diagnostics option is described
in sUbsection 3.4.4. There are a few differences in the self-test between units equipped
with -03 or later base firmware and those with earlier levels of the base firmware. Any
diagnostic tests or features that are unique to the pre-03 firmware are denoted as such in
the descriptions which follow. (The firmware ROM locations on the HPR05 circuit board
are identified in Figure 3-4.)
The features of the self-test mode vary according to whether the unit has a control panel,
and whether the jumper plug is present at position A60-1/2 on the HPR05 circuit board
In its most comprehensive form, the Self-Test mode allows the operator to initiate individual tests on specific elements of the Model 630, or to select a single "Confidence Test"
that combines several of the individual tests. (See Table 3-1.)
Table 3-1
DIAGN OS TICS CAP ABILITIES
OF THE HPR05 TERMINALS
HPR05 Basic
HPR05 WP
HPR05 Expanded
*
-
with Control Panel
w/o Control Panel
with Control Panel
w/o Control Panel
with Control Panel
w/o Control Panel
1
2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X*
X*
X*
3
1=Confidence Test
2=lndividual Tests
3=Remote
Diagnostics
X
X
X
X
Requires Jumper A60-1/2 on HPR05 circuit board
The Confidence Test is simple to use by even a nontechnical operator on units equipped
with a control panel Its purpose is to quickly test several major elements of the Model
630 and give a printed report of the results. This enables the operator to verbally relay
the test results to a trained service technician to determine if a malfunction is occurring
in the Model 630; and if so, the nature of the malfunction. The Confidence Test can be
executed by all Model 630 configurations that include the HPR05 circuit board
The Individual Tests permit more extensive testing, and the test results are reported in
greater detail than those of the Confidence Test. To enable individual test selection, the
unit must be equipped with a control panel, and the jumper must be installed at location
A60-1/2 on the HPR05 circuit board (see Fig. 3-3). The individual tests are described in
sUbsection 3.4.3.
In all cases, the character spacing in the test printout is 10 pitch.
Rev A (3/83)
3-5
,.............................__...---................----JUMPER AT A60-1-2
,.....-........- - - -........- SWITCH BLOCK A66
Figure 3-3.
HPR05 CIRCUIT BOARD SELF-TEST JUMPER AND SWITCH
F4. F13
F23. F32
F51
F61
E70
F42. F70. F80
Figure 3-4.
3.4.2
Base Firmware ROMs; all versions
Options Firmware ROMs; Expanded and WP versions only
RAM; all versions
Additional RAM; Expanded and WP versions
Nonvolatile RAM; Expanded version only
Unused RAM positions
HPR05 ROM AND RAM LOCATIONS
Confidence Test
This test is composed of several of the individual tests executed in sequence. The printed
test results from a properly functioning unit are shown in Figure 3-5. Note that the
shaded lines of the printout are present only when the HPR05 board is equipped with
pre-03 base firmware at locations F4 and F13 on the HPR05 circuit board (see Fig. 3-4).
The significance of each line in the printout is as follows:
Line 1
Line 2
Line 3
Announces the Self-Test mode.
HPR05 ROM Test result
HPR05 RAM Test result
96 Lines
Swirl
Rev A (3/83)
self test
hpro5 rom ok
hpro5 ram ok
pc e rom ok
96 LI N ES
¢!" # $ %& ' ( ) *+ , - . I 0 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : j <= >?@ ABC DEFGHI J KLMNO PQ RSTU VW XYZ[ \ ] " _
!"#$%&' ()*+,-.I0123456789: j<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]"
"#$%&' ()*+,-.I0123456789: j<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]"_~
#$%&'C)*+,-.I0123 456789: j<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]" 'al
$%&' ()*+,_.I0123456789:j<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]" ~abl
%&' ()*+,-.I0123456789: j<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]" ~abc(
&' ()*+,_.I0123456789:j<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]"_~abcd'
132 COLUMNS
----------------------------------------------------------~~
Figure 3-5.
3.4.2.1
CONFIDENCE TEST PRINTOUT
Confidence Test On Model 630 Without Control Panel
1)
With the AC power OFF, and the top cover removed from the Model 630, select
Self-Test on switch 1 at location A66 on the HPR05 circuit board (See Fig. 3-3.)
2)
Defeat the Cover Open interlock switch.
3)
Turn ON the AC power.
Test Activity:
At power-on, the Model 630 enters the Self-Test mode and immediately starts the
test. A properly functioning unit will print the test results as shown in Figure 3-5.
After the test has started, the Self-Test switch becomes ineffective and the test
repeats continuously until AC power is switched OFF.
3.4.2.2
Confidence Test On Model
A60-1/2 On HPR05 PCB
630
With
Control
Panel -
Without
Jumper
1)
With the AC power switched OFF, set the SPACING switch on the control panel to
the SELF TEST position.
2)
Turn ON the AC power.
Test Activity:
At power-on, the Model 630 enters the Self-Test mode and immediately begins test
execution. A properly functioning unit will print the test results as shown in Figure 3-5. In the Self-Test mode, the BREAK, PAUSE and RESET switches function
as described below.
BREAK Switch - Serves as an alternate-action Stop/Start switch. Successive
operations of the BREAK switch alternately stop and start the test. The
test resumes each time from the point where it was stopped
Rev A (3/83)
3-7
PAUSE Switch - After the test has been stopped by the BREAK switch, this
switch may be used to single-step through the test. Each time the switch
is pressed, the test advances one step.
RESET Switch
When this switch is pressed, the test is interrupted and
immediately starts again from the beginning.
3.4.2.3
Confidence Test On Model 630
A60-1/2 on HPR05 Circuit Board
With Control Panel
With Jumper
1)
With the AC power switched OFF, set the SPACING switch on the control panel to
position 7.
2)
Turn ON the AC power. At" power-up, the buzzer will sound briefly and the word
"test" will be printed. The Model 630 is now in the Self-Test mode.
3)
Press the RESET switch.
tion 3.4.3.3).
4)
Press the BREAK switch to start the test.
This selects the Confidence Test (see Test X7 in subsec-
Test Activity:
A properly functioning unit will print the test results as shown in Figure 3-5. In
the Self-Test mode, the BREAK, PAUSE and RESET switches function as described
below.
BREAK Switch
Serves as an alternate-action Start/Stop switch. After the
test is first selected, the BREAK switch must be pressed to start test execution. Thereafter, successive actuations of the BREAK switch alternately
stop and start the test. The test resumes each time from the point where
it was stopped.
PAUSE Switch (see Fig. 3-6)
After the test has been stopped by the
BREAK switch, this switch may be used to single-step through the test.
Each time the switch is pressed, the test advances one step.
RESET Switch
When this switch is pressed, the test stops immediately.
The test will then restart from the beginning when the BREAK swi tch is
pressed
3.4.3
Individual Tests
NOTE: The individual tests are accessible only on units equipped with a control panel
and with jumper A60-1/2 installed on the HPR05 circuit board.
The Self-Test mode for individual test selection is activated at power-up if the SPACING
select switch on the control panel is set to the SELF TEST position. In this mode, the
functions of all the control panel lights and switches are redefined Individual diagnostic
routines are selected by dialing in the proper test number on the two rotary switches
(PRINT WHEEL SELECT and SPACING), and then pressing the RESET switch. The redefinition of all the remaining control panel switches and the control panel indicator lights is
described below.
3-8
Rev A (3/83)
Redefinition Of Control Panel Lights and Switches
3.4.3.1
Figure 3-6 shows the standard designations, and in parentheses ( ) the self-test designations, for the lights and switches on the Model 630 control paneL Figure 3-6 is followed
by a list of control panel redefinitions that apply during the self-test mode.
The definition of the individual lights and switches is dependent on the individual test that
is being executed. Three 16-bit data values are maintained by the self-test routine; one
each for carriage motion, paper feed motion and print wheel data. These are used in
various combinations by the individual test routines. Since there are only 8 data switches
available (see list below), both the high data byte and the low data byte of each 16-bit
value must be entered separately by pressing the appropriate "SELECT .•. DATA ENTRY"
switch, followed immediately by the "ENTER HIGH DATA BYTE" or the "ENTER LOW
DATA BYTE" switch, respectively.
If the ENTER LOW DATA BYTE switch is not
preceded immediately by the SELECT .•• DATA ENTRY switch, it becomes a test singlestep switch when a test is not in the run mode.
.------DDUBLE L.F. IDS7)
r - - A U T O L.F. (OS6)
~ ~iSS~~';,LEY
Llg;'~F'~~:)
DUPLEX IDS3)
BAUD 30 IDS21
NUMBER)
(TEST
SELECTIDN
--~~~~I
~1~~-I----rnJ_t1i~-~~o-~~~_~I_~~~_~~~_EAT_'DS_O)~----~
r-__ _
~ ~~ ~~~~~
I
SELECT
PRINTWHEEL
I
@1@1 [~~~OP,
3,96 METAL
U
U [ 23:' ',25 SPAfl
NG nOD 0 iDl
~
5,APLMETALlI=!=:=!:====:!J4th,u9,SELFTEST
4: 960 METAL
-
-
6: APL PLASTIC
~
EVEN
aD
t()'I
~
PARITY
~7:PLASTIC
~~~~LYE:.
1.8,9: OPTION
AUDIO ALARM
ro_~_E_R ;_~_~_~ PA_~_~ _Y ~_:_~ ~ _~_~_N__~_:_~R
__
__
__
__ ___
I_~~_~_I~
________I_RESIE_T_I____________
I,_AUS_E_I-1-1'-"i~1
__I>_ERE_'S_I__
ITEST START/STOP)
NOTE: SELF-TEST MODE ASSIGNMENTS
LISTED IN I I.
(ENTER LOW DATA BYTE OR
TEST 51 NG LE STEP)
(ENTER HIGH DATA BYTE)
(SELECT PRINT WHEEL DATA ENTRY)
(SELECT PAPER FEED DATA ENTRY)
(SELECT CARRIAGE DATA ENTRY)
(TEST SELECT AND INITIALIZE)
Figure 3-6.
Rev A (3/83)
HPR05 OPERATOR CONTROL PANEL - SELF-TEST MODE
3-9
LIGHTS
REDEFINED
COVER OPEN
RIBBON/PAPER OUT
OVERFLOW
PARITY
CHECK/PAUSE
LO
L1
L2
L3
L4
DATA SWITCHES
PAPER OUT DEFEAT
SPEED 120
SPEED 30
FULL DUPLEX
MESSAGE LOAD
UPPERCASE ONLY
AUTO LINE FEED
DOUBLE LINE FEED
DSO
DS1
DS2
DS3
DS4
DS5
DS6
DS7
FUNCTION SWITCHES
RESET
SCROLL
LINE FEED
FORM FEED
HERE IS
PAUSE *
BREAK
3.4.3.2
TEST SELECT AND INITIALIZE
SELECT CARRIAGE DATA ENTRY
SELECT PAPER FEED DATA ENTRY **
SELECT PRINT WHEEL DATA ENTRY
ENTER HIGH DATA BYTE
ENTER LO W DA T A BYTE (Acts as single-step
switch if not preceded by "SELECT DATA ENTRY")
TEST START/STOP (alternate action)
*
The Pause function is not present in some units, and this switch mayor may
not be labeled
The switch is always present, however, and during the
self-test mode it functions the same regardless of its labeling.
**
In Test 31, the Line Feed switch serves to input the alternate Print Wheel
Data Entry.
Individual Test Selection and Operation
The general procedure to select and initiate each test is given below, followed by a list
giving the test number and title of each individual test available in the self-test mode. A
complete explanation of each test is given in sUbsection 3.4.3.3, Individual Test Definitions.
Test Procedure:
1)
With the AC power switched OFF, set the SPACING switch on the control
panel to the Self-Test position (any position 4 - 9).
2)
Turn ON the AC power. . At power-up, the buzzer will sound briefly and the
word "test" will be printed. The Model 630 is now in the Self-Test mode.
3)
Use the two rotary switches on the control panel to select the test number
desired.
The left-hand switch selects the left digit of the test number
and the right-hand switch selects the right digit.
3-10
Rev A (3/83)
4)
Press the RESET switch.
switches.
This loads the test selected by the two rotary
5)
Press the BREAK switch to start the test. The BREAK switch functions as an
alternate-action start/stop switch; pressing this switch a second time will stop
the test.
6)
When the test has been stopped by the BREAK switch, the PAUSE switch can
be used to single step the test. Each time the PAUSE switch is pressed, the
test will advance one step.
Tests of HPR05 and Associated Components
This series of tests is designed to verify the basic operation of the HPR05 board, the
serial. interface, the control panel and the keyboard
Test
00
01
03
-
RO M TEST
RAM TEST
SERIAL INTERFACE WRAP AROUND TEST
PCE and SCE Tests
In this series of tests the PCE circui t board is tested first by verifying the functional
capability of both 8041's. Once the PCE board has been verified, the SCE circuit
board may be tested by exercising the print wheel and carriage servos to check for
proper operation and alignment. Printer hardware status may also be read from the
print wheel 8041. The automatic print wheel retry capability of the PCE board is
inhibited during self-test to maximize the detection of any servo errors.
Test
20
22
-
8041 ROM TEST
PCE PRINTER STATUS TEST
30
31
-
PRINT WHEEL RESTORE TEST
PRINT WHEEL SERVO TEST
40
41
-
CARRIAGE RESTORE TEST
CARRIAGE SERVO TEST
50
51
-
SERVO DISABLE and DISPLAY CHECK STATUS
PAPER FEED TEST
Overall Printer Verification Tests
These are high level tests that require the correct print wheel to be selected on the
control panel switch for proper printout. In all of these tests, both the carriage servo
and the print wheel servo will be restored when the RESET switch is pressed If any
errors are detected, the test will halt and the error status will be displayed
Note:
"X" denotes an unspecified setting of the PRINTWHEEL SELECT switch on the
control panel, but the setting must match the print wheel being used
Test
X4
-
X5
X7
-
Rev A (3/83)
Combined HORIZONTAL MOTION TEST, VERTICAL MOTION TEST and
PRINT TEST
SWIRL TEXT PRINTOUT
CONFIDENCE TEST
3-11
3.4.3.3
Individual Test Definitions
Test 00
-
ROM Test
This test verifies the integrity of the data contained in the program ROMs by calculating
a 16-bit checksum using the standard CRC-16 algorithm which has a specified high accuracy of error detection. All ROMs are checked individually. If an error is found, the test
will halt and the number of the ROM that does not check correct will be displayed on the
control panel lights. (See the HPR05 schematic in Section 7 for ROM locations.) The
definitions of the error lights are:
L4
L3
L2
Ll
LO
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
Note:
1
-
Test 01
=
=
=
=
ROM
ROM
ROM
ROM
1
2
3
4
= ON
o = OFF
RAM Test
This test verifies the ability of all RAM, including expanded RAM, to be written to and
read from without any bit errors. A random bit pattern is generated by a pseudo-random
number generator and written to each RAM location. The random number generator is
reset and then used to verify that each RAM location contains the correct pattern. The
number of passes will be displayed as the test executes. If an error is found, the test will
halt and the number of the RAM that does not check correct will be displayed by the control panel lights. (See the HPR05 schematic in Section 7 for RAM locations.) The definitions of the error lights are:
Test 03
L4
L3
L2
Ll
LO
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
Note:
1
-
=
=
=
=
SCRATCH RAM (resides in the 8155 IC)
RAM 1
RAM 2
RAM 3
= ON
o = OFF
Serial Interface Wraparound Test
This test checks operation of the USART, serial interface drivers and receivers, interface
cabling and rear panel interface connector. This test requires that a special wraparound
plug be installed in the 25-pin interface connector on the rear panel. The wraparound plug
enables testing of the serial interface control lines by connecting the output lines directly
to the appropriate input lines. An 8-bit data pattern is generated and sent out on the
TRANSMIT DATA interface line. This data is received back in through the RECEIVE
DATA interface line via the wraparound plug. The received data is then verified During
the test, the status of the USART on the HPR05 circuit board is displayed by the control
panel lights as defined below. Prior to selecting the test by pressing the RESET swi tch,
3-12
Rev A (3/83)
the desired baud rate and parity checking must be selected on the control panel. (At 1200
baud, control panel lights L3 and L4 give a good, rapid display of bits 6 and 7 of the test
data being received.)
Definitions of the Control Panel lights while the test is in progress
LO
-
Ll
-
L2
-
L3
L4
-
Note:
indicates state of the DSO control panel switch via the DATA TERMINAL
READY (DTR) and DATA SET READY (DSR) interface lines.
indicates state of the DSI switch via the REQUEST TO SEND and CLEAR TO
SEND interface lines.
indicates state of the DS2 switch via the OPTION 1 (PRINTER READY) and
CARRIER DETECT interface lines.
RECEIVED DATA LIGHT BIT 6
RECEIVED DATA LIGHT BIT 7 - MSB - (ALWAYS 0 IF PARITY ENABLED)
LO, Ll and L2 are always ON if the current loop option is installed.
During the test, both firmware and hardware (the wraparound plug) serve to connect
lights LO, Ll and L2 to their respective control panel switches, DSO, DSI and DS2, via
the control interface lines listed above. The condition of each of these interface loops
can be verified by manipulating the switches and observing the response of the associated indicator lights.
Definitions of the Control Panel lights if an error is detected (test stops)
LO
Ll
L2
L3
L4
-
PARITY ERROR (USART DETECTED)
OVERRUN ERROR (USART DETECTED)
FRAMING ERROR (USART DETECTED)
BREAK ERROR (USART DETECTED)
ERROR FOUND BY PROGRAM BUT NOT DETECTED BY USART
The Wraparound Plug
The wraparound plug can be assembled using a standard 25-pin EIA interface plug with
its pins interconnected as listed below:
Signal
Pin
+DATA TERMINAL READY
+REQUEST TO SEND
+PRINTER READY
-XMIT DATA
20
4
11
2
(Current Loop only):
RECEIVE SOURCE
+XMIT DATA
-XMIT DATA
18
19
Rev A (3/83)
connects to
Pin
6
5
8
3
23
10
21
7
3-13
Signal
+DATA SET READY
+CLEAR TO SEND
+CARRIER DETECT
-DATA RECEIVED
RECEIVE DATA
- RECEIVE DATA
XMIT SINK
Test 20
-
8041 ROM Test
This test verifies the checksum for each 8041 UPI by using the 8041's built-in checksum
routine. The number of passes through the test will be displayed by the control panel
lights. If an error is found, the test will halt and the failing 8041 will be identified by
the control panel lights. The error light definitions are:
LO
L1
L2
L3
L4
-
Test 22
CARRIAGE 8041 ROM
PRINT WHEEL 8041 RO M
ALWAYS OFF DURING ERROR DISPLAY
ALWAYS OFF DURING ERROR DISPLAY
ALWAYS OFF DURING ERROR DISPLAY
-
PCE Printer Status Test
This test checks the hardware status sensors by reading printer status from the PW 8041
UPI and displaying it on the control panel lights. The Ribbon Out, Paper Out, Cover Open
and Multicopy switches are checked Actuating these switches during the test should cause
a response by the corresponding indicator light on the control panel The light definitions
during this test are:
LO
L1
L2
L3
L4
Test 30
-
Multicopy Lever Down (4-6 copies)
Ribbon Out
Paper Out
Cover Open
Always OFF
-
Print Wheel Restore Test
This test allows the print wheel to be restored alone. The carriage servo must not be in
Check for this test to function properly. The PW 8041 automatic error retry function is
inhibited
Test 31
-
Print Wheel Servo Test
This test allows exercising of the print wheel without affecting the other servos. The
print wheel will alternately seek to the two spoke positions specified by the control panel
switches. The hammer will fire with the energy specified by the control panel switches; if
the specified hammer energy is zero, the hammer will not fire. The ribbon will advance
the number of steps specified by the control panel switches; if the specified number of
steps is zero, the ribbon will not advance. The ribbon lift position will be controlled by
the MSB of the Low Byte, as defined below. The print wheel servo will be restored when
the RESET switch is pressed This test will not function if the carriage servo is in a
Check condition.
The command bits are defined below, followed by the procedure for loading the commands.
The eight bits of each command byte are set by use of the eight slide switches on the
control panel. Each bit is controlled by the switch that occupies the same relative position in the row of switches.
3-14
Rev A (3/83)
PRINT WHEEL COMMAND
DS SWITCHES
1000000001 1000000001
High Byte
B~te
Low
X
H
R
U
S
Test 40
=
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
X
H
H
H
R
R
R
R
2)
4)
=
U
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
3)
5)
TO LOAD z PRESS:*
FORM FEED - HERE IS
LINE FEED - HERE IS
FORM FEED - PAUSE
LINE FEED - PAUSE
- DON'T CARE
- HAMMER ENERGY (0 - 7)
- RffiBON ADVANCE STEPS (0 - 15)
- RIBBON UP (1) / RIBBON DOWN (0)
- ABSOLUTE ELECTRICAL SPOKE # (0 - 95)
*
Follow steps 1 thru 6 below for the proper sequence of loading this test.
1)
With the Model 630 in the self-test mode, set the rotary switches for Test 31,
and press the RESET switch to input the test selection.
2)
Set the control panel switches as desired for the high byte of the first alternate print wheel command. Press the FORM FEED switch on the control
panel, followed by the HERE IS switch.
3)
Set the control panel switches as desired for the low byte of the first alternate print wheel command. Press the FORM FEED switch and then the PAUSE
switch.
4)
Set the control panel switches as desired for the high byte of the second al ternate print wheel command. Press the LINE FEED switch and then the HERE
IS switch.
5)
Set the control panel switches for the low byte of the second print wheel command. Press the LINE FEED switch and then the PAUSE switch.
6)
Press the BREAK switch to start the test.
-
Carriage Restore Test
This test allows the carriage to be restored alone.
wheel being in a Check condition.
Test 41
STEP
-
The test is not affected by the print
Carriage Servo Test
This test allows exercising the carriage without affecting the other servos.
will seek in the forward direction (rightward), in the reverse direction
alternately as specified by the two bytes of the Carriage Data Command
Data Command is entered in two stages (High Byte and Low Byte) similar to
Rev A (3/83)
3-15
The carriage
(leftward) or
The Carriage
the procedure
used in Test 31. When alternate carriage movement is selected, the carriage will move
back and forth between the carriage starting position and the carriage position specified in
the carriage command
Note:
There are some subtle characteristics of this test that the operator must keep
in mind in order to avoid confusion:
1.
If the test parameters are changed by altering one or more switch settings
and loading a new Carriage Command while the test is in progress, there is
a lag of one step between loading of the new command and a corresponding
change in carriage motion.
2.
The present position of the carriage must be such that the next commanded
movement does not exceed the available distance for carriage travel, otherwise a Check condition will occur. For example, if the carriage is at its
left limit and reverse (leftward) motion is commanded, the carriage
contacts the left carriage stop, and a Check condi tion occurs.
3.
When forward alternate carriage movement is specified the carriage motion
will be displaced rightward from the starting posi tion of the carriage.
When reverse alternate carriage movement is specified, the carriage will be
displaced leftward.
CAUTION: There is NO protection against ~ carriage crash during this test. Care
must be used to avoid specifying a seek distance that exceeds the distance available for the carriage to move. Although the Carriage Command can generate a displacement of up to 4095 increments, the largest displacement that the carriage can
ever safely move is 1572 increments (the distance from left-hand to right-hand
limits of carriage travel).
The carriage servo will be restored when the RESET switch is pressed. The command bit
definitions are listed below, followed by the procedure for loading the commands.
CARRIAGE COMMAND
DS SWITCHES
1000000001 1000000001
High Byte
Low Byte
A
X
R
D
-
=
=
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TO LOAD, PRESS:
A
X
X
R
D
D
D
D
SCROLL - HERE IS
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
. SCROLL - PAUSE
ALTERNATE DIRECTION
DON'T CARE
REVERSE DIRECTION (0 = RIGHT, 1 = LEFT)
CARRIAGE DISPLACEMENT (0 - 4095, 1572 MAXIMUM PERMISSABLE!)
3-16
Rev A (3/83)
1)
With the Model 630 in the self-test mode, set the rotary switches for Test 41.
Press the RESET switch to input the test selection.
2)
Set the control panel switches as desired for the high byte of the carriage
command. Press the SCROLL switch on the control panel, followed by the
HERE IS switch.
3)
Set the control panel switches as desired for the low byte of the carriage
command. Press the SCROLL switch and then the PAUSE switch.
4)
Press the BREAK switch to start the test.
Test 50
-
Disable Servo and Display Check Status
In this test, the servos are disabled and a motion command is sent to both the print wheel
servo and carriage servo to force a Check condition. This verifies that both servos can be
disabled, and that a Check condition can be detected (indicated by lights LO and L1).
Upon being selected, this test will execute immediately when the RESET switch is pressed.
Both servos must be restored after this test to enable proper operation. This can be done
in the self-test mode by executing a carriage restore (Test 40) and a print wheel restore
(Test 30). The carriage servo must be restored first since the print whee~ servo cannot be
restored while the carriage servo is in Check.
In a properly operating unit, the test will execute as described above. This test can also
be used to read and display the status of an existing Check condition. When the RESET
switch is pressed for test selection, the existing Check condition will be detected by the
presence of a status flag from the affected 8041 UPI. This causes the status byte to be
read from the 8041, and the status displayed per the bit definitions given below. It is
important .!£. note that when the status byte is read, the status flag resets as in norI!lal
operation; however, the unit has not executed a normal restore operation, and thus the
Check condition still exists. This Check condition must be cleared before normal operation
or testing can be resum ed.
The Check status definitions are:
LO
L1
L2
L3
L4
*
-
CARRIAGE
PRINT WHEEL
PRINT WHEEL AUXILIARY STATUS BIT*
PRINT WHEEL AUXILIARY STATUS BIT*
ALWAYS 0
AUXILIARY STATUS BIT DEFINITIONS:
L3
L2
o
o
1
1
1
1
Note:
Rev A (3/83)
o
o
-
No Print Wheel Home Signal
More Than 8 Retries Required
Check With Auto Retry Inhibited
Excessive Time Between +XING Signal
1 = ON
OFF
o=
3-17
Test 51
-
Paper Feed Test
This test allows exercising of the paper feed drive without affecting the other servos. The
paper feed will seek in the forward direction, in the reverse direction, or alternately as
specified by the two bytes of the Paper Feed Command. The largest distance that the
paper feed can move is 2047 increments. The definitions of the command bits are as
follows:
PAPER FEED COMMAND
DS SWITCHES
1000000001
High
B~te
Low
B~te
A X R D -
Test X4
=
=
1000000001
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TO LOAD 2 PRESS:
A
X
X
R
X
D
D
D
LINE FEED - HERE IS
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
LINE FEED - PAUSE
ALTERNATE DIRECTION
DON'T CARE
REVERSE DIRECTION (0 = UP, 1 = DOWN)
PAPER FEED DISTANCE (2047 MAXIMUM)
1)
With the Model 630 in the self-test mode, set the rotary switches for Test 51.
Press the RESET switch to input the test selection.
2)
Set the control panel switches as desired for the high byte of the Paper Feed
Command. Press the LINE FEED switch and then the HERE IS switch.
3)
Set the control panel switches as desired for the low byte of the P'lper Feed
Command. Press the LINE FEED switch and then the PAUSE switch.
4)
Press the BREAK switch to start the test.
-
Combined Horizontal and Vertical Motion and Print Test
This test enables printing any two-character pattern in any direction at any resolution or
pitch setting desired. The horizontal motion is controlled by the 16-bit value of the Carriage Command as described for Test 41. For this test, however, the carriage is "crash
proof". Carriage motion is executed with left and right wraparound at either end of a
line.
The vertical motion is controlled by the 16-bit value of the Paper Feed Command as
described for Test 51. Paper feed motion is executed whenever horizontal motion wraps
around at either end of a line.
The two printable characters are defined by the Low Byte (CHARACTER 1) and the High
Byte (CHARACTER 2) of the Print Wheel Command. The procedure for print wheel character selection is similar to that in Test 31, however, the bit definitions given below for the
Print Wheel Command reveal several differences. Most notable is the fact that in this
test a single Print Wheel Data Entry specifies both print wheel characters, with the Low
3-18
Rev A (3/83)
Byte selecting the first character, and the High Byte selecting the second character.
Another difference is that the print wheel characters are specified by their assigned ASCII
code instead of by absolute addressing to a print wheel spoke. CHARACTER 1 will always
be the first character printed after any paper motion. If CHARACTER 2 is a null (all
zeros), then CHARACTER 1 will be repeated. If either character is nonprintable, a space
will be sUbstituted The correct character font must be selected by the PRINT WHEEL
SELECT switch.
The procedure for executing this test is given below, following the bit definitions for the
associated command bytes.
PRINT WHEEL COMMAND
DS SWITCHES
1000000001 1000000001
7
High Byte
Low Byte
Rl
Dl
R2
D2
-
=
=
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TO LOAD, PRESS:
R2 D2 D2 D2
D2 D2 D2 D2
FORM FEED - HERE IS
Rl D1 D1 D1
D1 Dl D1 D1
FORM FEED - PAUSE
RIBBON LIFT FOR CHARACTER 1 (1
ASCn CODE FOR CHARACTER 1
RIBBON LIFT FOR CHARACTER 2 (1
ASCn CODE FOR CHARACTER 2
= UP,
= UP,
0
0
= DOWN)
= DOWN)
CARRIAGE COMMAND
DS SWITCHES
1000000001 1000000001
7
654
321
0
TO LOAD, PRESS:
High Byte
=
A
X
X
R
D
D
D
D
SCROLL - HERE IS
Low Byte
=
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
SCROLL - PAUSE
A
-
X
-
R
D
-
Rev A (3/83)
ALTERNATE DIRECTION
DON'T CARE
REVERSE DIRECTION (0 = RIGHT, 1 = LEFT)
CARRIAGE DISPLACEMENT (0 - 4095)
3-19
PAPER FEED COMMAND
DS SWITCHES
1000000001 1000000001
High Byte
Low Byte
A X R D Note:
Test X5
=
=
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TO LOAD, PRESS:
A
X
X
R
X
D
D
D
LINE FEED - HERE IS
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
LINE FEED - PAUSE
ALTERNATE DIRECTION
DO N'T CARE
REVERSE DIRECTION (0 = UP, 1 = DOWN)
PAPER FEED DISTANCE (2047 MAXIMUM)
The loading of the Print Wheel, Carriage and Paper Feed commands for
this test are independent operations, and thus can be performed in any
order desired. It is not necessary that they be loaded in the same order
described below.
1)
With the Model 630 in the self-test mode, set the rotary switches for Test X4.
Press the RESET switch to input the test selection.
2)
Set the control panel switches as desired for the high byte of the print wheel
command defined above. Press the FORM FEED switch, followed by the HERE
IS switch.
3)
Set the switches as desired for the low byte of the print wheel command
Press the FORM FEED switch, followed by the PAUSE switch.
4)
Load the carriage command according to steps 2 thru 4 of the procedure given
under Test 41.
5)
Load the paper feed command according to steps 2 thru 4 of the procedure
given under Test 51.
6)
Press the BREAK switch to start the test.
-
Swirl Text Printout
This pattern is an incrementing ASCII character string that is printed for a total of 132
characters followed by a carriage return - line feed. The first character of each succeeding line is incremented from the previous line. This generates the. swirl or scrolling appearance. Thus each ASCII character is eventually printed at each character position.
The printout is continuous.
Test X7
-
Overall Confidence Test
This test is a combination of all of the above tests, except Paper Feed, executed in
sequence. The results of each test are printed out on the printer, as shown in Figure 3-5.
The tests will halt with all lamps lit before the swirl text printout if any errors are
3-20
Rev A (3/83)
are executed in the following order:
HPR05 TESTS
8085 ROM TEST
8085 RAM TEST
PCE-SCE TESTS
8041 ROM TEST
CARRIAGE SERVO TEST (132 character positions)
CARRIAGE RESTORE
PRINT WHEEL SERVO TEST (all spoke positions)
PRINT WHEEL RESTORE
Only with -01 or -02 {
base firmware
=
-
SWIRL TEXT PRINTOUT
(96 lines)
After the 96 lines of swirl text, the test repeats.
3.4.4
Remote Diagnostics - HPR05
The remote diagnostics option allows the interrogation of machine parameters and status
through the serial interface.
3.4.4.1
Diagnostic Commands
The following diagnostic commands are included in this option:
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
DEL
STX
SOH
3.4.4.2
SUB
SUB
SUB
SUB
SUB
SUB
SUB
I
R
1
2
U
W (n)
X
Initialize the printer '(standard in Basic HPR05)
Remote error reset (standard in Basic HPR05)
Request status byte 1
Request status byte 2
Enter user (programmable) test mode
Enter wraparound (echo) test mode
Exit test mode
Error correct backspace (user test mode only)
Print buffer once (user test mode only)
Print buffer repeatedly (user test mode only)
Diagnostics Interface Protocol
Status information is not supplied to the interface of any keyboard-equipped Model 630
while it is in LOCAL mode. All diagnostic commands are processed immediately when
received and are not queued This means all status reported will be the status present at
the time· the command was received Only the low .7 bits (bits 0 thru 6) of a status byte
are significant. Their equivalent value may range from 0 to 127. The MSB (bit 7) will be
a parity bit as defined by the PARITY ENABLE and PARITY EVEN/ODD switches. All
commands that generate a response from the Model 630 will result in a status byte being
sent to the host computer preceded by an STX character. The STX identifies the next
byte as a status byte. The rules for ETX/ ACK and DC1/DC3 protocols are applicable and
should be used for sending status requests to the Model 63 O.
Rev A (3/83)
3-21
3.4.4.3
Diagnostic Command Definitions
ESC SUB I
This command causes the Model 630 to unconditionally execute an initialize sequence
regardless of any error conditions that may exist within the printer. This command is
executed immediately when received over the interface, unlike the corresponding remote
reset sequence ESC CR P which is queued along with other commands. The Model 630
will default to the same conditions that exist at power up. Prior to sending this command,
the host should send a nonprinting character to cause the Model 630 to abort any multiple
character sequence in progress.
ESC SUB R
This command causes the Model 630 to reset any error conditions. It produces essentially
the same result as pressing the RESET switch on the control panel If the unit is in
check, it will execute a restore. Due to internal program latency, the minimum time
necessary to reset all errors is 250 milliseconds.
In a situation where the terminal is being operated without a control panel (not typical), a
series of up to eight automatic restores occurs if the terminal goes into a check condition.
The ESC SUB R sequence has the effect of resetting the automatic restore counter to
enable another series of automatic restore operations.
ESC SUB 1
This command will cause the Model 630 to send a status report byte (STATUS 1) thru the
interface. The true-state bit definitions for this status byte are:
Bit
o
1
2
3
4
5*
6
7
Status
End of Ribbon
10 Pitch (This bit false if any other pitch is selected)
Paper Out
Auto Line Feed enabled (set by switch on control panel, or by ESC
sequence if no control panel.)
Cover Open
Printer Idle (no motion, and print queue empty)
Printer In Check
Parity Bit **
* Bit 5 represents "Buffer Full" if Options ROM at location F32 on HPR05 board is
at design level earlier than 302839-03 (or 100524-02 if EROM).
** The state of bit 7 is defined by the PARITY ENABLE and PARITY EVEN/ODD
switches on the control panel
ESC SUB 2
This command will cause the Model 630 to send a status report byte (STATUS 2) thru the
interface. The true-state bit definitions for this status byte are:
o
Control Panel Option present
Diablo Keyboard Option present
Auto Carriage Return enabled
Double Line Feed enabled
(al ways 0 if no control
panel)
1
2
3
*
4
5
6
7
Reverse Print Mode enabled (inverted
horizontal motion)
Paper Out Defeat enabled (always 0
if no control panel)
Full-Duplex enabled
Parity Bit *
The state of bit 7 is defined by the PARITY ENABLE and
PARITY EVEN/ODD switches on the control panel
3-22
Rev A (3/83)
ESC SUB U
This command will cause the Model 630 HPR05 to enter the USER (programmable) test
mode. In this mode the user can enter any command sequence to the Model 630 up to
within 5 characters from the end of the buffer. The Model 630 can then be commanded
to execute the contents of the print buffer either once or repeatedly. All standard and
optional ESC sequences are valid except REMOTE DIAGNOSTIC commands. Any REMOTE
DIAGNOSTIC commands in the buffer will be ignored. Both ETX/ACK and DC1/DC3
protocols function normally when entering data into the buffer. During buffer execution an
ACK will be sent thru the serial interface for each ETX encountered in the buffer, if
enabled. DC1/DC3 does not function during buffer execution. USER test mode can be
exited by issuing either ESC SUB X or ESC SUB I sequence. All other incoming commands
will be ignored during buffer execution.
ESC SUB W (n)
This command will cause the Model 630 to enter the WRAPAROUND (echo) test mode. In
this mode, the Model 630 sends back to the host computer each byte (n) that it receives,
using the same protocol as status commands. The echoing starts with the first byte
following the ESC SUB W sequence. The Model 630 will automatically exit WRAPAROUND
mode when in LOCAL mode. WRAPAROUND mode may be exited by issuing either ESC
SUB X or ESC SUB I sequence. The ESC SUB X sequence will be echoed back to the host
computer.
ESC SUB X
This command will cause the Model 630 to exit both WRAPAROUND and USER test modes
immediately. When in USER test mode, the Model 630 will finish the execution of the
buffer if in progress when the ESC SUB X was received, and will simultaneously accept
new data from the interface.
DEL
The DEL or RUBOUT character is used for error correction when entering data into the
buffer in USER test mode. The buffer pointer will be backed up one position, and the previous character echoed on the printer for each DEL received. All control characters
except SPACE, BACKSPACE, CARRIAGE RETURN and LINE FEED will be echoed as the
uppercase ASCII equivalent preceded by an exclamation mark 0). An ESCAPE character
will be echoed as a dollar sign ($). The DEL character is ignored during an ESCAPE sequence, to prevent invalid ESC sequences. If the incoming data is received faster than the
speed of the print mechanism, the entire RUBOUT and ECHO sequence will be transparent;
that is, the buffer pointer will be backed up but the deleted character(s) may not be
echoed on the printer.
STX
The STX character will cause the content of the print buffer to be executed one time
only, when in USER test mode. If the buffer is being executed repeatedly (SOH character), receiving an STX character will cause the Model 630 to return to single cycle execution mode at the end of the buffer. The SOH and STX characters may still be used as
the third character of a three character sequence in USER test mode. They will not cause
the buffer to be executed when included within a valid ESCAPE sequence. Data may no
longer be entered into or deleted from the buffer after receiving an SOH or STX execution
character without first exiting and then reentering USER test mode. A BREAK in USER
test mode will cause the Model 630 to go back to buffer entry mode which allows entering
new test data without exiting USER test mode.
SOH
The SOH character will cause the content of the print buffer to be executed repeatedly.
The Model 630 will continue buffer execution until being returned to single cycle execution
mode (STX character), or exiting USER test mode (ESC SUB X or ESC SUB I).
Rev A (3/83)
3-23
3.5
DIAGNOSTICS - Model 630 API Terminals
3.5.1
API Self-Test
For all versions of the Model 630 API, the self-test mode is entered at power-on if the
SELF TEST switch on the control panel is ON. The self-test consists of a ROM test, a
RAM test and 96 lines of swirl text printed 132 columns wide. Figure 3-7 shows a sample
of the API self-test printout. The internal RAM listed in the printout is located in the
8031 CPU device on the API board All of the tested ROM and RAM memory is located
on the API circuit board; specific locations are identified on the API circuit board
schematic in Section 7 of this manuaL
With the Model 630 ECS-API, the entire extended character set will be included in the
swirl text printout if the control panel switches are set for ECS operation. However, since
the printout is only 132 columns wide, several lines of the text must be printed before all
of the characters have actually appeared in the printout
If a sheet feeder is installed on the API terminal, the self-test differs only in that the
swirl text printout is 84 columns wide, and if it is a dual tray feeder, it will feed from
alternate trays for each successive sheet of test printout.
96 LINES
630-API.SELFTEST
ROMl.0K
ROM2.0K
INT.RAM.OK
EXT.RAM.OK
¢ 1 n#$%&' () *+,-./0123456789:: <=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]A
I n l$%&' ()*+,-./0123456789::<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]A ~
nl$%&' ()*+,-./0123456789::<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]A ~a
1$%&' ()*+,-./0123456789::<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]A ~ab
$%&' ()*+,-./0123456789::<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]A ~abc
%&' ()*+,-./0123456789::<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]A ~abcd
&' ()*+,-./0123456789::<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]A ~abcde
'()*+,-./0123456789::<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]A ~abcdef
()*+,-./0123456789::<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]A ~abcdefg
)*+,-./0123456789::<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]A_~abcdefgh
132COLUMNS--------------------------------------------------------~·
Figure 3-7.
3.5.2
API SELF-TEST PRINTOUT
API Remote Diagnostics
The remote diagnostics feature allows interrogation of machine parameters and status
through the interface. The API remote diagnostic commands are:
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
SUB
SUB
SUB
SUB
SUB
I
R
SO
1
3
Ini tialize the printer
Rem ote error reset
Memory Test
Request status byte 1
Request status byte 3
3-24
Rev A (3/83)
All diagnostic commands are processed immediately when received and are not queued.
This means all status reported will be the status present at the time the command was
received. Only the low 7 bits (bits 0 thru 6) of a status byte are significant. Their
equivalent value may range from 0 to 127. The MSB (bit 7) will be a parity bit as defined
by the PARITY ENABLE and PARITY EVEN/ODD switches. All commands that evoke a
response from the Model 630 will result in a status byte being sent to the host computer
preceded by an STX character. The STX identifies the following byte as a status byte.
The rules for DC1/DC3, and Printer Ready protocols are applicable and should be used for
sending status requests to the Model 630.
3.5.2.1
ESC SUB I
This command will cause the Model 630 to unconditionally execute an initialize sequence
regardless. of any error conditions that may exist within the printer. This command is
executed immediately when received over the interface, unlike the corresponding remote
reset sequence ESC CR P which is queued along with other commands. The Model 630
will default to the same conditions that exist at power-up. Before sending this command,
the host should send a nonprinting character to cause the Model 630 to abort any multiple
character sequence in progress.
3.5.2.2
ESC SUB R
This command causes the Model 630 to reset any error conditions. It produces essentially
the same result as pressing the RESET switch on the control panel If the unit is in
check, it will execute a restore. Due to internal program latency, the minimum time
necessary to reset all errors is 250 milliseconds.
In a situation where the terminal is being operated without a control panel, a series of up
to eight automatic restores occurs if the terminal goes into a check condition. The ESC
SUB R sequence causes the automatic restore counter to be reset to enable another series
of automatic restore operations.
ESC SUB SO
3.5.2.3
This command will cause API to do memory test and send the result through the interface.
The true-state bit definitions in the result byte are:
o
1
2
3
3.5.2.4
ROM 1 bad
ROM 2 bad
Internal RAM bad
External RAM bad
4
5
6
7
(not used)
(not used)
(not used)
Parity bit
ESC SUB 1
This command will cause the Model 630 to send a status report byte (STATUS 1) through
the interface. The true-state bit definitions for this byte are:
Bit
-01
2
Status
End of ribbon
10 pitch (This bit false if any other pitch is selected)
Paper out
(continued)
Rev A (3/83)
3-25
3
4
5
6
7
*
3.5.2.5
Auto line feed enabled
Cover open
Printer idle (no motion, and print queue empty)
Printer in Check
Parity bit (Defined by the two parity control switches on
the control panel)
The state of bit 7 is defined ,by the two parity control switches on
the control panel
ESC SUB 3
This command causes the Model 630 to send a status report byte (STATUS 3) thru the
interface. This status byte pertains to a sheet feeder being used on the Model 630. The
true-state bit definitions for this byte are:
Bit
-01
2
3
4
5
6
7
*
Status
Insert not completed - denotes paper jam or out of paper
Exit not completed - denotes jam of paper during exit
Feeder present - Model F33 (dual tray plus envelopes) - see Table 3-2.
Feeder present - Model F32 (dual tray) or F33 - see Table 3-2.
(Not used)
Feeder present - Model F31 (single tray) - see Table 3-2.
Feeder in manual mode '
Parity bit
The state of bit 7 is defined by the two parity control switches on the control
panel
Table 3-2
FEEDER IDENTIFICATION
Bit
235
000
001
010
110
Feeder Installed
None
F31
F32
F33
3-26
Rev A (3/83)
3.6
TEST OPERATING REFERENCES
The following charts contain reference data that is useful when implementing some of the
diagnostic tests presented in the first part of this section.
3.6.1
ASCn Coding System
The ASCII Coding System is based on the American National Standard Code for Information
Interchange, Standard No. X3.4-1977 of the American National Standards Institute.
b 7 ---+
Bits
b4 b3 b2 b l
b6 ---+
bs ---+
.+
+++ +
0000
0001
0010
+ROW.
00 1 1
0100
o 101
o 1 10
o111
1000
100 1
10 10
10 1 1
1 100
1 10 1
1 1 10
1 1 1 1
3
0
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
6
7
[mIg
:::::::t;::::::
1
2
3
4
NUL OLE SP
SOH DCl !
STX IDC2 .
ETX 1DC3 #
EOT 'DC4 $
ENQ INAK 0/0
ACK : SYN &
,
BEL ETB
BS CAN (
)
HT EM
LF SUB
VT ESC *
+
,
FF FS
CR GS SO RS
•
SI US /
0
@)
5
p
A
Q
B
C
0
E
R :::{~{{ ::0:,:::.:::
fitt: ~[j
S
T
E::~: ~@
::{:
~tt (:/ {}.
U
V . :::f)!II::: f:t~ :mm:
::::::::
::::: :::::::
W ::::::.
::::::::~ ':::::::
X mt:J~ ij:fiemm
Y {{]?
~{)
::::::::::
0
1
. --
..
---
--
------
---'_.
I
1
2
3
4
5
6--_.7
8
--
9
·
,·
' - - f----
._-
F
---G
H
I
J
,
._._---
,
t::;::::::;;;;:::;:::::::
z IIf: m}
<
l
\
-
}~t~l:I
M
1
N
0
.......
{ ~:{j
{: ~{{::
·
:::::::::::)
----
[
,
:~:f~Fm~::
--- -
K
>
:::::::::'-!~:::::::::
-
:~:{)
{
I
•
}
""'-.;
[f)~rf~' DEL
All characters in these two columns and SP (Space) are nonprinting. DEL (Delete) does not
print in Remote mode. However, when DEL is entered on keyboard in Local mode, it prints
the print wheel character addressed by ASCII code 7F (HEX) when operating with plastic
print wheels, or 3F (HEX) when operatinf! with metal print wheels. (This character is also
printed in place of characters received with parity or framing error.) When UPPERCASE
ONL Y is used, shaded lowercase characters (columns 6 & 7) from keyboard are converted
to their uppercase equivalents (columns 4 & 5) before beinf! printed or transmitted.
Figure 3-8.
Rev A (3/83)
ASCII CODE CHART
3-27
3.6.2
Print Wheel Code Charts (Typical)
These charts provide a general sample of technical data for the different types of print
wheels.
Specific technical data pertaining to each print wheel available from Diablo
Systems is contained in the Diablo Print Wheel Data Book, Publication No. 90044-XX•
. The codes 20 Hex and 7F Hex are interpreted as "space" and "delete" respectively by the
Model 630 and thus are not available for print wheel addressing. In place of these two
codes, the ESC sequences ESC Y and ESC Z are used to address certain characters and
thus provide a complete set of 96 codes for print wheel addressing. ESC Y and/or ESC Z
are listed on the following charts where applicable.
ESC Y
ESC Z
lim EEflJ
f".
(MSB) b7
o
o
I
I
"'-"
I
I
o
o
o
b. bJ b2
o
cii
b6
~b~
Ib~
000
ODD
I
o
I
0
001
I
0
o
SP
t-~
II
1-'-' 2
#
o
I
o
0
o
I
0
I
o
I
I
0
o
I
I
I
ODD
(
O
~ ~ @6234
3
t-~
o
P
~~
4
,
~~
1
p
~ f-=46
70 26
4650
t-fJ
~S
1
100
I
) ~~2 9 S~j
I
0
I
0
,*.I!~
I
0
I
I
+~~2 ,.
I
I
0
0
I
I
0
I
I
I
I
0
I
I
I
I
3
4353
t-~
•
~~1
CHARACTER
_~ELECTRICAL
NOTES:
POSITIC'N
lr.::!.- SPOKE POSITIO~
- - - ENERGY LEVEL
RECOMMENDED
:
1. USE ENf.RGV SWlreu POSITION M FOB
NORMAL USE, FOR MUt.TISTACK.
2.
~~:~~'~~~0r#~i~~CFo~~~~rz~~g LEVEL
4. l.ll C IllI(;Al POSIT 101\1 IS pnl~TIN.H I l Sf'OKl
POSITION AS VII r .. IOI n{l~1 HtL C'ttAH#\CTlH
SIDE OF Till rfHNl ~\'Itil L
HYTVPf II PfIINT("R.
J. CUAFlAC1[ ns SltmvN ON THIS OUAWI:\IG 00
NOT Rr.rlfCT AESTH(lICSOr INDIVIOUAL
TV"r SlY l r S.
Figure 3-9.
96-CHARACTER PRINT WHEEL - PLASTIC
3-28
Rev A (3/83)
ESCY
~
'" 'r--..
(MSB) b7
0
0
I
I
I
I
b6
I
I
0
0
I
I
~
0
I
0
I
0
I
b4 b3 b2
SP I-- I--
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
I
0
0
I
0
0
0
I
I
0
I
0
0
0
I
0
I
17
0/0 J! f-4 5
0
I
I
0
a
0
I
I
I
I
0
0
0
I
0
0
I
I
0
I
0
I
0
I
I
I
I
0
0
,
I
I
0
I
-
I
I
I '0
. ~ ~1
I
I
I
/
klr .
I
!
II
#
$
r
~~
37 59
2
63
E I-2
2
4
82 I-14
I-2
13
83
I-- I-3
~ r!
3
4
I-- I--
4
89
J- f--4
77
I--
23
I
*
+ '2
~~
1
35 61
f-- I-1
31 65
2
f--- I--
18 78
Q ~~
4
4
a
~~
q ~ ~4
~~ R ~~
4
4
~~
C
f-- f--
~ J!
D ~ ~4 T ~ :Jl3 d ~ ~3 t
3
3
87
9
f-- f-3
E
36 60
3
~
l - f--
6
4
H ~ ~4
91 J3
I ~ J!3
'--
·· ~ ~2
27 69
·, 2
f--
-
9 87
2
K
ELECTRICAL POSITION
I7"EG---SPoKE POSITION
~ENERGY LEVEL
RECOMMENDED
f-- f--
f
g
x ~7 h
y 44 ~ i
f--
46 50
4
76
~ I-3
f-- f--
f-- f--
k
f-- f--
I
~~
3
~ ~ u ~~
3
3
~ ~ V !! ~
3
42
54
~ ~ W - f-4
3
~~ X ~~
3
3
3
£ ~ Y ~~
3
2
~£
3
69 27
f-- ' - 3
43
53
f-- f-2
25
z 11f--3
l!J!
.
1
-
I--
M ~ ~4
I-- I--
m ~~
f-- I--
~E
I-- I--
n Jl ~3
I-- I--
40
~ ~ 0 ~ I-1
3
DEL I-- I--
1/2 ~ J} N
?• Jl ~2 0
CHARACTER
V
J ~ ~3 Z J- ~3 J
1;4 ,!! .!!4 L
I-- I--
~~ r ~ ~
2
3
14
~ ~ S !! ~
f-- ~
3
4 C
3
12 84
4
42
~ ~ W I-- ~
4
4
22 74
4
F
S
3
b
~ U ~ ~4 e
f--
90
8 -
=
P ~ ~4
B
7 ~ J-3 G
9
~
I--
I-- I--
3
1
76
20
( f-- f--2
74 f-22
) f-2
15 f-81
r3
11 85
I--
,
75 21
@ I-- ~ P
A
773 6 ,!!~
f-- f--
10 ~
4
41 18
I-
4
~~
4
-
NOTES:
1. USE ENERGY SWITCH POSITION M FOR
NORMAL USE, FOR MUL TlSTACK.
2.
~ ~~~I;~~~~;T~~CFORMo~E~~~g
LEVEL
HYTYPE II PRINTER.
3. CHARACTERS SHOWN ON THIS ORAWING DO
NOT REFLECT AESTHETICS OF INDIVIDUAL
TYP E STY L ES.
4. ELECTRICAL POSITION IS PRINTWHEEL SPOKE
POSITION AS VIEWED FROM THE CHARACTER
SIDE OF THE PRINTWHEEL.
Figure 3-10.
Rev A (3/83)
SS-CHARACTER PRINT WHEEL - METAL
3-29
ESCY
'" "I'....
~
(MSB)b7
0
0
I
I
I
I
b6
I
I
0
0
I
I
~
0
I
0
I
0
I
b4 b3 b2
86
0
0
0
0
SP
- - 0
r--
0
0
0
I
I
.
!! 59 I
2
r-
0
0
I
0
II
~ -63
0
0
I
I
0
I
0
0
0
I
0
I
0
I
I
0
a 11 -194
I
.!! 73
0
I
I
---<
2
2
18 78
2" A - -4 Q
83 -13
3
84 12
B
85 11
-3
87 9
0 ~ ~4 T
~
r--
$ J- ~
4
r--
17
0/0 ~ ~
5
r--
,
a
E
88 8
3
89 7
F
r- -
r--
8
¥
22
90 6
a
I
0
0
0
( 1!
I
0
0
I
) ~-
I
0
I
0
I
0
I
I
I
I
0
0
t
I
I
0
I
-
~
I
I
I
0
.
I
I
I
I
/
73 23
~ 57 I r-~ 2
4
d! 65 ? r!! J.!
2
2
~
- "4
91 5
9 - ~
· ~ '267
· -27 692
!! !! •
3
* !!
+
85
2"
t
f--
. 78 55
-'--'-
I 81 15
1 "4 - ~
9 87
~ = r-- 1"
~
C
~
1 7
2
p .!! ~
82 14
4
# ~7 3
6
~ @ ~ n4
·
CHARACTER
-8 -88
4
R
36 60
3
S
f-- f--
~~
4
22 74
f-- 4
40 56
r-- 4
26 70
4
52 44
- 4
t
a
,!! ~
1 p
4
~ .!!
-59 ~!
3
q E- ~
4
~~
2
45
51
82
~ f-- C ~ ~ S f-- 3
3
4
43
~ ;!l d ~ ~ t ~ --'3
3
3
~ !!
4
u ~ ~4
b ..B! ~3 r
e
V E ~4 f
~ ~ U ~ E.
3
3
~ .!! V ~ ~
3
3
54
42
54
W ~ 4 g ~ .!!4 W f-- I--3
G
70 26
50 46
H r-- 4 X - 4 h !! .!!3 x I--3
44 52
47 49
71
I ~ -3 Y - -4 I - -2 y ~ ~
3
25
75
~~
~ ~ z -71 I-J
3
3 J
3
46 -50 2 1~ .!!
!! ~
K- 4 3
1
4 k
3
20 76
4 ;J~ !!
- L f-- -3
2
4 I
48 48
3
38
I
~ rM - ~4 "3 ~ "f m f-- f--4
N >----24 f--724 "43 ~ 4 n ~ ~3 I-- f-40
0 .!Q ~4 - ,!! ~1 0 2! f--3 DEL - ~
.
na z
:J-
-
£
.
~
Ii-
NOTES:
1. USE ENERGY SWITCH POSITION M FOR
NORMAL USE. FOR MUL TlSTACK.
ELECTRICAL POSITION
~SPOKE POSITION
~ENERGY LEVEL
RECOMMENDED
2.
~ ~~~I;~:~~;T~~C.?R~~E~~~g LEVEL
HYTYPE II PRINTER.
3. CHARACTERS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING DO
NOT REFLECT AESTHETICS OF INDIVIDUAL
TYPE STYLES.
4. ELECTRICAL POSITION IS PRINTWHEEL SPOKE
POSITION AS VIEWED FROM THE CHARACTER
SIDE OF THE PRINTWHEEL.
Figure 3-11.
92-CHARACTER PRINT WHEEL - METAL
(Rank Xerox)
3-30
Rev A (3/83)
ESC Y
ESC Z
o 0 fI1m571
f¢ToID
~LJill]
""
(MSB) b7
0
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
0
0
I
I
b4
"~
b3 b2~
0
I
0
I
0
I
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
I
0
0
I
0
0
0
I
I
0
I
0
0
b6
SP
r- r-
0
75 21
~ 10
5
10
~
4" @ "8 "4 P ~ 4
,
95 I
29
5 T P ~5 7
82 14
18 78
44
72 24
59 37
I -5 2" A -7 -4 Q ~7 "4 a -5 -3 q 5 7
II
55 41
28
8 88
~
!! ~
4" 2" 2 5 B 6" "4 R ~ b 5 3 r '4 ~
14 82
84 12
34
36 60
45
51 rr- ~ r# E6 .!4 3 -5 3 C rS
5 4 C 5 3 5 '4 3
7 3
7 89
85 11
32 64
19 77
60 36
43
$ -5 4" 4 r-5 -3 D ~ "4 T ~ d ~ t ~ ~
!
37 59
3 2
33 63
fo- f-
¥
¥
rs
79 17
0/0 "8
-4 5
a -777 -194 6
16 80
34 62
rs ~9
87
E
rs "4
88 8
5 3
89 7
r-r5 3
90
6
r-r5 4
91 5
F
rs22 ~
12
V -6 f-4 f
40 56
42 54
U '7 7
0
I
0
I
0
I
I
0
0
I
I
I
1/
I
0
0
0
(
I
0
0
I
22
) r-3 r-25 r2 9 "5 ~ I 3 3 Y
23 73
~ '1
20
~2
7
8
74
f- f-
74
71
~ ~4
-
.!Q j
Z !.
6 3
··
~ !!
11 85
·
3" 2" K f-:j "4
0
I
0
It
I
0
I
I
+ "5 "2
I
I
0
0
I
I
0
I
I
I
I
0
I
I
I
I
5 3
D
3 2
27 69
84
G ---7 r-4 W 8" '4 g
26 70
50 46
H -7 r-4 X "7 '4 h
.!! !!
I
J
-215 753
46 50
[
81 15
~ "f
18
41 55
3 93
20 76
~ 1 < 5 "f L ~ "3 \ r-s "2
- ~ ¥ = r!-5 872 M 388 584 ] ~ '295
. ~ ~I > rl5 '291 N f-:j24 772 " 25 'f94
f-
t
r-
/
¥~2
_~
r-r-
?• ~5 ~2 0
30 66
7 4
r-r-
-
I
45 51
4 3
65 31
r-
f- f-
5
5442
4 w -7 -3.
35
61 r-
rs 3
~ -49
3 2
~
k "5 3
Y ~5
T
5
(
43 53
I 3" 2 I
m ~8 ~4
39
rs57 "3
n
13
~
0 ~
5 3
5 I
70 26
X r5 3"
¥ z ~ ~3
3
69 27
f-
r- ~
63 33
u 5" ~
64 32
V -5 f3
)
4 92
~ "2
E- 23
3 "2
-93 3
3 '2
94 2
- 5 'f
DEL
f-
r-
NOTES'
CHARACTER
~ ELECTRICAL
rs
58 38
e rs ~
1. USE ENERGY SWITCH POSI110N M FOR
NORMAL USE. FOR MUL TlSTACK.
POSITION
f?~SPOKE POSITION
~ ENERGY LEVEL
2.
~~~!~~:~f:T~iC~R~~E~~~gLEVEL
HYTYPE II PRINTER.
3. CHARACTERS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING DO
NOT REFLECT AESTHETICS OF INDIVIDUAL
TYPE STYLES.
RECOMMENDED
PIS UNITS
4. ELECTRICAL POSITION IS PRINTWHEEL SPOKE
POSITION AS VIEWED FROM THE CHARACTER
SIDE OF THE PRINTWHEEL.
Figure 3-12.
Rev A (3/83)
96-CHARACTER PRINT WHEEL - METAL
(Diablo)
3-31
ESC Y
ESC Z
5 91 J3III!]
f[1IID1
~ l.....I][IJ[]
f'..
(MSB) b7
0
0
I
I
I
I
b6
I
I
0
0
I
I
0
I
0
I
0
I
""b2~
b4 b3
0
0
0
0
SP f- I--
0
0
0
0
I
.I ra-37 T59
I
0
0
I
0
II
0
0
I
I
)J
0
I
0
0
$ .i5 ~4
0
I
0
I
17
0/0 -798 "4
0
I
I
0
77
8 "7
"4
0
I
I
I
I
0
0
0
I
0
0
I
I
0
I
0
I
0
I
I
I
I
0
0
I
I
0
I
I
I
I
0
I
I
I
I
~
33 63
7 "2 2
-926 -43
19
I
23 73
2" 1
-20
( l!
3 2
74 22
) - -
*
3 2
15 -81
-5 3
11 85
3
21
~ ~ @ 2f "4
82 14
rs 2" A ~ ~
13
rs83 a84 12
I-- I--
5 3
85
11
4 I--5 I--3
9
87 I-5 I-5 3
88 8
6 I--5 I--3
89 7
7 I--5 I--3
90 6
8 5 I--4
91 5
9 5 I--3
29 67
• 3 I-2
27 69
~
~
·
~
-106 "486
52 44
Q 7" "4
8 88
, ra-41 ~18
59
a 5
28 68
67 29
p 5 7"
72 24
¥ q 5 7"
68 28
55 41
R 1" 4" b "5 ra r "4 ~
36 60
51 45
34
C 1" ra- S l!5 !!4 e 3"
s -4 3
19 77
60 36
53 43
D E7 ~4 T -6 -3 d -5 -3 t -4 ,--3
B
s 7"
¥
i--
--
16
34 62
58
33
E -6 480 U -7 I--4 e 5 383 U -635 I-3
22 74
12 84
45 51
64 32
F 6 4" V 6 ~ f "4 a v 7 3"
42 54
42
56
65 31
G ~ 4 W 8 7 g -5 4" w ~ "3
26 70
50 46
70 26
61 35
H -7 -4 X -7 I--4 h -5 -3 X I--5 3
f--
~
44 52
25 71
I -3 -3 Y -7 -4
21 75
J -5 -3 Z
46 50
~~
6 3
3 93
] 6 '4
92
£
~ ~ 1'4
+ 5 2" ·, "3 ~ K 1" 4"
, ~ ¥ 4"I c--816 ~4 L
- -354 -611 = 59 287 M -388 584
--
I
.
J
-473 -492 y ~5 303
~
~ !!
3 3
69 27
z
k 5a .
43 53
I a7 <
71 25
I-- -
5 3
39 16
31
~
f2 942
-935 'f3 m 848 748 2 -5 "2
. !!!3 J..2 ~6 ~4 N ~ ~4 4"3 ~ '42 n ~5 ~3 > 695 "21
13 83
17 79
56 40
31 65
30 66
/ "4 2 ? ---5 I--2 0 -7 '4"" - -5 -1 0 ,.---5 I--3 DEL - c-I--
0
¥
·
CHARACTER
NOTES:
1. USE ENERGY SWITCH POSITION M FOR
NORMAL USE, FOR MULTISTACK.
ELECTRICAL POSITION
~SPOKE POSITION
\'-
P
2.
~ ~~~;~:~~:T~~C:'~'g~,E:~~g LEVEL
HYTYPE II PRINTER.
ENERGY LEVEL
RECOMMENDED
3. CHARACTERS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING DO
NOT REFLECT AESTHETICS OF INDIVIDUAL
TYP£ STYLES.
PIS UNITS
4. ELECTRICAL POSITION IS PRINTWHEEL SPOKE
POSITION AS VIEWED FROM THE CHARACTER
SIDE OF THE PRINTWHEEL.
Figure 3-13.
96-CHARACTER PRINT WHEEL - METAL
(Rank Xerox)
3-32
Rev A (3/83)
SUPPLEMENTARY CHARACTER SET .
PRIMARY CHARACTER SET
ASCII
HEX
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
LO
~
,
0
SP TI e 1T 0
:I:
0 NUL OLE SP 0 @ p
P
ENO NAK
1 A Q a
" 2 B R b
II 3 C s c
$ 4 D T d
%5 E U e
6
7
ACK SYN
&
BEL ETB
,
8
9
BS CAN
(
6 F V f v
7 G W g w
8 H X h x
HT EM
)
9 I
A
B
LF SUB
*
VT ESC +
C
FF FS
,•
, <
Y i Y t
J Z j z £
K [ k {
L
D
E
F
CR GS
- -
so RS
•
>
/
?
1
2
SOH
DC1
STX
DC2
3
4
5
ETX
DC3
EOT DC4
SI
us
I
•
0
0
•
\
1
M ]
N "
m
0 -
0
ESC Y
n
q +
ex:
r
-+-
d
S
t
r
t +
u 0
I
}
,
L
p
1
8
0
2
y
T
3
0
2
3
It
tJ. T 0
~
1
a.
It
5
e:
5
l;;
X
6
n 1P
7
6
..
'l'
,r
e n e
w
8
L
1
R,
9
V
K
• + +
r
A
J
0
.....
A .......
Note
3
(
)
[
]
f
A
II
\)
.; } =<
{ >
•
-
/
==
E;
7
8
9
x
:
00
See Note 2
ESC Z
We]
NOTES:
1. ECS 7-bit ASCII Mode
.
- Primary Character Set accessed by codes 00-7F after power-up/initialize or after SI received from host.
- Supplementary Character Set accessed by codes 00-7F after SO received from host.
2. ECS 8-bit ASCII Mode
- After power-up/initialize all characters can be accessed except those addressed by 80-9F.
- After SO received from host, all characters can be accessed.
3. In ECS 7-bit ASCII Mode, code OF represents SI control character in both Primary and Supplementary
Character Set.
Figure 3-14.
Rev A (3/83)
ECS ELITE 12 SCIENTIFIC PRINT WHEEL
3-33
PRIMARY CHARACTER SET
ASCII
HEX
0 1 2 3 4 5
LO
~
0 NUL DLE SP 0 @ p
1 SOH DC1 • 1 A Q
2 STX DC2 " 2 B R
3 ETX DC3 IF 3 c S
4 EOT DC4 $ 4 D T
5 ENO NAK % 5 E U
6 ACK SYN & 6 F V
, 7 GW
7 BEL ETB
8 BS CAN ( 8 H X
9 HT EM ) 9 I Y
,
-
A
B
C
D
E
F
LF SUB
VT ESC
FF FS
CR GS
SO RS
SI
US
*
+
••
,•
, <
- •
/
>
?
•
SUPPLEMENTARY CHARACTER SET
6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
,
0
p
a q
b r
SP
0
•
l
±
0
f
4> ¢
2
1
r
£
$
3
C
S
2
d
t
3
e
U
It
f
V
5
g
W
6
It
5
6
7
h X 7
i Y 8
.
J Z J z 9
K [ k { l
8
9
,
e
,
X
,
,
,
"
-
¥ U -
II
§
0
,
,r
•
••
v
,
a a
v
n
K
1
1E
ffi
®
f)
c!
©
a '0
11 n
-
TI1
t
,
- 1
II jj
•
• h }
..
Q t I
..
0
N
v
0
0
(E
re
" 0 13
e < :>
I
, X.It - %8 p P
L \ 1 I
I
..,
..
~8 'f -t
M ] m } Pi a F %
2
,...
~8 1] IJ
a u • 7.:It
N " n
~
0
0
00
Co
0 ESC Y
0 DEL
Note
3
00
0
/
•
6
v
%
8
'n
l_
See Note 2
ESC Z
CiJb]
NOTES:
1. ECS 7-bit ASCII Mode
- Primary Character Set accessed by codes 00-7F after power-up/initialize or after SI received from host.
- Supplementary Character Set accessed by codes 00-7F after SO received from host.
2. ECS 8-bit ASCII Mode
- After power-up/initialize all characters can be accessed except those addressed by 80-9F.
- After SO received from host,. all characters can be accessed.
3. In ECS 7-bit ASCII Mode, code OF represents SI control character in both Primary and Supplementary
Character Set.
Figure 3-15.
ECS PICA 10 TELETEX PRINT WHEEL
3-34
Rev A (3/83)
3.6.3
ASCll-to-Decimal Equivalents
Table 3-3
DECIMAL VALUES OF ASCn CHARACTERS
Units
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
SOH
STX
ETX
EOT
ENQ
AO<
DLE
0
0
T
e
n
5
Rev A (3/83)
8
9
BEL
BS
HT
DCl
10
LF
VT
FF
CA
SO
SI
DC2
DC3
20
DC4
NAK
SYN
ETB
CAN
EM
SUB
ESC
FS
GS
30
AS
US
SP
!
"
$
%
&
40
(
)
*
+
,
'"
-
/
0
1
50
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;
60
<
=
>
?
@
A
B
C
D
E
70
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
0
80
P
Q
A
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
90
Z
[
\
)
"
a
b
c
100
d
e
f
9
h
-
110
n
0
p
q
120
x
y
z
t
...
,
,
i
j
k
I
m
r
5
t
u
v
w
I
}
3-35
--
SECTION 4
REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
4.1
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
The routine removal and replacement procedures for ribbons and print wheels are covered
in the Model 630 Operator's Guides, and thus are not described in this manual
WARNING:
1. Removing the top cover of the Model 630 exposes a safety hazard to
ungualified personnel. Before performing any removal procedure on the
Model 630, make sure that the AC power is switched OFF, and the power
cord is unplugged.
2. DO NOT apply power to the machine while any of the circuit boards are
disconnected; to do so can cause radical carriage movement and damage to
the machine.
The removal procedures are arranged in this section in the logical sequence in which some
of them must be performed When one procedure refers to another, the section number of
the referenced procedure is listed in parentheses; for example, "Remove the top cover
(4.2)". For these procedures, it is assumed that any paper feed accessories such as a sheet
feeder or forms tractor have already been removed if necessary.
In most cases, the reassembly procedure simply reverses the removal procedure, and thus is
not described here. Any differences or special considerations required during reassembly
are noted
4.2
TOP COVER REMOVAL
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
Unplug the power cord
Remove the platen knob by pulling it straight to the right.
Remove the access cover by grasping it at each end and rocking it up at the front
to unlatch it. (Note:
With the new style covers, considerably more force is
required to unlatch the access cover.) After it is unlatched, the access cover can
be removed by sliding it forward.
If not already done, loosen the shipping restraint screw from the rear of the top
cover (Fig. 4-1). (The screw can be left loose when the cover is reinstalled, but it
should be left in place for possible future use when shipping the machine.)
Loosen the two captive screws securing the top cover (Fig. 4-2).
Lift off the top cover.
LOOSEN SCREW
Figure 4-1.
Rev A (3/83)
TOP COVER SHIPPING SCREW
4-1
SCREW
SCREW
~TOP
Figure 4-2.
4.3
COVER
TOP COVER MOUNTING SCREWS
PLATEN REMOVAL
1)
2)
3)
Turn the power switch OFF.
Remove the top cover (4.2).
Depress the platen latch lever (Fig. 4-3) at each end of the platen, and lift the
platen out of the printer.
Platen Knobs:
The early style platen knob will not properly operate the new style
(zero-backlash) platen. The new style platen knob, however, can be used on
either early or late style platens by adjusting the position of the metal collar
on the knob. To do this (with knob removed from platen), grasp the collar
firmly and pull it out towards the end of the knob shank as far as it will go.
Then install the knob on the platen shaft in the usual manner. When you push
the knob onto the shaft, the collar will automatically slide to the proper
position for the platen being used
PLATEN LATCH
Figure 4-3.
4.4
PLATEN LATCH LEVER
CARD GUIDE REMOVAL
Figure 4-4 identifies three different styles of card guides used on the Model 630. ECS
uni ts use the new style card guide 302935-01, but with a plastic shield (322598-03) affixed
to it The shield prevents occasional smudging by inner row print wheel characters when
outer row characters are struck. If the shield becomes damaged it can be replaced as
described below following card guide removal.
4-2
Rev A (3/83)
EARLY STYLE
NEW STYLE
ECS STYLE
#40550-02
#302935-01
#302935-01 Card Guide
with #322598-03 Shield
Figure 4-4.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
CARD GUIDES
Unplug the power cord.
Remove the top cover (4.2).
Remove the platen (4.3).
Tilt the carriage pivot assembly back away from the platen position.
Remove the two screws holding the card guide to the rear carriage bearings.
Remove the card guide.
SHIELD HOLE CENTERED AT
BOTTOM OF CARD GUIDE NOTCH
NONADHESIVE AREA
ADHESIVE AREA
Figure 4-5.
ECS CARD GUIDE SHIELD REPLACEMENT
Shield Replacement
1) With the card guide removed, peel the old shield off the card guide.
2) Clean the surface of the card guide to remove any residual adhesive or film of oil.
3) Remove the backing from the new shield and tack it lightly in position on the card
guide as shown in Figure 4-5.
The shield should be square on the card guide, with the bottom edge of the hole in
the shield centered at the bottom of the notch in the card guide. The adhesive
area of the shield should not extend beyond the edges of the card guide, and all
corners of the shield should be resting against the card guide.
4) When the shield is properly aligned on the card guide, press firmly over all of the
adhesive area to bond it tightly to the card guide.
Rev A (3/83)
4-3
4.5
CIRCUIT BOARD REMOVALS
An electrostatic shield covers the circuit board compartment (!Icard cage!l) at the left rear
of the unit. This card cage cover can be removed after loosening the two screws pointed
out in Figure 4-6. The locations of the various Model 630 circuit boards are shown in
Figure 4-7.
4.5.1
PCE / PPI / SPI / API / HPR05 / HPR06 Circuit Boards Removal
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
4.5.2
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
Unplug the power cord
Remove the top cover (4.2).
Remove the card cage cover.
Carefully disconnect all of the cables connected along the left, right and top sides
of the board
Slide the board up out of its guides.
SCE Circuit Board Removal
Unplug the power cord.
Remove the top cover (4.2).
Remove the card cage cover.
Carefully disconnect the two cables from the right side of the SCE board
Loosen the four screws (A) holding the SCE board assembly in position as shown in
Figure 4-8.
Lift the SCE board up out of its edge connector and out of the machine.
Figure 4-6.
CARD CAGE COVER
4-4
Rev A (3/83)
...--SCE
PCE/PPI/SPI/API
__HPR05/HPR06
[ [
.r.---SLOT FOR OPTIONAL FEEDER
,/ . .,.,
.'
INTERFACE BOARD OR
..
CUSTOMER BOARD
Figure 4-7.
CIRCUIT BOARD LOCATIONS
POWER SUPPLY
REGULATOR PCB
LOOSEN
Figure 4-8.
4.6
MOUNTING SCREWS FOR SCE AND PIS REGULATOR CIRCUIT BOARDS
POWER SUPPLY REMOVAL / CONVERSION
4.6.1
Regulator Circuit Board Removal
The power supply regulator circuit board can be removed separately as described here, or
as part of the complete power supply assembly (4.6.2).
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Unplug the power cord
Remove the top cover (4.2).
Disconnect the two cables at the top edge of the regulator circuit board, and the
one cable at the left edge of the board
Ref er to Figure 4-8.
Remove the two screws (B) holding the regulator board heat sink to the rear of
the unit. Remove the two screws (C) at the other end of the heat sink near the
ON-OFF switch. Remove the shipping screw.
Lift the regulator circuit board far enough to gain access to the cable connection
at the lower right edge of the circuit board Disconnect the cable, and then
remove the circuit board from the machine.
Rev A (3/83)
4-5
4.6.2
Power Supply Assembly Removal
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Unplug the power cord.
Remove the top cover (4.2).
Position the Model 630 so that you are facing the rear of the machine.
Remove the four mounting screws (A) and the ground strap screw (B) identified in
Figure 4-9.
Referring to Figure 4-10, remove the feeder connector bracket (or trim plate) from
the center rear panel of the machine.
To do this, loosen the four screws (C and D) that secure one side of the bracket
to the SCE heat sink, and the other side to the power supply heat sink. Remove
the shipping screw. Slide the feeder connector bracket up a little so it disengages
from the screws on the power supply heat sink; then maneuver the bracket out
from under the SCE heat sink. Let the bracket assembly hang loose on its feeder
cable harness.
Disconnect the DC power cable from the top edge of the power supply regulator
board
Gently manipulate the power supply assembly out the rear of the machine. Avoid
snagging and straining any of the cables.
TOP VIEW
Figure 4-9.
POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY MOUNTING SCREWS
TRIM PLATE OR FEEDER
CONNECTOR BRACKET
SHIPPING SCREW
Figure 4-10.
REAR PANEL FEEDER CONNECTOR BRACKET
4-6
Rev A (3/83)
4.6.3
Power Supply AC Input Conversion
The internal power supply of the Model 630 can be configured to operate from anyone of
four different input voltages: 100, 120, 220 or 240 VAC at 49 to 61 Hertz.
A universal conversion kit includes all parts required to convert from-to any of these
voltages. Each part in the kit is also available separately, as listed below. Which of the
parts are actually used in a particular conversion depends on the from-to configurations.
For example, converting from a 100 VAC input to a 120 VAC input does not require a new
line fuse since both configurations use a 4 amp fuse; however, when converting from 100
VAC to 220 VAC, the old 4 amp fuse must be replaced by a 2 amp fuse.
Figure 4-11 shows the required wiring configuration for each input voltage, and Figure 4-12
shows the locations of the associated label changes that may be required
Parts List:
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Part No.
Description
321344-01
302983-01
302970-01
302964-01
302962-01
302966-01
302968-01
10604-07
10604-08
10708
Complete kit
Label, Fuse, 4A (use with 100
Label, Fuse, 2A (use with 220
Label, Rating, 100V
Label, Rating, 120V
Label, Rating, 220V
Label, Rating, 240V
Fuse, 4A, Fast-Blow (use with
Fuse, 2A, Fast-Blow (use with
Jumper, Terminal Block
and 120V input)
and 240V input)
100 and 120V input)
220 and 240V input)
Conversion Procedure
1)
2)
3)
4)
Disconnect the AC power cord, and remove the top cover (4.2).
Remove the power supply assembly from the Model 630 (4.6.2).
Position the power supply assembly on its back so that the terminal block (TB1) on
the bottom of the power supply assembly is accessible.
On the terminal block, reposition the terminal jumper(s) and line filter leads according to the appropriate diagram in Figure 4-11. It should be unnecessary to alter
the position of the transformer leads; they are shown for reference only.
NOTE: The proper positions on the terminal block (TB1) for the brown and blue
wires from the line filter depends on the wire colors on the top two
terminals of the on-off switch. If the top left terminal has a brown
wire and the top right terminal a blue wire (as viewed from the front
of the machine), follow the colors listed in Figure 4-11; if the colors
on the on-off switch are opposite, reverse the wire colors shown in
Figure 4-11.
5)
6)
Turn the power supply right side up.
Check the value of the line fuse presently in the unit against the fuse requirement
f or the new input voltage, as shown in the Parts List above. Install the proper
fuse.
Rev A (3/83)
4-7
7)
8)
9)
10)
Check the fuse label to see if it matches the fuse size that is now being used If
a new fuse label is required, select the proper label, remove the adhesive backing
and apply the label to the location indicated in Figure 4-12. Make sure the label
completely covers the existing fuse data printed on the paneL
Select the proper voltage rating label, remove the adhesive backing, and apply the
label to the location indicated in Figure 4-12.
Connect the proper CSA-approved line cord (See Diablo Model 630 Parts Catalog,
Publication No. 90444-XX), apply power and verify that the DC output voltages are
correct.
Turn off power, disconnect the line cord, and reinstall the power supply assembly
into the Model 630.
FROM
LINE
FILTER
BRN*
BLU*
2
3
4
5
FROM
LINE
FILTER
TBI
TO XFORMER
TERMINALS
2
BLU*
!5
4
3
4
BRN*
I
I
(IOOV WIRING)
(l20V WIRING)
TBI
TBI
TO XFORMER
TERMINALS
BRN *=:::={~~~=== 2
4
s
TO XFORMER
TERMINALS
m:::~~==2
2
BLU*==={I@:~bF=== fS
3
BLU*==={~~~===fS
.~~==3
FROM
LINE
FILTER
3
4
m~~==4
BRN *===t;w:~tJd!=== I
I
(240V WIRING)
(220V WIRING)
*
!5
FROM
LINE
FILTER
3
TO XFORMER
TERMINALS
2
The wire colors shown above apply if the on-off switch has a brown wire on the
top left terminal and a blue wire on the top right terminal (viewed from front of
machine). If the wire colors on the switch are opposite (brown on right, blue on
left), the wire colors from the line filter to TB1 must be opposite to that shown
above.
Figure 4-11.
AC INPUT WIRING
4-8
Rev A (3/83)
OUTSIDE
ON-OFF
SWITCH
FUSE LABEL
6
~----,
•
L. _____ .J
o
RATINGLABEL~~~
•
I
L
____ ..JI
Figure 4-12.
4.7
INPUT POWER LABEL LOCATIONS
SPI and API-lo5 CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Unplug the power cord.
Remove the top cover (4.2).
Remove the two screws holding the left end of the control panel to the bottom
pan.
Loosen the two screws holding the right end of the control panel to the bottom
pan.
Note carefully how the control panel cable connector is oriented (see Fig. 4-13).
This connector is not keyed, and can easily be installed backwards. (This will not
damage the machine, but will cause improper operation; among other things, the
power indicator will not light when power is applied.)
Disconnect the control panel cable connector.
Turn the control panel over and slide the control panel cable out of the cable
retainers on the bottom side of the control panel.
Reassembly Note:
Be sure to reattach all ground straps that were disconnected
during disassembly.
. RED TRACER
CONTROL PANEL CABLE
SPI/API-l.5 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
100 00 00
0
0
01
0
o
o o
Figure 4-13.
Rev A (3/83)
o
SPI and API CONTROL PANEL CABLE
4-9
4.8
HPR05 AND API-2 CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL
The control panel removal procedure varies depending on whether the unit is an RO or a
KSR, and on the type of ESD shielding used. The removal procedures for RO and KSR
control panels are described separately. For ESD shielding on some early HPR05 units, a
metal plate is clipped in place across the bottom of the control panel When the control
panel is mounted, there are three screws holding the bottom edge of this plate to the
bottom pan of the machine. On later units, a ground plane on the control panel circuit
board provides ESD shielding, and the separate metal shield is not used
Another aspect of the removal procedure subject to variation in HPR05 terminals concerns
the position of the cable that connects to the control panel from the HPR05 circuit board
A design change to the control panel circuit board reversed the pin-outs on the connector,
and thus requires that the cable be connected to the board just opposite of the way it is
connected in earlier units. Figure 4-14 illustrates these two arrangements and identifies
the circuit board etch level where the reversal occurs.
The HPR05 and API-2 control panels can both use H5CPN control panel circuit boards
(302561-XX) that are at design levels -06 or highter. H5CPN circuit boards at design
levels below -06 can be used on HPR05 control panel assemblies only.
CONTROL PANEL ASSY
j~'~.~~i§~§~2~i§==~·l
r - - - PCB TOP V I EW
FOR BOARD ETCH
302560·03 and
FOR BOARD ETCH 302560·02
. LATER
Figure 4-14.
4.8.1
1)
2)
3)
HPR05 AND API-2 CONTROL PANEL CABLE
RO Control Panel Removal
Unplug the power cord.
Remove the top cover (4.2).
Loosen the 3 screws holding the control panel ESD shield (if present) to the bottom
pan of the machine.
4-10
Rev A (3/83)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
At each end of the control panel, remove the 2 screws holding the control panel to
the bottom pan.
Disconnect the ground strap at each end of the control panel.
Slide the control panel forward to release the ESD shield from the bottom pan.
Tip the rear of the control panel upward to expose the cable connector on the
bottom side of the panel.
NOTE: Note carefully how the connector is oriented (see Fig. 4-14). This connector is not keyed, and can easily be installed backwards. (This will
not damage the machine, but will cause improper operation; among
other things, the power indicator will not light when power is applied.)
Disconnect the cable.
Reassembly Notes:
1. Be sure to reattach the ground straps at each end of the control panel.
2. Be sure that the control panel cable is connected correctly before
remounting the control panel assembly. (See explanation under 4.8.)
4.8.2
KSR Control Panel Removal
The KSR control panel can be removed either separately or as part of the keyboard
assembly. This sUbsection describes its removal as a separate assembly. Subsection 4.9
describes removal of the complete keyboard-control panel assembly.
1)
2)
Unplug the power cord
Remove the top cover (4.2).
GROUND TABS
GROUND STRAP
OVERLAY PANEL
MOUNTING SCREWS - CONTROL
PANEL TO KEYBOARD
MOUNTING SCREWS - KEYBOARD
TO BOTTOM PAN
Figure 4-15.
Rev A (3/83)
KEYBOARD-CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL
4-11
Refer to Figure 4-15.
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
4.9
Remove the two screws securing the ground tabs of the overlay panel.
Disconnect the short cable that connects the overlay switch panel to the control
panel
For reference during reassembly, look closely at how the overlay panel is fitted
onto the keyboard; then lift the overlay panel off the keyboard
Disconnect the ground strap at each end of the control panel
At both ends of the control panel, remove the two screws that fasten the control
panel to the keyboard assembly.
At both ends of the control panel, remove the two screws that secure the control
panel to the bottom pan.
Rock the rear of the control panel upward to expose the cables on the bottom side
of the control panel
For reference during reassembly, carefully note the position of the cable connector
at the left end of the control panel circuit board; then disconnect this cable.
Disconnect the cable that connects the control panel to the keyboard.
Remove the control panel
KEYBOARD ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
1)
2)
Unplug the power cord
Remove the top cover (4.2).
Refer to Figure 4-15.
3) Disconnect the ground strap at each end of the control panel.
4) Remove the two screws that secure each end of the control panel to the bottom
pan.
5) Loosen the two screws that secure each end of the keyboard assembly to the
bottom pan.
6) Lift the rear of the keyboard-control panel assembly to expose the control panel
cable.
7) For reference during reassembly, note the way the control panel cable connects at
the left end of the control panel circuit board; then disconnect the cable.
8) Lift the keyboard out of the machine.
NOTE: The membrane switch overlay panel is fastened down only at its rear
edge. If the keyboard assembly must be inverted, support the overlay
panel so that it doesn't fall free.
PRINT MECHANISM REMOVAL
4.10
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Unplug the power cord.
Remove the top cover (4.2).
Remove the control panel (4.7 or 4.8) if this is an RO unit, or the entire
keyboard-control panel assembly (4.9) if it is a KSR unit.
Disconnect the two cable connectors mounted at the lower front of the carriage
(Item A, Fig. 4-18).
Loosen the screw (Item B, Fig. 4-18) that holds the carriage cable mounting
bracket, and release the bracket from the carriage.
Remove the two screws holding the cover open switch bracket to the bottom pan.
Lay the bracket assembly out of the way at the left side of the machine.
Loosen the two screws holding the cable shield plate on the left side of the
bottom pan (Fig. 4-16). Slide the plate forward and lift it out.
NOTE: Later units do not have this shield plate.
4-12
Rev A (3/83)
SHIELD PLATE
Figure 4-16.
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
RIBBON CABLE SHIELD PLATE
Make note of the wire connections to the paper-out switch, and then disconnect
the wires from the switch. (Yellow wire to left terminal, brown wire to right.)
Disconnect the ground straps located on the print mechanism at the left front
corner, the right front corner, the left rear corner, and the center of the right
side frame.
NOTE: Your unit may not have all of these ground straps.
Remove the card cage cover.
Disconnect the paper feed motor cable from either the PCE, PPI, SPI or API circuit board.
Disconnect the carriage drive motor cable from the SCE circuit board
NOTE: On later units, the print mechanism is held in place at the rear by hooks on the
mechanism which extend through two holes in the bottom cover. To satisfy UL certification requirements, two plastic plugs are used to fill the remaining hole space after
the print mechanism is in place. Before the mechanism can be removed, the hole plug
next to each hook must be pryed out from the bottom using a screwdriver or similar
tool.
13)
Unlatch the print mechanism from the bottom pan. The mechanism is held in
place by two retainers located just inside the side frames of the mechanism, as
shown in Figure 4-17. The retainers are unlatched by pulling the retainer slides
toward the center of the mechanism. (A forceful tug may be required to overcome
the detent.)
RETAINER
RETAINER
Figure 4-17.
Rev A (3/83)
PRINT MECHANISM FRONT RETAINERS
4-13
14)
15)
Before the print mechanism can be removed completely from the machine, a cable
that connects to the carriage drive motor from underneath must be disconnected as
follows:
Carefully raise the front of the print mechanism above the retainer pins
and slide it forward a short distance (approximately 3" / 76mm).
While holding the frontof'the mechanism up, reach underneath and disconnect the flat cable from the carriage drive motor.
Gently lift the mechanism out of the bottom pan.
Reassembly Notes:
To reinstall the print mechanism, simply reverse the removal procedure, with attention to the following details:
Check that the rubber shock mount inserts (early style units only) are properly
positioned in the mount brackets that hold the rear of the print mechanism in
the bottom pan.
Be sure to connect the flat cable to the carriage drive motor from underneath
before latching the print mechanism in position.
4.11
CARRIAGE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
1)
2)
3)
Unplug the power cord
Remove the top cover (4.2), platen, ribbon and print wheel.
Remove the control panel (4.7 or 4.8.)
Refer to Figure 4-18.
4) Disconnect the two cable connectors (A) mounted at the lower front of the carriage assem bly.
5) Loosen the screw (B) that holds the carriage cable mounting bracket, and release
the bracket from the carriage.
6) Loosen the lock screw (C) on the snubber eccentric (D) slightly, and rotate the
eccentric 1/2 turn clockwise to release the tension on the carriage drive cable (E).
Figure 4-18.
CARRIAGE ELECTRICAL CABLE ASSEMBLY & SNUBBER
4-14
Rev A (3/83)
RETAINING CLIP
Figure 4-19.
7)
8)
RAIL CLIP REMOVAL
Slip the drive cable off one of its pulleys; then unhook the two ends of the cable
from their anchor slots on the carriage. The drive cable may now be completely
removed from the machine, if desired (To restring the cable, see SUbsection 4.15.)
Using a screwdriver or other suitable implement as shown in Figure 4-19, remove
the retaining clips (4) from the ends of the two carriage rails. The clip is
removed by rotating the screwdriver, not by prying. The shank of the screwdriver
must be at least 8" long, and its blade must be narrow enough to insert through
the clip but wide enough to force the clip open. (A 3/16" wide blade works well.)
CAUTION: After the clips are removed, the front rail is unrestrained.
care that it does not fall free.
9)
Take
Lift one end of the rails and slide the carriage off.
Reassembly Notes:
To install the carriage assembly, reverse the removal procedure.
For restringing the carriage drive cable, see SUbsection 4.15.
A replacement carriage assembly will be equipped with either jackscrew or
self-locking type cable connectors. The self-locking type is designed with a
detent feature to hold the two halves of the connector together. If it becomes
necessary to mismatch the two halves of these connectors; i.e., a jackscrew
type connector joined to a self-locking type connector; neither the detent
feature nor the jackscrews are functional. In this case, it is recommended that
the two halves of both connectors be held together with a cable tie to ensure
a secure, reliable connection. Figure 4-20 shows one example of how this can
be done. In this case, the unusable jackscrews have been completely removed
to make space for the cable ties. Note that a cable tie is used on both sides
of each connector.
JACKSCREW
REMOVED
CABLE TIES
Figure 4-20.
Rev A (3/83)
SECURING MISMATCHED CARRIAGE CABLE CONNECTORS
4-15
4.12
RIBBON DECK REMOVAL
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Unplug the power cord
Remove the access cover, ribbon and print wheel.
Remove the two cable ties located near the carriage cable connectors (Fig. 4-21).
(In some units, only one cable tie is used here.)
Disconnect the top connector from the carriage. (In some cases, it may be helpful
to remove the control panel before performing this step.)
On ECS units, unplug the ECS solenoid connector.
Remove the two TORX screws (Fig. 4-22) holding the ribbon deck to the carriage
assembly.
Pivot the right side of the ribbon deck forward in order to clear the ribbon lift
eccentric and then remove the ribbon deck.
Reassembly Note:
When reconnecting the two halves of the ECS solenoid connector, be very
careful to avoid bending the delicate pins in this connector.
Figure 4-21.
RIBBON DECK CABLE TIES
NON-ECS
Figure 4-22.
ECS
RIBBON DECK MOUNTING SCREWS
4-16
Rev A (3/83)
4.13
RIBBON LATCH REMOVAL
Early style latches (using coil spring and taper pin pivot):
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
Unplug the power cord.
Remove the access cover, ribbon and print wheel.
Remove the ribbon deck (4.12).
Unhook the latch spring from the ribbon latch.
Using a pin punch, remove the retaining pin from the latch.
Note: For convenience when removing the left latch, the ribbon drive motor may
be unfastened if desired
Remove the latch and spring from the ribbon deck.
Late style latches (one-piece latch with mounting screw):
1)
2)
3)
4)
4.14
Unplug the power cord.
Remove the access cover and ribbon.
Remove the single screw holding the ribbon latch to the ribbon deck.
Lift the ribbon latch away from the ribbon deck.
CARRIAGE DRIVE MOTOR REMOVAL
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
Unplug the power cord.
Remove the top cover (4.2).
Remove the ribbon cartridge.
Remove the control panel (4.7 or 4.8).
Remove the print mechanism (4.10).
Remove the carriage drive cable (steps 6 and 7 of 4.11).
Remove the four motor mounting screws around the drive capstan.
Slide the motor out through the rear of the print mechanism.
Reassembly Notes:
To install the carriage drive motor, reverse the removal procedure.
To restring the carriage drive cable, refer to sUbsection 4.15.
4.15
RESTRINGING THE CARRIAGE DRIVE CABLE
The anchor ball fixed to the middle of the drive cable is not centered between the two
ends. Consequently, the cable has a short section and a long section. The outer end of
the long section connects to the right side of the carriage, and the outer end of the short
section connects to the left side of the carriage.
Refer to Figure 4-23.
1) Position the carriage near the center of its travel
2) Starting from outside the left frame of the printer mechanism, insert the end of
the long cable section through the hole in the left frame, bring it across under the
carriage and insert it through the hole in the right frame.
3) Bring the cable end up around the pulley on the right frame, and hook the anchor
ball into the anchor slot in the right side of the carriage. Hereafter, continue to
hold sufficient tension on the cable to prevent the anchor ball from slipping out of
its anchor slot
4) Grasp the free end of the cable and pull all of the cable slack out through the
left frame so that the carriage begins moving rightward. Continue pulling until the
carriage contacts the right end stop.
Rev A (3/83)
4-17
Refer to Figure 4-24.
5) Bring the cable rearward around the lower left pulley and under the capstan of the
carriage drive motor.
6) Starting at the inner rim of the capstan, wind the cable four turns clockwise
around the capstan. (Wind it snug but not tight.) This should bring the middle
anchor ball on the cable to the capstan.
NOTE: Early production units require five turns around the capstan.
ANCHOR SLOT
DRIVE CABLE
RIGHT-HAND PULLEY
FRAME HOLE
FRAME HOLE
Figure 4-23.
STRINGING THE DRIVE CABLE - LONG SECTION
-~...,...-
UPPER LEFT-HAND PULLEY
LOWER LEFT-HAND PULLEY
LONG SECTION
* Early production units used a longer drive cable which requires 5% turns on the capstan.
Figure 4-24.
STRINGING THE DRIVE CABLE - SHORT SECTION
4-18
Rev A (3/83)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
4.16
Rotate the capstan within the windings to align the capstan anchor slot with the
cable anchor ball Seat the ball into the slot.
Wind 1/2 turn more cable onto the capstan (4-1/2 tUrns total), and then route the
cable forward around the upper left pulley. (NOTE: Early production units used a
longer drive cable which requires 5-1/2 total turns of cable on the capstan.)
Bring the end of the cable over to the carriage, and hook the anchor ball into the
anchor slot in the left side of the carriage.
Slowly move the carriage from one end of the rails to the other a couple of times
and check that the cable is properly seated on its pulleys, and that the cable
windings on the capstan are not overlapping.
To tighten the cable, turn the cable snubber eccentric counterclockwise until it
stops, using a 3/4" wrench.
Tighten the snubber eccentric lock screw.
PAPER FEED MOTOR REMOVAL
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Unplug the power cord
Remove the top cover (4.2).
Remove the platen (4.3).
Remove the card cage cover.
Unplug the paper feed motor cable from connector J2 on either the PCE, PPI, SPI
or API circuit board
Remove the three screws holding the paper feed motor to the right side frame.
Note that of the three mounting spacers used, the one on the top screw is
different from the other two.
The motor can now be slipped out through the hole in the side frame.
4.17
BOTTOM FEED KIT INSTALLATION
In addition to the parts included in the Bottom Feed Kit, some early Model 630 units
require a new style one-piece card guide to replace the old two-piece card guide used on
those early units (see Fig. 4-25). The new style card guide must be ordered separately, if
needed
, ; - - ECS CARRIAGE REQUIRES
, #302935-01 CARD GUIDE
~
WITH #322598-03 CARD
GUIDE SHIELD (SEE
SUBSECTION 4.4)
#302935-01
Figure 4-25.
Rev A (3/83)
CARD GUIDES
4-19
DETAIL A
Figure 4-26.
PARTS LIST:
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
BOTTOM FEED KIT
(Reference Fig. 4-26)
Descri}2tion
~
Rear Plate, Paper Chute
Screw, 4-40 x .250 Pan Head Torx
Bail, Paper Chute
Support Bracket, Left
Support Bracket, Right
Shaft, Paper Chute
Setscrew, 6-32 x .187 Hex Skirt, Cup Point
Switch, Snap-Action
Lockwasher, #2
Screw, 2-56 x .500 Hex Washer Head
Nut Plate, 2-56
Retaining Ring
Warning Label, English
Warning Label, German
4-20
1
6
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
Rev A (3/83)
1)
Check the contents of the Bottom Feed Kit to see that none of the parts are
missing (see Figure 4-26 and associated parts list). If any parts are missing, refer
to the Model 630 Parts Catalog (Publication No. 90444-XX) for the proper part
numbers to order.
2) Unplug the power cord
3) Remove any paper handling devices.
4) Remove the top cover (4.2).
5) Remove the ribbon, print wheel, platen and paper cradle.
6) Remove the card guide assembly by removing the two screws that fasten it to the
rear carriage bearing.
7) Remove the large paper feed idler gear from the paper feed motor assembly.
8) Lift the front of the machine to expose the plate covering the paper feed slot in
the bottom pan. Remove the cover plate by removing six screws from the metal
cover (early units), or by snapping out the plastic cover (later units).
9) Remove the ribbon cable shield plate located along the left side of the unit (see
Fig. 4-28). (Later units do not have this shield plate.)
10) Disconnect the wires from the Top Paper Out (TPO) switch.
LEFT SUPPORT BRACKET ~=:---.:------l~.
SUPPORT BRACKET TAB
SWITCH LEVER
BPO SWITCH ~~~~.
REAR PLATE
~BAIL
BPO WIRES - - SETSCREW
~~---SHAFT
Figure 4-27.
BOTTOM FEED ASSEMBLY
Refer to Figures 4-26 and 4-27 during the following steps.
11) Lower the paper chute rear plate (Item 1) into position flat against the printer
frame as shown in Figure 4-27. The row of bumps on the plate must be at the
top and projecting forward away from the printer frame. The plate rests on the
printer frame on either side of the bottom slot. (Note - Installation will be easier
with the carriage centered.)
12) Thread the two setscrews (7) part way into the collars on the paper chute bail (3).
13) Assemble the Bottom Paper Out (BPO) switch (8) to the left paper chute support
bracket (4) using the new switch, one 2-56 x .500" hex washer head screw, one #2
lockwasher and a nut plate (do not tighten).
Rev A (3/83)
4-21
14)
15)
16)
17)
18)
19)
20)
21)
Thread a 4-40 x .250" Torx screw into the rear-facing hole in both the left and
right support brackets, as shown in Detail "A" of Figure 4-26. After the screw has
formed threads in the hole, back it out to the point where the screw tip is flush
with the surface of the bracket.
Assemble the bottom paper chute bail (3) to the bottom paper chute shaft (6) and
to the left and right support brackets (4 and 5), using the two retaining rings (12)
at the left end of the shaft
Install the bail/support bracket assembly down behind the rear carriage rail,
directly in front of the rear plate (do not secure yet).
Center the bail (3) for equal contact against the left and right support bracket
tabs (Fig. 4-27), and then tighten the two setscrews (7) to secure the bail to the
paper chute shaft
Route the two wires removed from the TPO switch into the cable trough on the
left side of the printer. Pass these wires through the square cutout in the printer
frame below the rear carriage rail.
Connect the paper out switch wires to the BPO switch (yellow wire to bottom
terminal; brown wire to top terminal).
Reinstall the shield plate over the cable trough, with the paper out switch wires
exiting near the same point as the cover open switch wires (Fig. 4-28).
Push the left and right support brackets against the rear plate, and fasten the
brackets to the printer frame with two 4-40 x 1/4" Torx drive pan head screws (2)
on each bracket.
SUPPORT BRACKET
MOUNTING SCREWS
BPO WIRES
SHIELD PLATE
Figure 4-28.
22)
23)
24)
ROUTING OF THE BPO SWITCH WIRES
Thread the rear-pointing screw (Detail "A", Fig. 4-26) into each support bracket so
that the tip of the screw pushes the rear plate (1) snugly against the printer
frame.
Make sure that the actuator lever of the BPO switch is positioned on the front
side of the paper chute bail, so that the switch actuates when the bail swings
forward
Adjust the BPO switch as follows:
1. Start with the bail resting against the rear plate, and the BPO switch
rocked away from the bail
2. Place a .035" shim between the bail and the BPO switch lever.
4-22
Rev A (3/83)
3.
4.
5.
25)
26)
27)
28)
29)
4.18
Push the switch toward the bail to the point where the switch actuates.
Tighten the switch screw.
Check for positive actuation/deactuation of the BPO switch when a
standard sheet of printer paper is passed through the bottom feed paper
path.
Attach the two warning labels (English and German) onto the front surface of the
paper chute bail in the positions shown in Figure 4-26.
Install the card guide.
This must be the new style one-piece card guide to
prevent the card guide from catching the leading edge of the paper during paper
feed. The same mounting screws are used for both the old and new style card
guides.
Install the paper feed idler gear on the paper feed drive motor assembly.
Install the paper cradle, platen, print wheel, ribbon, top cover, access cover and
any paper handling device removed earlier.
Connect the power cord, and apply power.
WIRE HARNESS REMOVAL
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
Unplug the power cord
Remove the top cover (4.2).
Remove the print mechanism (4.10).
Remove the wires from the cover open switch and free them from the bracket.
Remove the two clips securing the carriage ribbon cable to the bottom pan.
Remove the card cage cover and all circuit boards from the card cage (4.5).
Remove the four screws securing the card cage housing, and remove the card cage
and plastic cable clip that secures the ribbon cable to the bottom pan.
Note the orientation of the bracket and then remove the two screws and hold-down
bracket securing the circui t board edge connectors.
Remove the wire harness.
Installation
1) Route the new harness properly.
2) Mount the circuit board edge connectors in place using the bracket and two screws.
(Be sure to reattach any ground strap that was disconnected during removal.)
3) Install the two clips to secure the carriage ribbon cable to the bottom pan.
4) Connect the two wires to the cover open switch, and secure them to the bracket
with a cable tie, or with the cable clip if present.
5) Install the card cage housing and plastic cable clip that secures the ribbon cable to
the lower case.
6) Install the card cage circuit boards and card cage cover.
7) Install the print mechanism.
4.19
ACCESSORY PIN FEED PLATEN INSTALLATION
Installation Procedure
1)
2)
3)
Remove the top cover (4.2).
Remove the friction feed platen, if installed (4.3).
Pull the paper bail and the paper release lever forward, toward the front of the
unit.
Rev A (3/83)
4-23
4)
5)
6)
7)
Check that the paper cradle (Fig. 4-29) is properly positioned with the retaining
forks of the cradle positioned over the locating pins.
Grasp the pin feed platen with one hand at each end, with the drive gear located
at the righthand end of the platen, and the arm assembly at each end of the
platen pointing upward
Depress the platen latches on the printer, and lower the platen into place with the
grooved collar at each end of the platen seated in the corresponding notch in the
printer side frame. As the platen is being lowered, guide the arm assemblies so
that the slot in each arm hooks over the paper bar as shown in Figure 4-3 O. This
locks the arm assemblies into proper position.
Release the platen latches, and then rotate the platen in both directions to see if
it is clamped firmly in place.
LOCATING PI
Figure 4-29.
PAPER CRADLE
......:..........._
PAPER GATE
- - - ARM ASSEMBLY
PAPER BAIL
~--
METAL TAB
PAPER RELEASE LEVER
ARM HOOKED OVER
PAPER BAR
GROOVED COLLAR
PLATEN LATCH
DRIVE GEAR
PLATEN KNOB LATCHING PIN
Figure 4-30.
PIN FEED PLATEN INSTALLATION
4-24
Rev A (3/83)
8)
9)
Install the top cover and access cover. (The same sound panel is used with both
the friction platen and pin feed platen.)
Install the platen lmob by aligning the slot in the lmob with the pin through the
platen shaft, and then pushing firmly to latch the knob to the pin.
Loading Paper With The Pin Feed Platen
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
4.20
Pull the paper bail forward, away from the platen.
Push the paper release lever to its rear position.
Lift open the paper gate (Fig. 4-30) at each end of the platen. (The gate will
remain open if lifted to its limit.)
Insert the leading edge of the paper down behind the paper bar (Fig. 4-30) and
platen while manually turning the platen to feed the paper around and up in front
of the platen.
Pull the paper release lever forward to release the paper. (This is the normal
position for this lever when the pin feed platen is being used)
Grasp the leading edge of the paper and pull it further around the platen so the
pins on the platen engage the holes along the side edges of the paper. Ensure that
the pins at both ends of the platen engage exactly opposite holes along the sides
of the paper so that the paper will feed straight when the platen rotates.
Close the paper gates to lock the paper onto the feed pins.
Push the paper bail rearward The bail will rest against the metal tab on each of
the paper gates on the platen. This holds the bail rollers slightly out away from
the platen surface.
ECS SOLENOID REMOVAL
1)
2)
3)
4)
Unplug the power cord
Remove the top cover (4.2), platen, ribbon and print wheel.
Remove the card guide assembly by removing the two screws that fasten it to the
rear carriage bearing.
Remove the control panel (4.8).
CABLE TIE (HIDDEN)
CABLE TIE
ECS SOLENOID
CONNECTOR
~::=:::=====- CONNECTORS
CARRIAGE
!:
Figure 4-31.
Rev A (3/83)
ECS CARRIAGE CABLES
4-25
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
Cut the cable tie that ties the two carriage cables together (Fig. 4-31).
Unplug the ECS solenoid connector (Fig. 4-31).
Unplug the two carriage connectors (Fig. 4-31).
Loosen the two pivot clamps (Fig. 4-32) holding the pivot assembly in place on the
lower carriage assembly, and swing the clamps outward to release the pivot
bushings.
Remove the bushings from the pivot pins so they don't accidently drop off and
become lost during removal of the pivot assembly. Set the bushings aside for later
reinstallation
.
Lift the pivot assembly out of the machine while guiding the cables to avoid
snagging them on the lower carriage assembly.
Remove the two screws holding the ECS solenoid mounting bracket to the pivot
assembly (Fig. 4-33).
Cut the cable tie holding the solenoid to the pivot assembly (Fig. 4-33), and
remove the solenoid
Reassembly:
Note:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
The pivot assembly is not interchangeable between lower carriage
assemblies. Factory adjustments are precisely set for each combination of
pivot assembly and lower carriage assembly operating together.
A replacement ECS solenoid assembly does not include the mounting
bracket
Apply a coating of thermal compound to the solenoid seat on the pivot assembly
(Fig. 4-33) where it will contact the solenoid
Using an 11/16" wrench, remove the solenoid mounting bracket from the old solenoid assembly.
Install the mounting bracket onto the new solenoid assembly. Before tightening the
mounting nut, ensure that the bracket extends out from the solenoid in the same
direction as the solenoid wires (Fig. 4-33).
Ensure that the solenoid plunger is completely clean and free of any lubricant
except in the notch that engages the tip of the bell crank arm (Fig. 4-34).
Ensure that there is a small dab of multipurpose grease on the tip of the bell
crank arm where it will engage the notch in the solenoid plunger (Fig. 4-34).
With the plunger inserted into the solenoid, engage the bell crank arm in the slot
in the plunger as you lower the solenoid into position on the pivot frame (Fig.
4-34).
Install and loosely tighten the two screws that hold the solenoid mounting bracket
to the pivot frame (Fig. 4-33).
Install a large cable tie to loosely clamp the solenoid and solenoid wire to the solenoid mounting plate (Fig. 4-33). DO NOT TIGHTEN THE CABLE TIE SECURELY
OR CUT THE TAIL OFF THE CABLE TIE AT THIS TIME. THIS WILL BE DONE
AFTER THE SOLENOID HAS BEEN ADJUSTED.
Adjust the solenoid as described in SUbsection 5.12. When adjustment is finished,
ensure that the solenoid-clamping cable tie has been tightened, that its tail has
been cut off, and that its locking tab is positioned as shown in Figure 4-33.
Apply a light film of multipurpose grease to the pivot pins on the pivot assembly
(Fig. 4-33), and the slide the bushings onto the pivot pins. Be sure that the left
bushing is installed with its flange outward as shown in Figure 4-32, to prevent
interference with the solenoid plunger.
Lower the pivot assembly onto the lower carriage assembly and loosely tighten the
bushing clamp plates (Fig. 4-32).
(Note: If the clamp plates have become bent during prior installation, simply turn
them over when you install them so they are sure to clamp the bushings securely
when tightened)
4-26
Rev A (3/83)
PIVOT CLAMP
RIGHT SIDE PIVOT BUSHING
(FLANGE INWARD)
Figure 4-32.
ECS CARRIAGE PIVOTS
PROPER POSITION
FOR LOCKING TAB
SOLENOID WIRES
SOLENOID MOUNTING SCREWS -
.r
_ _-:;~
PIVOT PIN BUSHING
.~:'!I~:""'_ SOLENOID SEAT
I
(APPLY THERMAL COMPOUND)
PIVOT PIN BUSHING - - - -___...........
---SOLENOID TIE
MOUNTING BRACKET
11/16"
-~~-.;:;o~
NUT--~-.;:;o
Figure 4-33.
Rev A (3/83)
ECS CARRIAGE PIVOT ASSEMBLY
4-27
12)
13)
Hold the pivot assembly rightward (viewed from front of machine) on its pivots as
far as it will go. This is done by pushing to the right on the flange of the left
bushing. Tighten the pivot clamp screws.
Operate the pivot assembly latch several times to see if it latches properly and
there is no noticeable right-to-Ieft movement between the pivot assembly and the
lower carriage. If movement is present, replace the clamp plates and repeat step
12.
14)
15)
16)
17)
18)
19)
20)
21)
22)
Plug the solenoid wire connector together.
CAUTION: The two pins in this connector are very delicate, so be sure the pins
are properly aligned before pushing the two halves of the connector
together.
Connect the two carriage connectors.
Install two cable ties on the upper carriage cable as shown in Figure 4-31).
Install the control paneL
Install the card guide.
Install the platen, print wheel and ribbon.
Install the top cover and access cover.
Connect the power cord and turn on power.
Verify proper print wheel shifting when operating in ECS mode.
) ' - - - - - - - - - BELL CRANK ARM
SOLENOID PLUNGER
LUBRICATE HERE ONLY
Figure 4-34.
ECS BELL CRANK ARM
4-28
Rev A (3/83)
SECTION 5
ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES
5.1
GENERAL INFORMATION
5.1.1
Adjustment Prerequisites
Adjustments should be performed on the Model 630 only after all lubrication and
disassembly/assembly procedures have been completed. Since there is interaction between
some of the adjustments, it is important that they be performed in the proper sequence, as
they are presented here. This also is the proper sequence even when the adjustments are
only being checked
Any mandatory prerequisites are specified with each adjustment
procedure.
To maintain the best possible print quality, maximum usable print wheel life, and maximum
reliability of the printer mechanism, the repair technician should make a practice of
checking all of the adjustments during each service visit to the machine. On a machine
that is not exhibiting any obvious symptoms of maladjustment, the adjustments can be
validated quickly by visual and tactile observation. When any parts have been replaced on
the mechanical assembly, it is important that all associated adjustments be checked
thoroughly and carefully.
5.1.2
Summary of Adjustments
The adjustment procedures are listed below in their proper order. Some of the adjustments
apply only to, the standard carriage (marked *), some only to the ECS carriage (marked
**), and some to both.
Table 5-1
SUMMARY OF ADJUSTMENTS
Subsec.
Adjustment
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
Platen Clutch and Bearings
On Printer
Paper Release Actuator
Frame Assy.
If
Top Paper Out
If
Bottom Paper Out
Paper Feed Gear Backlash /
If
Anti-Backlash Mechanism
Print Wheel Home
On Carriage Assy.
Print Wheel To
If
Hammer Alignment
If
Hammer Armature
If
Ribbon Height *
Ribbon Lift (with ribbon lift option)
If
ECS Solenoid **
If
Card Guide
If
Hammer Angle * (nonadjustable
with new style hammer assy)
5.7
5.8
5.9
5.10
5.11
5.12
5.13
5.14
Rev A (3/83)
Location
5-1
Printing
Required
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
5.1.3
Conditions For Test And Alignment
Power - Power is to be applied to the printer only when specified while making adjustments. It is used to electrically detent the print wheel and carriage servo motors, to
hold the ribbon lift plate in operating position, and for cycling the printer through a
RESTORE sequence when required.
Platen - When making adjustments that affect print quality, the platen used should be
in good condition and free from wear or defects.·
Ribbon - Ribbon adjustments are to be made using a carbon film ribbon cartridge.
Precautions - Always remove the special adjustment tool(s) from the print wheel
motor shaft before initiating a RESTORE sequence, to prevent damage to the printer.
Also, always ensure that the tool is properly seated prior to making any measurements.
5.1.4
Special Adjustment Tools
Some of the adjustments require special adjustment tools #40795, 40795-02 and 301445-01.
(Note: Tool 40795-01 will also serve for any adjustment where tool 40795-02 is specified)
Tool #40796 is shown in subsection 5.9 (Fig. 5-17).
ADJUSTMENT TOOL
#40795
ADJUSTMENT TOOL
#301445·01
(REQUIRED FOR
STANDARD CARRIAGE
ONLY.)
ADJUSTMENT TOOL
#40795·02
r.'\ t;;\SCREW DRIVER
\.!.J8\!1 ADJUSTMENT POINTS
Figure 5-1.
ADJUSTMENT TOOLS 40795, 40795-02 and 301445-01
5-2
Rev A (3/83)
Figure 5-1 identifies the tool features that are used for adjustments on the Model 630.
Other features found on these tools, but not identified in Figure 5-1, are used for
adjustments on Diablo HyType IT printers. The illustration identifies the features by alphanumeric designators. In the adjustment procedures which call for the use of these tools,
the features to be used are specified by these designators.
5.1.5
Print Quality Considerations
Print quality is dependent on several factors, one of which is proper adjustment of the
printer. Adjustments to the Model 630 which directly affect print quality are:
Print Wheel To Hammer Alignment
Hammer Armature Adjustment
Ribbon Height
Card Guide Adjustments
Hammer Angle Adjustments (not adjustable on later carriages)
ECS Solenoid Adjustm ent
Other factors that affect print quality can be controlled entirely by the equipment
operator. These factors are thoroughly discussed in a Diablo booklet entitled DIABLO
SUPPLIES GUIDE, Publication No. 90071-XX.
Proper assessment of print quality requires that the print samples
obtained under standardized conditions. Therefore, tests should be
wheel and a multistrike ribbon, on a good grade of standard
multicopy lever on the carriage set for single copy. Print quality
follows:
1)
2)
used for evaluation be
made with a new print
bond paper, with the
testing can be done as
Print a full line of "HIs".
Compare the test results with the examples shown here, in the following
manner:
Example
(a)(b) -
(c) -
(d, e) -
*
Rev A (3/83)
H
H
lUI
H
I~
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Impressions similar to this with uniform density and
good edge definition indicate proper printer adjustment.
Impressions similar to this indicate HAMMER ANGLE *
adjustment may be required to correct for hammer
striking heavier at bottom.
Impressions similar to this indicate HAMMER ANGLE *
adjustment may be required to correct for hammer
striking heavier at top.
Impressions similar to these indicate that a PRINT
WHEEL TO HAMMER or HAMMER ANGLE * adjustment
may be required
Hammer Angle is not adjustable on later carriages (see subsection 5.14.1).
5-3
To fine adjust the print quality, if desired, a
.005 11 plastic shim, as shown in Figure 5-2,
can temporarily be placed between the
hammer armature and hammer coiL The
shim decreases hammer energy significantly.
This will in turn amplify nonuniform print
density for easy adjustment.
Be sure to
remove the shim when adjustment is
completed
(/~).~"
f>;4"'J
(<>0
"''''J
~
'6"
/:;t!:>
~
J
(.t.i/S"
"''''J
HANG THIS PORTION
OVER THE HAMMER GUIDE.
(
INSERT THIS PORTION BETWEEN
THE HAMMER ARMATURE AND
HAMMER COIL.
Figure 5-2.
5.2
The fine-adjustment shim may be cut from
.005 11 plastic shim stock (Diablo P /N
41144-07 or equivalent), using the pattern
shown. In addition, always use a multistrike
carbon film ribbon for print quality adjustments.
FINE ADJUSTMENT SHIM
PLATEN CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT and PLATEN BEARING CHECK
The platen bearing check is valid for both early and late (zero-backlash) style platens; the
platen clutch adjustment is required for early style platens only. Figure 2-5 in SUbsection
2.4.4 identifies the distinguishing features of the zero-backlash type platen.
Purpose
The Platen Bearing Check will detect unacceptable platen wobble that can prevent
proper adjustment of the printer.
The Platen Clutch Adjustment (for early style platens only) sets the amount of clearance within the platen clutch.
Bearing Check
1) Remove the access cover and top cover.
2) Lift the platen out of its mounting slots and position it with its bearing collars
resting on top of the closed platen latches.
3) Spin the platen manually while it is resting on the latches, and visually check for
wobble of the platen. Any wobble indicates that the platen shaft has somehow
become bent and must be replaced. Check also that the platen spins smoothly in
its bearings.
Platen Clutch Check (early style platens only)
The platen clutch end play should be .003 11 , +/-.001 11 (.076, +/-.025mm), as shown in
Figure 5-3.
Adjustment Procedure (early style platens only)
1) Loosen the setscrews (A) in the platen clutch hub, and adjust the hub on its shaft
to obtain the specified dimension.
2) Tighten the setscrews.
5-4
Rev A (3/83)
Figure 5-3
PLATEN CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT
II
II
.003 ± .001
(.076±.025 mm)
5.3
PAPER RELEASE ACTUATOR ADJUSTMENT
Refer to Figure 5-4.
Purpose
To ensure even and maximum pressure of the pressure rollers against the platen to
give even paper movement.
Prereguisi tes
Check for platen wobble (subsection 5.2).
The paper release actuator (B) also actuates the top paper out bail actuator (F).
To avoid interference during this adjustment, it may be necessary to loosen the top
paper out bail actuator on its shaft, and then readjust it (see 5.4) after this adjustment has been completed.
A
-+1'-4--.001/.015"
(.0254/ .381 mm)
B
Do.
REAR
POSITION
Figure 5-4.
Rev A (3/83)
PAPER RELEASE ACTUATOR ADJUSTMENT
5-5
Adjustment Procedure
With the paper release lever (A) fully forward, the paper feed rollers (G) must clear
the platen (E) by at least .070" (1.78mm). The system is adjusted as follows to achieve
this:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
5.4
Remove the access cover and top cover.
Insert 4 sheets of standard form paper (.012" / .305mm), and move the paper
release lever (A) fully rearward
Ensure that the torque shaft arm tab (B) is touching the lower edge of the
pressure roller support arm slots (C).
Remove the 4 sheets of paper and reinsert 1 sheet. Ensure that the paper release
actuator (D) clears the ramp on the paper release lever (A) by .001" to .015"
(.025mm to .38mm). Loosen the 2 setscrews securing the .actuator, and adjust the
actuator to achieve this dimension.
Retighten the 2 setscrews.
Remove the sheet of paper. Insert a 6" (15.24cm) wide strip of standard form
paper (.003" / .076mm thickness) between the platen (E) and each set (3 front and
3 rear) of pressure rollers (G). Check that both the platen and the rollers rotate
when the strip is pulled free. If rotation does not occur, the torque shaft arm
tab (B) has been pushed down too low, and the paper release actuator (D) should
be readjusted
If the top paper out bail actuator has been loosened, readjust it according to
sUbsection 5.4.
TOP PAPER OUT BAIL AND SWITCH ADJUSTMENT
Purpose
To ensure proper sensing of a paper out condition when using continuous forms paper.
Prereguisi tes
Subsections 5.2, 5.3.
Adjustment Procedure
Ref er to Figure 5-5.
1) Remove the access cover and top cover.
2) Set the paper release lever (A) to its forward position.
3) Gently push the top paper out bail (B) forward against the platen. The two ends
of the bail should contact the platen simultaneously, within .015" (.38mm), and the
tabs on the bail should pass freely through the notches in the paper bar (H).
(Steps 4 and 5 apply only to units with the old style setscrew-mounted bail arms.
Figure 5-6 shows the features of a new style mounting arm.)
4)
5)
Loosen setscrews (C1) and (C2), and adjust the bail as necessary.
Retighten the setscrews.
6)
7)
8)
Set the paper release lever (A) to its rear position.
Loosen setscrew (D) holding bail actuator (E) to the bail pivot shaft.
Rotate the bail actuator (E) so that its tab touches the top edge of the paper
release actuator (G). While holding the actuator (E) in this position, adjust the
bail (B) for a gap of .005/.035" (.127mm/.889mm) between the rear edge of the bail
(B) and the comb (F).
Retighten setscrew (D).
Set the paper release lever (A) to its forward position.
9)
10)
5-6
Rev A (3/83)
11)
Loosen the two mounting screws holding the top paper out switch (J).
NOTE: SPI units may have a hood over the switch for ESD shielding. Remove the
hood to make the adjustment. On earlier units the hood is fastened by the
switch mounting screws.
12)
13)
Adjust the switch so that it deactuates when the bail (B) approaches to within
.06011 to .010 11 (1.5mm to .254mm) of the platen, as measured from either end of
the bail.
Retighten setscrew (D).
n-- -- - - -- ---- - ------- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -----------------------
r--1:
I
II
I
J--~
h!ti
~rr------~~~~----\-------------~---------------------1
II
II
0
=t¢~;;~~:\~~~~~~~~~~~:;~~~~~~~~~;:J~~
j..=:: :t J-----=t_ J'3iF
wi--"IIIII ..IIII t
n
L--~i
I
<1111 -~Il-L
1l.
--
-- :ib=",
I-r--;---- -r---l------r--l-iL
L. __ J----
-L_ ->- - -- - -i- __ -t--i!"-
POSITION
SPI UNITS MAY HAVE HOOD OVER
SWITCH FOR ESD SHIELDING_ REMOVE
OR LOOSEN HOOD TO MAKE ADJUSTMENT_
Figure 5-5.
TOP PAPER OUT BAIL AND SWITCH ADJUSTMENT
PAPER BAIL
Figure 5-6.
Rev A (3/83)
<:::J..
REAR
NEW STYLE BAIL-MOUNTING ARMS
5-7
5.5
BOTTOM PAPER OUT BAIL AND SWITCH ADJUSTMENT
Purpose
To ensure proper sensing of a paper out condition when using continuous forms paper
with bottom feed
Adjustm ent Procedure
Ref er to Figure 5-7.
1) Remove the access cover and top cover.
2) Check to see that the bail is centered for equal contact against the tabs on the
support brackets at both ends of the bail. If adjustment is necessary, loosen the
two setscrews holding the bail to the the paper bail shaft, slide the bail to its
proper position, and then retighten the setscrews.
3) Check for positive actuation/deactuation of the BPO switch when a standard sheet
of printer paper is passed through the bottom feed paper path.
If adjustment of the switch appears necessary, proceed as follows while referring to
Figure 5-7.
4)
5)
6)
Slightly loosen the screw/s holding the BPO switch. (Early versions use two screws.)
Start with the bail resting against the rear plate, and the BPO switch rocked away
from the bail
Place a .035" shim between the bail and the BPO switch lever.
LEFT SUPPORT BRACKET
SUPPORT BRACKET TAB
BPO SWITCH
SWITCH LEVER
-.".o;.--.".o;.-~
REAR PLATE
BPO WIRES
-~.".o;.-
.....
II(--BAIL
SETSCREW·
~~---SHAFT
Figure 5-7.
7)
8)
9)
BOTTOM PAPER OUT BAIL AND SWITCH ADJUSTMENT
Push the switch toward the bail to the point where the switch actuates.
Tighten the switch screw/So
Check again for proper operation of the switch when a sheet of paper is passed
through the bottom feed paper path.
5-8
Rev A (3/83)
5.6
PAPER FEED GEAR BACKLASH ADJUSTMENTS
In Units Without Anti-Backlash Mechanism
5.6.1
Purpose
To prevent binding or excessive backlash of the paper feed gear train, and thus ensure
consistent vertical print registration.
Prereguisi tes
Subsections 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4.
Adjustment Procedure
Ref er to Figure 5-8.
1) Remove the access cover, top cover and platen.
2) On the inner side of idler gear (C), slightly loosen the locking nut that locks idler
gear eccentric (E).
3) Turn idler gear eccentric (E) clockwise to move idler gear (C) away from motor
pinion gear (A).
4) Move pinion gear (A) in and out (not side-to-side). While moving the pinion gear,
rotate idler gear eccentric (E) counterclockwise until idler gear (C) starts to move
with pinion gear (A). Back off (clockwise) on eccentric (E) to the point where the
idler gear just stops moving.
5) Carefully tighten the locking nut on the inner side of idler gear (C).
6) Loosen the paper feed motor mounting screws (D).
Figure 5-8.
7)
8)
9)
PAPER FEED GEAR ADJUSTMENTS
(Without Anti-backlash Mechanism)
Install the platen.
Rotate the paper feed motor clockwise around mounting screw (D1) until idler
gear (C) and platen drive gear (B) can be held tightly together by hand
While holding gears (B) and (C) together with one hand, tighten screws (D).
Rev A (3/83)
5-9
5.6.2
In Units With Anti-Backlash Mechanism
The paper feed anti-backlash mechanism (Fig. 5-9) is a standard feature on later units.
This mechanism eliminates all backlash in the paper feed drive train to give precise
control of paper registration.
Prerequisi tes
Subsections 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4.
Figure 5-9.
PAPER FEED ANTI-BACKLASH MECHANISM ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment Procedure
Refer to Figure 5-9.
1) Ensure that the platen is fully latched in place and the platen drive gears are
properly meshed
2) Loosen the tensioner bracket locks crew (A).
3) Insert a screwdriver blade into the adjustment. slot (B), and adjust for equal clearance at points (C) shown in Figure 5-9.
4) Tig1)ten the lockscrew.
5-10
Rev A (3/83)
5.7
PRINT WHEEL HOME
Background
The printer logic locates the print wheel home position by sensing the flag that rotates
with the print wheel motor shaft. The standard carriage uses a single flag; the ECS
carriage uses a dual flag. On the ECS carriage, the first flag (clockwise flag rotation
as viewed from front of machine) identifies Home position, and the second flag
identifies the type of carriage (clockwise flag rotation as viewed from front of
machine). The P/W HOME pulse produced by the Home flag triggers a timing window
during which the printer logic watches for a second pulse. If a second pulse occurs
during the detection period, the printer logic identifies the carriage as ECS. If there
is no second pulse, the printer logic considers it to be a standard carriage.
Purpose
During print wheel seeks, the print wheel is allowed to stop, or "detent", only at a
precise position in alignment with each print wheel spoke.
If, during a Restore
sequence, the print wheel fails to stop at this position, the print wheel logic will
initiate a print wheel seek retry. If the print wheel logic is unable to obtain the
correct condition after 8 consecutive retries, it will issue a CHECK command to stop
the printer. This situation normally indicates that a "print wheel home" adjustment is
needed
Check Procedure
1)
2)
Remove the ribbon cartridge, and tilt the print wheel motor forward away from
the platen.
Initiate a Restore sequence, and verify that the correct "home" character has been
positioned squarely in front of the print hammer. Home characters for the various
types of print wheels are:
Plastic 96 = w
Metal 88 = 90 0 vertical flag notch
Metal 92 = 90 0 vertical flag notch
Metal 96 - Xerox = Character at spoke position 0
Metal 96 - Diablo = Character at spoke position 0
ECS 192 = Character at spoke position 0
If the "home" character is displaced less than one character width, perform Print
Wheel to Hammer Alignment (subsection 5.8).
If the "home" character is displaced one full character position, perform the "print
wheel home" adjustment procedure outlined below.
If the "home" character is displaced more than one full character position, perform
both the print wheel to hammer alignment and the home position alignment
procedures. In this event, perform the wheel alignment first.
Adjustment Procedure
This procedure requires the use of the Model 630 PCB Extender Kit and an oscilloscope.
NOTE: The following procedure uses Test 30 in the self-test mode of the Model 630
HPR05 to generate continuous print wheel restore cycles and thus facilitate
the adjustment. For other versions of the Model 630, it will be necessary
Rev A (3/83)
5-11
to produce repeated print wheel restore cycles by means of the host system
software.
1)
2)
3)
4)
Turn off the AC power to the Model 630.
Remove the access cover, top cover and card cage shield.
Mount the PCE (PPI, SPI or API) circuit board on the PCB Extender.
Set up the oscilloscope as follows:
Channel 1:
2V/Div Vertical
Connect Probe to J3-48 (-PW HOME) on the PCE (PPI, SPI or
API) circuit board
Channel 2:
2V/Div Vertical
Connect Probe to J3-47 (+PW EVEN) on the PCE (PPI, SPI or
API) circuit board
Trigger:
Channel 1, negative slope
Horizontal Sweep:
5)
6)
7)
100 usec/Div
For ECS uni ts only:
Remove the ribbon deck.
For HPR05 units, set the unit for Self-Test mode and apply AC power.
(Note: The cover open switch must be defeated.)
For HPR05 units, select and start Test 30 - Print Wheel Restore.
For other Model 630 versions, apply AC power, and initiate continuous print wheel
restore cycles by means of the host system software.
Note:
In the next step (8), to avoid the need for a delayed-sweep oscilloscope it is
necessary to trigger the scope on the same signal edge that is used as the
adjustment reference point (see Fig. 5-11/5-13). It is imperative that the scope
be accurately triggered.
Also, closely check the time span of one of the
complete +PW EVEN pulses in the display so that the adjustment reference
point (starting point of scope sweep at left edge of the display) can be
accurately adjusted to coincide with the midpoint of a +PW EVEN high period,
as shown in Figure 5-11/5-13.
8a)
For Non-ECS units only:
Using a 7/16 11 open-end wrench, adjust the home sensor eccentric (Item A,
Figure 5-10) to obtain the timing relationship shown in Figure 5-11. The negative edge of -PW HOME should occur at the midpoint of a +PW EVEN high
period
8b)
For ECS units only:
a. Using a 5/64 11 hex L-wrench, slightly loosen the two socket head screws (A)
holding the home sensor assembly (Fig. 5-12).
b. With a screwdriver blade in the adjustment slot (E in Fig. 5-12), adjust the
home sensor up or down to obtain the timing relationship shown in Figure
5-13. The negative edge of -PW HOME should occur at the midpoint of a
+PW EVEN high period
c. Tighten the two screws (A) and recheck the timing waveforms.
5-12
Rev A (3/83)
Refer to Figure 5-10 (non-ECS carriage) or Figure 5-12 (ECS carriage).
9) If the print wheel spins continuously (8 revolutions), the sensor (B) may be located
too far from the print wheel home sensor flag (C). In this case, loosen nut (D)
with a 5/16" open-end wrench, and rotate the sensor clockwise until the print
wheel stops.
10) Use a plastic shim to verify .003" to .007" (.076mm to .178mm) clearance between
the tip of the sensor and the edge of the flag (standard carriage) or the face of
the dual flag (ECS carriage).
11) Retighten nut (D).
(continued)
------<~f-+- .003"/.007"
( .076/.17Bmml
TRIGGER POINT
-PW HOME
-----J
+1 %t ~
,..----,
+pw EVEN_ _ _ _
Figure 5-10.
PRINT WHEEL HOME ALIGNMENT
(N on-ECS Carriage)
Rev A (3/83)
J
I~_--,
Figure 5-11.
PRINT WHEEL HOME
ADJUSTMENT WAVEFORMS
(Non-ECS Carriage)
5-13
L
Figure 5-12.
PRINT WHEEL HOME ALIGNMENT
r
-PW HOME
0
0---
Figure 5-13.
START OF PW HOME PULSE
(SCOPE TRIGGER POINT)
---1
+PW EVEN
(ECS Carriage)
r I_
-. r-:t
,START OF CARRIAGE 10 PULSE
-----I
fr-
~t
PRINT WHEEL HOME ADJUSTMENT WAVEFORMS (ECS Carriage)
5-14
Rev A (3/83)
+
+
a~OmV
400mV
MIN.
~
MIN.
OV+
-I.OV
MAX
*
NON-ECS
Figure 5-14.
12)
PRINT WHEEL HOME SENSOR WAVEFORMS
The electrical signal out of the sensor should be at least 400mV peak for non-ECS
units, and 350mV peak for ECS units. Figure 5-14 illustrates this signal as seen at
terminal J3-13 on the SCE circuit board.
Note:
5.8
ECS
For sensor adjustment in ECS units with 302690-09 or earlier SCE PCB
assembly, circuit board modification may be required. See FSA #54.
PRINT WHEEL TO HAMMER ALIGNMENT
Purpose
To set mechanical alignment of print wheel spoke to hammer position.
Adjustment Procedure
PUSH HAMMER
IN SLOT
PUSH HAMMER
HERE
Q) a ® SCREW DRIVER
ADJUSTMENT HERE
Figure 5-15.
Rev A (3/83)
PRINT WHEEL TO HAMMER ALIGNMENT
5-15
Refer to Figures 5-15 and 5-1.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9a)
9b)
With power off, remove the paper, ribbon and print wheel from the printer.
For ECS Units Only:
Remove the ribbon deck from the carriage.
Apply power to the printer, and allow it to complete its RESTORE sequence.
For Non-ECS Units Only:
Install Adjustment Tool 301445-01 over the nut on the front of the print wheel
hub as shown in Figure 5-15.
Install Adjustment Tool 40795, 40795-01 or 40795-02 firmly on the print wheel
motor hub and ensure that it is properly seated with its alignment slot (B1)
engaged over the tab on the hub's alignment plate.
Rotate the alignment tool to bring its hammer slot (B2) in front of the print
hammer.
Push lightly against the carriage to activate the carriage and print wheel servos,
and thereby detent the print wheel motor.
NOTE: This means of de tenting the print wheel motor will not work with the
Model 630 SPI, and possibly some other versions of the Model 630.
Two other means of activating print wheel detent are as follows:
1 SCE assemblies 302690-10 and below have a jumper plug at
location F12. When this jumper is removed, the print wheel
is detented
2 SCE assemblies 302690-11 and above do not have jumper
F12. In this case, mount the SCE board on Extender Board
#320048-02. This extender board has a switch to open the
-PW SMD line (pin 51 on J3) and cause print wheel detent.
With the print wheel detented, manually push the print hammer gently toward the
alignment tool until its face enters the tool's hammer slot (B2). If the hammer
face slides easily into the slot without contacting the sides of the slot, print wheel
to hammer alignment is correct. If the hammer contacts the sides of the slot, or
will not enter the slot at all, continue with this procedure.
Non-ECS Units Only:
Place the tip of a blade screwdriver in either of points 1 or 2 (Fig. 5-15). The
screwdriver may then be twisted to move the alignment plate in relation to the
print wheel hub to achieve proper alignment.
ECS Units Only: (Refer to Fig. 5-16)
Slightly loosen the three screws (A) that hold the stationary transducer
plate (B).
NOTE: To gain access to the lower right screw, on some early units it
may be necessary to remove the black plastic cover (C) from the
PW Preamp circuit board (D).
Grasp the edges of the PW Preamp circuit board (D), which is mounted on
the stationary transducer plate (B), and rotate the board and plate very
slightly. The electrically-detented print wheel motor shaft will follow the
movement of the transducer plate, thus producing a relative change in print
wheel to hammer alignment
When proper alignment is achieved, tighten the three screws (A) that secure
the stationary transducer plate; then check the alignment again.
NOTE: If a change of print wheel to hammer alignment was required, it will be necessary also to check the Print Wheel Home adjustment (subsection 5.7).
5-16
Rev A (3/83)
3 PLACES
Figure 5-16.
5.9
ADJUSTING THE ECS PRINT WHEEL TRANSDUCER
HAMMER ARMATURE ADJUSTMENT
Purpose
To obtain proper hammer striking force.
Prereguisi tes
Subsections 5.2, 5.7 and 5.8.
Also verify that the platen is in good condition and free of surface defects. If this is
to be an adjustment for high print quality, it is advisable that a new platen be
installed (even if only temporarily).
.045DIA
(i.143mml
Figure 5-17.
Rev A (3/83)
HAMMER ARMATURE ADJUSTMENTS AND ADJUSTMENT TOOL
5-17
Adjustm ent Procedure
NOTE: For optimum print quality on both standard and EeS type carriages, this adjustment is performed with a metal print wheel installed on the printer.
Refer to Figure 5-17.
1) Turn off power to the printer.
2) Remove access cover, ribbon, print wheel shield, print wheel and paper.
3) Hold the hammer armature (A) against the hammer coils (F), and check for no
gap between the armature and coils.
4) While continuing to hold the hammer armature against the hammer coils, insert
adjustment tool 40796 section H2 between the armature (A) and the armature
stop eccentric (B). Adjust the eccentric (B) as necessary for a very light resistance to passage of the tool when slid along the side of the armature past the
eccentric.
5) Set the multicopy lever on the carriage to its UP position.
6) Rotate the print wheel manually to position one of the larger characters (M, W, E,
etc.) in front of the print hammer. (NOTE: If this is to be an adjustment for
high print quality, it is advisable that a new print wheel be used, even if only
temporarily).
7) Insert Adjustment Tool 40796 section H1 between the armature (A) and the anvil
end of the print hammer (e). With the tool in place, lightly press in on the armature (A) until it stops against the hammer coils (F). This will drive the print
hammer (e) in to nestle the selected print wheel petal (D) lightly against the
platen (E). Gently rock the print wheel slightly back and forth, and verify that the
petal can move with a very light drag. Repeat this check while rotating the
platen and moving the carriage each time until the entire printing surface condition
has been checked.
If adjustment is needed, loosen screws (I) and adjust the print hammer armature
assembly (J) to achieve best hammer to platen dimensions. Retighten screws (n.
5.10
RIBBON HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT (Non-EeS units only)
Ribbon height adjustment is not required on Ees carriages.
The ribbon height adjustment procedure varies slightly depending on the following factors:
Design level of the adjustment tool
Ribbon width (1/4" or 5/16")
Whether or not optional ribbon lift feature is installed
Purpose
To obtain proper height of the ribbon in relation to the level of the print line.
Prereguisi tes
On units equipped with the ribbon lift option, check the ribbon lift adjustment (5.11)
before adjusting ribbon height. Since ribbon height and ribbon lift interact, if the
setting of either of these is changed, the other one must be checked.
5-18
Rev A (3/83)
Check - Using Adjustment Tool 40795 (1/4" ribbons only)
Refer to Figure 5-18A.
1) Remove the access cover, print wheel shield, ribbon cartridge and print wheel.
2) Install the 40795 adjustment tool on the hub of the print wheel motor shaft, and
rotate the tool to bring the ribbon height adjustment feature (E) to the top.
3) Tilt the print wheel motor into operating position, and install a multistrike carbon
film ribbon cartridge.
4) Push up on the ribbon base plate tab "X" so the TOP edge of the exposed ribbon
is brought near the top of the tool. (NOTE: In units without optional ribbon lift,
the ribbon base plate is permanently fixed in the raised position.)
The top edge of the ribbon should be visible within the slot, as shown in Figure
5-18A.
Check - Using Adjustment Tool 40795-01/-02 (1/4" or 5/16" ribbons)
Refer to Figure 5-18B.
1) Remove the access cover, print wheel shield, ribbon cartridge and print wheel.
RIBBON (CARBON) - - . . . ,
RIBBON CARTRIDGE
RIBBON PLATE
.003"/.012"
(ENLARGED FRONT VIEW)
TOOL #40795
A
TOOL
RIBBON LIFT COIL
RIBBON HEIGHT ECCENTRIC
(3/32" WRENCH FOR LOCKING SCREW)
(3/16" WRENCH FOR LOCKING NUT)
TAB
PUSH U
TOOL # 40795·01
Figure 5-18.
2)
3)
4)
5)
B
RIBBON HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
Install the 40795-01 or -02 adjustment tool on the hub of the print wheel motor
shaft, and rotate the tool to bring its hammer adjustment slot feature (B2) to the
top.
Tilt the print wheel motor into operating position, and install a multistrike carbon
film ribbon cartridge.
Push up on the ribbon base plate tab "X" so that the tab is held against the ribbon
(NOTE: In units without optional ribbon lift, the ribbon base
height eccentric.
plate is permanently fixed in the raised position.)
Check the position of the exposed portion of the ribbon for proper height adjustment as follows:
1/4" ribbons 5/16" ribbons -
Rev A (3/83)
The TOP edge of the ribbon must appear between the
high and low planes of tool features (E1).
The BOTTOM edge of the ribbon must appear between
the high and low planes of tool features (E2).
5-19
Ad"ustment Procedure
1 Loosen the ribbon height eccentric locking screw (or nut), and adjust the eccentric
as required to set the ribbon at the proper level (The screw version requires a
3/32" hex wrench; the nut version requires a 3/16" nut driver.)
2) Retighten the locking screw (or nut).
3) Remove the ribbon cartridge and tool
Replace the print wheel, print wheel
shield and the operating ribbon cartridge.
4) If this unit is equipped with the ribbon lift option, check the ribbon lift adjustment
(5.11).
5.11
RIBBON LIFT ADJUSTMENT
(Units with Ribbon Lift option)
Purpose
To properly set the position of the ribbon lift coils in relation to the ribbon base plate
pole piece.
Prereguisites
Since ribbon height and ribbon lift interact, if the setting of ei ther of these is
changed, the setting of the other one must be checked
Check
Refer to Figure 5-18.
1) Rem ove the access cover and ribbon cartridge.
2) Push up on the ribbon base plate tab (X) so that the tab firmly contacts the ribbon
height eccentric.
3) Check for .005" to .012" (0.12 to 0.30mm) gap between the ribbon lift coil laminations and the ribbon base plate pole piece.
Adjustm ent Procedure
Refer to Figure 5-18.
1) Loosen the two ribbon lift coil mounting screws.
2) Place a .005" plastic shim between the ribbon lift coil laminations and ribbon base
plate pole piece.
3) Push up on the ribbon base plate tab (X) so that the tab firmly contacts the ribbon
height eccentric.
4) Raise the ribbon lift coils so that the coil laminations are firmly and evenly seated
against the shim and pole piece.
5) Retighten the coil mounting screws, and remove the shim.
6) Recheck the ribbon height adjustment (5.10). If ribbon height is readjusted, the
ribbon lift adjustment must be checked again.
ECS SOLENOID ADJUSTMENT
5.12
Purpose
To position the ECS solenoid for proper actuation of the ECS print wheel lift
mechanism.
Procedure
The two solenoid mounting screws should be loose enough to allow the solenoid
assembly to move. The cable tie that clamps the solenoid to the solenoid plate
should be snug only, and its tail should not have been cut off.
1)
5-20
Rev A (3/83)
Refer to Figure 5-19.
2) Push the solenoid plunger to the bottom of the solenoid and hold it there (A).
3) Closely observe the double crank pin in the primary slider slot, and move the
solenoid and plunger assembly just to the point where the pin contacts the end of
the slot (B).
4) Without moving the solenoid further, tighten the solenoid mounting screws.
5) Tighten the solenoid cable tie, and cut off its taiL
Figure 5-19.
5.13
ECS SOLENOID ADJUSTMENT
CARD GUIDE ADJUSTMENTS
These adjustment procedures apply to the 2-piece card guide assembly originally used on
the Model 630. The i-piece card guide presently being used is designed to meet the same
specifications without the need for adjustments. (See Fig. 5-20.)
NEW STYLE
#302935-01
Figure 5-20.
Rev A (3/83)
CARD GUIDES
5-21
Purpose
To ensure that the card guide does not interfere with ribbon movement or the leading
edge of the paper.
Adjustment Procedure - Card Guide Height
Refer to Figure 5-21A.
1) Print a line of Els.
2) Remove the access cover.
3) Without rotating the platen, move the carriage to the left until characters are
visible through both triangular openings in the card guide as shown.
.lEEEE~
£.000
.010
A
B
Figure 5-21.
4)
5)
6)
CARD GUIDE ADJUSTMENTS
The gap between the bottom of the characters and the bottom of each opening
must be within the range .000" to .010" (.OOOmm to .254mm).
If adjustment is required, remove the ribbon, print wheel shield, and print wheel;
then loosen the two 3/16" card guide mounting screws, and raise or lower the card
guide to achieve the specified dimension.
Retighten the mounting screws.
Adjustment Procedure - Card Guide Clearance
Refer to Figure 5-21B.
1) Using a .005" plastic shim, check for no-drag shim clearance between the card
guide and the ribbon guide posts on both sides of the carriage. Normally this
dimension is set by the depth of the ribbon guide post tabs. Shim drag indicates
that the card guide has become tilted, in which case its support arms should be
gently reformed to achieve proper ribbon post clearance.
2) Using the .005" plastic shim, check for no-drag clearance between the card guide
and the platen along the full length of the platen.
5-22
Rev A (3/83)
5.14
HAMMER ANGLES
5.14.1
Adjustable/Nonadjustable Print Hammer Assemblies
All hammer angle adjustments mentioned in this manual apply only to the early style
carriages which use an adjustable-type hammer assembly as shown in Figure 5-23. Later
style carriages use a nonadjustable hammer assembly as shown in Figure 5-22.
HAMMER
ASSEMBLV--=~"----~
Figure 5-22.
5.14.2
NONADJUSTABLE HAMMER ASSEMBLY
Hammer Angle Adjustments (Adjustable Hammer Assemblies Only)
CAUTION: The hammer angles are set by very sensitive adjustments at the factory.
These adjustments should be changed only after thorough evaluation of the
print quality strongly indicates that adjustment is necessary, and after all
prerequisite adjustments have first been made.
Purpose
To correct for shading of printed characters, either top-to-bottom or side-to-side,
caused by changes in the adjustments.
Prereguisi tes
Subsections 5.8 and 5.9.
Check
Print a line of "HIs", using the largest print font available.
2) Visually check for shading of the printed characters.
1)
Adjustm ent Procedure - To correct top-to-bottom shading
Refer to Figure 5-23.
1) Loosen screws (A) slightly on both sides of the hammer guide.
2) Using a small screwdriver in eccentric slot (B), adjust the hammer pitch angle.
3) Tighten screws (A).
4) Repeat the Check and this Adjustment Procedure llnti! top-to-bottom shading is
eliminated
5) Check Print Wheel To Hammer Alignment (5.8) and Hammer Armature Adjustment
(5.9).
Rev A (3/83)
5-23
A
SLOT B
Figure 5-23.
PRINT HAMMER TOP-TO-BOTTOM ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment Procedure - To correct side-to-side shading
Refer to Figure 5-24.
1) Loosen screws (C) on each side of the hammer adjustment bracket.
2) Using a small screwdriver in slot (D), adjust the hammer azimuth angle.
3) Tighten screws (C).
4) Repeat the Check and this Adjustment Procedure until side-to-side shading is
eliminated
5) Check Print Wheel to Hammer Alignment (5.8) and Hammer Armature Adjustment
(5.9).
c
Figure 5-24.
PRINT HAMMER SIDE-TO-SIDE ADJUSTMENT
5-24
Rev A (3/83)
SECTION 6
REPLACEMENT PARTS
6.1
GENERALINFORMATION
This Section contains a basic list of most commonly ordered replacement parts for Model
630 printers/terminals. For a detailed parts breakdown, refer to the Model 630 Parts
Catalog, Diablo publication No. 90444-XX.
6.2
ORDERING PARTS
The fastest way to obtain spare parts for your unit is to purchase them locally whenever
possible. Parts that cannot be obtained locally may be ordered from Diablo as follows:
All OEM
(Domestic & International)
Diablo Customer Administration
(415) 498-7192
All Distributors
(Domestic & International)
and other orders for
quantities greater than 10
Diablo Customer Administration
(415) 498-7218
Internal Xerox only
Diablo Customer Administration
(415) 498-7215
End Users and Other Orders
of quantity 10 or less
(as available basis only)
Diablo Retail Store
(408) 263-7704
Ordering addresses:
-or-
DIABLO SYSTEMS, INC.
Customer Administration, M/S-203
Post Office Box 5030
Fremont, CA 96537
DIABLO SYSTEMS, IN C.
Retail Store/Service Center
1510 Trimble Road
San Jose, CA 95131
All parts fall into one of five categories or classes, identified as either "A", "B", "C",
"D", or "E" in the CLASS colum n.
Class A
Parts are either unique to this equipment or difficult to obtain
through local sources.
These parts are readily available from
Diablo.
Class B
Parts are listed solely to assist in part location or component identification. These parts are common "off the shelf" items and should
be purchased locally.
Class C
Parts are the same as Class B but should be purchased from
recommended vendors.
Rev A (3/83)
6-1
6.3
Class D
Parts are either unique to this equipment or difficult to obtain
through local sources.
Parts are included in a higher Class A
assembly and are not normally stocked by Diablo. Contact Diablo
Customer Administration for minimum quantity, lead time and price.
Class E
Parts, when listed, are for reference only and are not available as
a spare part.
PARTS LIST
Part No.
100043-01
100398-01
10961
20424
24074-02
24076-02
24075-03
24088-01
24436-04
301416-01
302500-03S
302500-04S
302600-01S
302640-03
302659-01
302736-01
302825-20
152S24160
152S24161
152S24162
152S24163
302935-02
302945-06S
302945-07S
302955-01
320473-01
302637-02
320583-02
302660-XXB
302690-XXB
302779-XXB
302840-XXB
320270-XXB
320293-XXB
320462-XXB
302810-XXB
24120
24147
24146
320484-01
100620-01
Description
Switch, Power
Jumper, Socket Plug (Jumper Module)
Switch, Interlock (Cover Open Switch)
Spring, Platen Latch
Bail Arm, Right
Bail Arm, Left
Platen Assembly (early style)
Spring, Bail Arm
Switch, Snap Action (Top Paper Out)
Shield, Print Wheel
Carriage Assembly, Std, with Ribbon Lift
Carriage Assembly, Std, without Ribbon Lift
Carriage Assembly, ECS, without Ribbon Lift
Carriage Motor Assembly
Knob, Platen (early style)
I/O Interface Cable (internal)
Power Supply Assembly, 120 Vac (Note 2)
EIA Cable Assembly, 10 Ft.
EIA Cable Assembly, 15 Ft.
EIA Cable Assembly, 25 Ft.
EIA Cable Assembly, 50 Ft.
Card Guide
Control Panel Assembly, 7 Membrane Switches
Control Panel Assembly, 3 Membrane Switches
Access Cover Assembly (magnetic latches)
Lever, Paper Release
Paper Feed Motor Assembly
Paper Bail Assembly
PCE PCB Assembly
SCE PCB Assembly
HPR05 PCB Assembly
HPR06 PCB Assembly
PPI PCB Assembly
SPI PCB Assembly
API PCB Assembly
Power Supply PCB Assembly
Latch, Ribbon Box (early style)
Pin, Ribbon Box Latch (early style)
Spring, Ribbon Box Latch (early style)
Latch, Ribbon Box (new style)
Screw, Latch, Pan Hd 4-40 x 1/4
6-2
Class
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Rev A (3/83)
24080-01
24081-01
42665-01
42665-02
100448-01
100448-02
Roller
Roller
Power
Power
Power
Power
Assembly, Front Pressure
Assembly, Rear Pressure
Cord, 100/120V, 7.5 Ft, USA only
Cord, 220/240V, 7.5 Ft, USA only
Cord, 125V, 2 meters, International
Cord, 250V, 2 meters, International
A
A
A
A
A
A
NOTES:
(1)
(2)
Rev A (3/83)
A part number followed by "-XX" means different configurations/revisions.
Refer to the parts catalog.
Only the 120Vac version is available as a spare part.
If another is
required, Input Voltage Field Conversion Kit, Part No. 321344-01 must also
be ordered.
6-3
SECTION 7
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS & CABLE WIRING LISTS
7.1
GENERAL DISCUSSION
Diablo Systems logic diagrams emphasize the functions performed by the logic elements
rather than the kinds of devices used. For example, a NAND gate may appear on a Diablo
diagram as either a positive logic AND function with the output inverted (NAND), or as a
negative logic OR function with the inputs inverted (NOR). This practice runs contrary to
some logic drawing standards which require the use of the NAND symbol for both functions, but aids field service personnel in troubleshooting and system design engineers in
understanding the principles of operation of the design.
This functional approach to logic symbology is basic to the logic documentation conventions
employed by Diablo Systems.
The conventions that govern logic symbology, signal
nomenclature, and other drawing standards that may help the reader interpret Diablo logic
diagrams, are discussed in the following paragraphs.
7.2
LOGIC SYMBOLOGY
The logic function symbols used in Diablo Systems logic diagrams conform closely to those
set forth in MIL-STD-806 or ANSI Y32.14-1973. Small scale integration (SSI) circuits are
represented by their function symbol. Medium scale (MSI) and large scale (LSI) integration
devices, such as shift registers, RAM's, ROM's, etc., are represented by rectangles with
function labels. Since both positive and negative logic conventions can appear in a single
diagram, the unfilled-circle negation symbol specified by MIL-STD-806 or ANSI Y32.14-1973
is used to distinguish between LO true and HI true signals.
Usually, all logic symbols are drawn with inputs on the left and outputs on the right.
Some device symbols, such as flip-flops, show inputs and other external connections on the
top and bottom of the symbol for clarity. Also, the drawings themselves are usually drawn
with major signal flows from left to right, top to bottom. However, drawing layout restrictions occasionally require the reverse of this, and that some symbols be drawn with a
vertical orientation.
Figure 7-0 is a sample diagram, drawn to include examples of most, if not all, of the drawing conventions used Note that in some cases two "grid coordinate" systems are used.
One, shown on the perimeter of the diagram, is useful in locating a portion of a circuit or
a particular component on the diagram itself, and has no other meaning. The other
involves the component identifiers, such as "Resistor H35". The identifier is a "grid coordinate" code for locating that component on its printed circuit board Further, textual reference to a device, such as a flip-flop, will usually further identify the device by its major
output terminaL In the case of flip-flops, the "Q" output is usually used, i.e. FF B25-9.
7.3
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
The schematic diagrams in this manual represent the latest version of each circuit board in
production at the time of this writing. Listed on the back of each diagram is the revision
history of the circuit board, plus a listing of the solid state components used, and their
component designator codes used for locating each device on its circuit board
Rev A (3/83)
7-1
There are two important part numbers associated with each circuit board in the Model 630:
1)
The PCB Assembly part number identifies the complete circuit board with components installed. This number is silk-screened onto the top (component side) of the
PCB. The revision letter of the board assembly generally is marked on this side of
the PCB also.
2)
The PCB part number (etch number) is the part number of the blank PCB without
components. This number is etched on the bottom side of the PCB.
7-2
Rev A (3/83)
7.4
CONNECTOR WIRING LISTS
The following wiring lists give the pin-to-pin wlrmg of the cable assemblies in the Model
630. The signal that appears at each pin is also identified. These lists should be used in
conjunction with the interconnect diagrams shown in Figures 7-2a thru 7-2f.
Each row (read horizontally) lists all connector terminals that interconnect, and also lists
the signal on those terminals.
SIGNAL
CONNECTORS
P1, P2, P3, P4, P5
Pi
Pi-i
Pl-2
Pl-3
Pl-4
Pl-5
Pl-6
Pl-7
Pl-8
Pl-9
Pi-10
P2
P2-i
P2-2
P2-3
P2-4
P2-5
P2-6
P2-7
P2-8
P2-9
P2-10
P3
P3-i
P3-2
P3-3
P3-4
P3-5
P3-6
P3-7
P3-8
P3-9
P3-10
P4
P4-i
P4-2
P4-3
P4-4
P4-5
P4-6
P4-7
P4-8
P4-9
P4-10
P5 (Power Harness)
-12V
P5-i
P5-2
P6-i
Chassis Gnd
+5V
P5-3
P6-7
(Key)
P5-4
P5-5
P6-8
Gnd
P5-6
Gnd
+16V
P5-7
-POWER DOWN
P5-8
P5-9
P6-i4
Gnd
P5-10 P6-15
+40V
P6 (Optional Feeder Connector)
P4-2
Pl-2
P2-2
P3-2
P6-i
P6-2
P6-3
P6-4
Pl-3
P2-3
P3-3
P4-3
P6-7
Pl-5
P2-5
P3-5
P4-5
P6-8
P6-9
P6-10
P6-11
P6-14 Pl-9
P2-9
P3-9
P4-9
P6-15 Pl-iO P2-10 P3-10 P4-i0
P5-2
P3i-4
P31-5
P31-6
P5-3
P5-5
P31-7
P31-8
P31-2
P5-9
P5-i0
P7 (Connects to SCE PCB J3)
P7-1
P9-8
HAMMER COIL RTN
P7-2
P9-17
VCCR
P7-3
P9-7
HAM MER COIL DRIVE
P7-4
P9-16
lOUT 1
P7-5
P9-6
PFM
P9-15
P7-6
VeCR
P7-7
P9-5
PRM
P7-8
P9-14
lOUT 2
P7-9
P9-4
PFM
P7-10 P9-13
+16V
P7-11 P9-3
PRM
P7-12 P9-12
Gnd
P7-13 P9-2
PW HOME SENSOR
P7-14 P9-11
PXDRl
P7-15 P9-1
SENSOR RETUR N
Rev A (3/83)
7-3
10
-12VDC
20
CHASSIS GROUND
3
0
+SVDC
4
•
KEY
S
0
SIGNAL GROUND
6
0
SIGNAL GROUND
7
0
+16VDC
B
0
-POWER DOWN
9
0
SIGNAL GROUND
10
0
+40VDC
Chassis Gnd
-AO
-Al
-A2
+5V
Gnd
-FEEDER STATUS
-POWER DOWN
-FEEDER STROBE
Gnd
+40V
P7-l6
P7-20
P7-21
P7-22
P7-24
P7-26
P7-27
P7-2S
P7-29
P7-30
P7-31
P7-32
P7-33
P7-34
P7-37
P7-3S
P7-39
P7-40
P7-41
P7-42
P7-43
P7-44
P7-45
P7-46
P7-47
P7-4S
P7-49
P7-50
P7-51
P7-52
P7-53
P7-54
P7-55
P7-56
P7-57
P7-5S
P7-59
P7-60
P7-61
P7-62
P7-63
P7-64
P7-65
P7-66
P7-67
P7-6S
P7-69
P7-70
P9-l0
Pll-l
Pll-2
Pll-3
Pll-4
P10-4
Pll-5
P10-3
Pll-6
P10-2
Pll-7
PlO-l
Pl1-S
PS-3S
PS-37
PS-40
PS-39
PS-42
PS-41
PS-44
PS-43
PS-46
PS-45
PS-4S
PS-47
PS-50
PS-49
PS-52
PS-51
PS-54
PS-53
PS-56
PS-55
PS-5S
PS-57
PS-60
PS-59
PS-62
PS-6l
PS-64
PS-63
PS-66
PS-65
PXDR2
VCCR
Gnd
lOUT 4
VCCR
lOUT 3
Pulled HI to +5 V
+16V
Gnd
Gnd
+l6V
CXDR4
END-OF-RIBBON SENSOR
CXDR2
+PCMD1
+PCMD2
+PD5
+PD1
+PD4
+PD2
+PD3
+PDO
PW POS B
PW POS A
-PW HOME
+PW EVEN
-CAR. SMD
+HAMMER FIRE
-PW SMD
P7, P8
0
i~;1;~:
i*
I':::: o;!
'col :2:i
SCE CLK (5 MHz)
Gnd
+CD3
-END OF RIBBON
+CD1
+CD2
+CD4
+CDO
+CCMD1
+CD5
CAR. POS A
+CCMD2
+CAR. EVEN
CAR. POS B
Chassis Gnd
Chassis Gnd
Chassis Gnd
Chassis Gnd
1:1 ~!
~ ~i
~! ~I
NI~
~!:I
""I
~I
~';el
,»I~
~I~
~
,~
_
~
~
0
N
.~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
00
~
~
'C
0
.
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
0
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
ro
I~I~
~
ro
llliJ
~
~
~
=
PS (Connects to J3 of peE, PPI, SPI or API PCB)
PS-20 PlO-l7
RIBBON MOTOR PHASE A
PS-22 P10-16
RIBBON MOTOR PHASE A
PS-24 P10-l5
RIBBON MOTOR PHASE B
PS-26 PlO-l4
RIBBON MOTOR PHASE B
PS-2S P10-l3
RIBBON LIFT RTN (PW LIFT RTN in ECS units)
7-4
Rev A (3/S3)
P8-30
P8-32
P8-34
P8-37
P8-38
P8-39
P8-40
P8-41
P8-42
P8-43
P8-44
P8-45
P8-46
P8-47
P8-48
P8-49
P8-50
P8-51
P8-52
P8-53
P8-54
P8-55
P8-56
P8-57
P8-58
P8-59
P8-60
P8-61
P8-62
P8-63
P8-64
P8-65
P8-66
P8-67
P8-68
P8-69
P8-70
P10-12
P10-11
P10-10
P7-38
P7-37
P7-40
P7-39
P7-42
P7-41
P7-44
P7-43
P7-46
P7-45
P7-48
P7-47
P7-50
P7-49
P7-52
P7-51
P7-54
P7-53
P7-56
P7-55
P7-58
P7-57
P7-60
P7-59
P7-62
P7-61
P7-64
P7-63
P7-66
P7-65
+RIBBON LIFT (+PW LIFT in ECS units)
-SINGLE SHEET
Gnd
+PCMD2
+PCMD1
+PD1
+PD5
+PD2
+PD4
+PDO
+PD3
PW POS A
PW POS B
+PW EVEN
-PW HOME
+HAMMER FIRE
-CAR. SMD
-PW SMD
SCE CLK RETURN
SCE CLK
-END OF RIBBON
+CD3
+CD2
+CD1
+CDO
+CD4
+CD5
+CCMD1
+CCMD2
CAR. POS A
CAR. POS B
+CAR. EVEN
To Paper Out switch (Common terminal)
To Paper Out switch (N.C. terminal)
To Cover Open switch (N.O. terminal)
To Cover Open switch (Common terminal)
P9 (Connects to Carriage Assy P12)
P7-15
PW HOME SENSOR RTN
P9-1
P9-2
P7-13
PW HOME SENSOR
P7-11
PRM
P9-3
P7 -9
PF M
P9-4
P9-5
P7-7
PRM
P9-6
P7 -5
PF M
P9-7
P7-3
HAMMER COIL DRIVE
P9-8
P7-1
HAMMER COIL RTN
P9-10 P7-16
PXDR2
P9-11 P7-14
PXDR1
P9-12 P7-12
Gnd
P9-13 P7-10
+16V
lOUT 2
P9-14 P7-8
P9-15 P7-6
VCCR
lOUT 1
P9-16 P7-4
P9-17 P7-2
VCCR
Rev A (3/83)
pg
~
:: I
7-5
¢=
~':IIIIIIIII'f: i
PlO (Connects to Carriage Assy Pl3)
P10
PlO-l
P7-33
END-OF-RIBBON SENSOR
P7-3l
+l6V
PlO-2
PlO-3
P7-29
Gnd
PlO-4
P7-27
Pulled HI to +5V
PlO-lO
PS-34
Gnd
PlO-ll
PS-32
-SINGLE SHEET
PlO-l2
PS-30
+RIBBON LIFT (+PW LIFT in ECS units)
PlO-l3
PS-2S
RIBBON LIFT RTN (PW LIFT RTN in ECS units)
PlO-l4
PS-26
RIBBON MOTOR PHASE B
PlO-l5
P8-24
RIBBON MOTOR PHASE B
PlO-l6
P8-22
RIBBON MOTOR PHASE A
PlO-l7
P8-20
RIBBON MOTOR PHASE A
Pll (Connects to Carriage Motor Transducer)
Pll-l
P7-20
VCCR
Pll-2
P7-22
lOUT 4
Pll-3
P7-24
VCCR
Pll-4
P7-26
lOUT 3
Pll-5
P7-28
+l6V
Pll-6
P7-30
Gnd
Pll-7
P7-32
CXDR4
Pll-8
P7-34
CXDR2
P11
Pl2 (Connects Carriage Assy to P9 of Card Cage Harness)
Pl2-l - To PW Home Sensor
Pl2-2
PW Home Sensor
Pl2-3
PW Motor
P12-4
PW Motor
P12-5
PW Motor
P12-6
PW Motor
P12-7
Hammer Coil
Hammer Coil
P12-8
P12-l0
PW Transducer Preamp
P12-11
PW Transducer Preamp
Pl2-l2
PW Transducer Preamp
Pl2-l3
PW Transducer Preamp
Pl2-l4
PW Transducer Preamp
Pl2-l5
PW Transducer Preamp
Pl2-l6
PW Transducer Preamp
Pl2-l7
PW Transducer Preamp
Pl3 (Connects Carriage Assy to PlO of Card Cage Harness)
Pl3-l - To EOR Sensor
P13-2
EOR Sensor
EO R Sensor
P13-3
Pl3-4
EOR Sensor
P13-l0
Form Thickness Switch (Switch replaced by jumper in later units.)
Pl3-11
Form Thickness Switch (Switch replaced by jumper in later units.)
P13-12
Ribbon Lift Coil (PW Lift Coil in ECS units)
P13-13
Ribbon Lift Coil (PW Lift Coil in ECS units)
P13-l4
Ribbon Drive Motor
P13-15
Ribbon Drive Motor
Pl3-l6
Ribbon Drive Motor
Pl3-17
Ribbon Drive Motor
7-6
Rev A (3/83)
PI4 (Connects to SCE PCB J2)
P14-2
To Carriage Motor
P14-3
To Carriage Motor
PI5 (Connects
PI5-I
To
P15-2
To
P15-3
To
P15-5
To
to J2
Paper
Paper
Paper
Paper
of PCE, PPI, SPI or API PCB)
Feed Motor
Feed Motor
Feed Motor
Feed Motor
PI7 - Model 630 PPI/HPR06
-Connects Sprint 3 adapting connector to J4 on either the PPI or HPR06 PCB.
(Used only in units configured for Sprint 3 type interface.)
See Figure 7-3 for interconnect diagram.
PI8 P18-7
PI 8-8
P18-9
P18-10
P18-11
P18-I2
P18-I3
P18-I4
P18-I5
P18-I6
P18-I7
P18-I8
P18-I9
P18-20
P18-22
P18-23
P18-24
P18-25
P18-26
Model 630 PCE
(Connects to PCE PCB J4)
P19-4
P19-I7
P19-5
P19-I8
P19-6
P19-I9
PI 9-7
P19-20
P19-8
P19-2I
P19-9
P19-22
P19-10
P19-23
P19-24
P19-I2
P19-25
P19-I3
+ADDR9
+ADDR8
+AD7
+AD6
+AD5
+AD4
+AD3
+AD2
+ADI
+ADO
(Key)
-WR
-RD
-PRINTER SELECT
-CLR
I MS RTC RET
I MS RTC
5 MHz CLK RET
5 MHz CLK
P18 - Models 630 HPR05 and HPR06 (P18 connects to PCE PCB J4)
Note: P2I is required only when a customer PCB is installed
PIS-7
P18-8
P18-9
P18-10
PI 8-11
PIS-12
P18-I3
PIS-14
Rev A (3/83)
P20-7
P20-S
P20-9
P20-10
P20-11
P20-I2
P20-I3
P20-I4
P2I-7
P2I-8
P2I-9
P21-10
P21-11
P2I-I2
P2I-I3
P2I-I4
+ADDR9
+ADDRS
+AD7
+AD6
+AD5
+AD4
+AD3
+AD2
7-7
PI9 P19-4
PI 9-5
P19-6
P19-7
P19-8
P19-9
P19-10
P19-12
P19-I3
P19-I7
P19-I8
P19-I9
P19-20
P19-2I
P19-22
P19-23
P19-24
P19-25
P2I-I5
P2I-I6
P2I-I7
P2I-I8
P2I-I9
P21-20
P2I-2I
P2I-22
P2I-23
P2I-24
P2I-25
P2I-26
P20-I5
P20-I6
P20-I7
P20-I8
P20-I9
P20-20
P20-2I
P20-22
P20-23
P20-24
P20-25
P20-26
P18-I5
P18-I6
P18-I7
P18-I8
P18-I9
P18-20
P18-2I
P18-22
P18-23
P18-24
P18-25
P18-26
+ADI
+ADO
(Key)
-WR
-RD
-PS
-CLR
I MS RTC RET
I MS RTC
5 MHz CLK RET
5 MHz CLK
Model 630 PCE
(Interface connector)
P18-7
P18-9
P18-11
P18-I3
P18-I5
P18-I7
P18-I9
P18-23
P18-25
PI 8-8
P18-10
P18-I2
P18-I4
P18-I6
P18-I8
P18-20
P18-22
P18-24
+ADDR9
+AD7
+AD5
+AD3
+ADI
(Key)
-RD
I MS RTC RET
5 MHz CLK RET
+ADDR8
+AD6
+AD4
+AD2
+ADO
-WR
-PS
-CLR
I MS RTC
P19
®@
®@
®@
®0
0 8
®8
PI9 -
Model 630 PPI/HPR06
(Adapting connector for Sprint 3 interface; see Figure 7-3.)
PI9 -
Models 630 SPI/HPR05
(RS-232-C interface connector)
PI9-I
PI 9-2
PI 9-3
PI 9-4
P19-5
P19-6
P19-7
PI 9-8
P19-11
P19-I2
P19-20
PI 9-22
P22-I
P22-3
P22-5
P22-7
P22-9
P22-11
P22-I3
P22-I5
P22-2I
P22-23
P22-I4
P22-I8
* = HPR05
Chassis Gnd
-TRANSMITTED DATA
-RECEIVED DATA
+REQUEST TO SEND
+CLEAR TO SEND (unused)
+DATA SET READY
Signal Gnd
+CARRIER DETECT *
+PRINTER READ Y *
+OPTION 2
+DATA TERMINAL READY
+OPTION 3
@G
@8
@G
@G
@G
@G
G
only.
7-8
Rev A (3/83)
Pl9 Pl9-7
Pl9-l0
Pl9-l3
Pl9-l7
Pl9-l8
Pl9-l9
Pl9-2l
Pl9-23
Model 630 HPR05
(Current Loop interface connector)
P22-l3
P22-l9
P22-25
P22-8
P22-l0
P22-l2
P22-l6
P22-20
XMIT SINK (Gnd)
+RECEIVE DATA (RCV A)
RECEIVE SINK (Gnd)
XMIT SOURCE
+XMIT DATA (XMIT B)
-XMIT DATA (XMIT A) (RTN)
-RECEIVE DATA (RCV B) (RTN)
RECEIVE SOURCE
Pl9 - Model 630 API
(See "p22 - API")
P20 P20-l
P20-2
P20-3
P20-4
P20-5
P20-6
P20-7
P20-8
P20-9
P20-l0
P20-11
P20-l2
P20-l3
P20-l4
P20-l5
P20-l6
P20-l7
P20-l8
P20-l9
P20-20
P20-2l
P20-22
P20-23
P20-24
P20-25
P20-26
P2l P2l-l
P2l-2
P2l-3
P2l-4
P2l-5
(Connects to HPR05 PCB J5 or HPR06 PCB J3)
P2l-l
P2l-2
P2l-3
P2l-4
P2l-5
P2l-6
P21-7
P2l-8
P2l-9
P2l-l0
P2l-11
P2l-l2
P2l-l3
P2l-l4
P2l-l5
P2l-l6
P2l-l7
P2l-l8
P2l-l9
P2l-20
P2l-2l
P2l-22
P2l-23
P2l-24
P2l-25
P2l-26
Pl8-7
Pl8-8
Pl8-9
Pl8-l0
Pl8-11
Pl8-l2
Pl8-l3
Pl8-l4
Pl8-l5
Pl8-l6
Pl8-l7
Pl8-l8
Pl8-l9
Pl8-20
Pl8-2l
Pl8-22
Pl8-23
Pl8-24
Pl8-25
Pl8-26
+ADDRl5
Note: P2l is required only when a
+ADDRl4
Feeder Interface board or customer
+ADDRl3
board is installed
+ADDRl2
+ADDRll
+ADDRlO
+ADDR9
+ADDR8
+AD7
+AD6
+AD5
+AD4
+AD3
+AD2
+ADl
+ADO
(Key)
-WR *
-RD
-PRINTER SELECT *
+IO/-M
-CLEAR *
Gnd *
+l MS RTC *
* - Unused on Feeder InterGnd *
5 MHz CLK *
face board
(Connects to Feeder Interface PCB J3, or Customer PCB J2)
P20-l
P20-2
P20-3
P20-4
P20-5
Rev A (3/83)
+ADDRl5
+ADDRl4
+ADDRl3
+ADDRl2
+ADDRll
7-9
P21-6
P21-7
P21-8
P21-9
P21-10
P21-11
P21-12
P21-13
P21-14
P21-15
P21-16
P21-17
P21-18
P21-19
P21-20
P21-21
P21-22
P21-23
P21-24
P21-25
P21-26
P22 P22-1
P22-3
P22-5
P22-7
P22-9
P22-11
P22-13
P22-14
P22-15
P22-17
P22-18
P22-21
P22-23
P22 P22-8
P22-10
P22-12
P22-13
P22-16
P22-17
P22-19
P22-20
P22-25
P20-6
P20-7
P20-8
P20-9
P20-10
P20-11
P20-12
P20-13
P20-14
P20-15
P20-16
P20-17
P20-18
P20-19
P20-20
P20-21
P20-22
P20-23
P20-24
P20-25
P20-26
P18-7
P18-8
P18-9
P18-10
P18-11
P18-12
P18-13
P18-14
P18-15
P18-16
P18-17
P18-18
P18-19
P18-20
P18-21
P18-22
P18-23
P18-24
P18-25
P18-26
+ADDR10
+ADDR9
+ADDR8
+AD7
+AD6
+AD5
+AD4
+AD3
+AD2
+AD1
+ADO
(Key)
-WR
*
-RD
-PRINTER SELECT
+IO/-M
-CLEAR *
Gnd *
+1 MS RTC *
Gnd *
5 MHz CLK *
*
*-
Not used on Feeder Interface board.
RS-232-C Interface (SPI and HPR05)
(Connects to SPI PCB J5 or HPR05 PCB J4)
P19-1
P19-2
P19-3
P19-4
P19-5
P19-6
P19-7
P19-20
P19-8
P19-22
P19-11
P19-12
Chassis Gnd
-TRANSMITTED DATA
-RECEIVED DATA
+REQUEST TO SEND
+CLEAR TO SEND (unused)
+DATA SET READY
Signal Gnd
+DATA TERMINAL READY
+CARRIER DETECT
(Key)
+OPTION 3
+PRINTER READY
+OPTION 2
Current Loop Interface
(Connects to HPR05 PCB J4)
P19-17
P19-18
P19-19
P19-7
P19-21
P19-10
P19-23
P19-13
XMIT SOURCE
+XMIT DATA (XMIT B)
-XMIT DATA (XMIT A) (RTN)
XMIT SINK (Gnd)
-RECEIVE DATA (RCV B) (RTN)
(Key)
+RECEIVE DATA (RCV A)
RECEIVE SOURCE
RECEIVE SINK (Gnd)
7-10
Rev A (3/83)
(Connects to API PCB J4)
(External Interface Connector)
P22 - API P19 -
P22 Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
P19 Pin
IEEE-488
CENTRONICS
+PE
GND
+5V
GND
1
26
2
27
3
N/C*
4
N/C*
28
GND
29
GND
+SELECT
GND
+BUSY
GND
(Held HI)
-OPTION 2
-OPTION 1
5
30
6
31
7
-ATN
32
8
33
9
34
10
35
11
36
12
37
13
38
14
39
15
40
16
41
17
42
18
43
19
44
20
45
21
N/C* (Key)
-DATA 1
-DATA 5
-DATA 2
-DATA 6
-DATA 3
-DATA 7
-DATA 4
-DATA 8
-EOI
-REN
-DAV
GND
-NRFD
GND
-NDAC
GND
-IFC
GND
-SRQ
GND
-ATN
GND
Shield
Logic GND
N/C*
46
+DATA
+DATA
+DATA
+DATA
+DATA
+DATA
+DATA
+DATA
1
5
2
6
3
7
4
8
-DATA STROBE
GND
-ACKNOWLEDGE
GND
-DEMAND
GND
-INPUT PRIME
GND
-FAULT
GND
-DATA STROBE
GND
GND
GND
Chassis GND
Signal GND
22
47
23
48
24
49
25
50
N/C* (Key)
* - N/C means that position is open on the API board
Rev A (3/83)
RS-232-C
7-11
Chassis GND
Signal GND
RTS (+12V pull up)
-RX DATA
-TX DATA
+DSR
+DTR
P23 P24 P23-1
P23-2
P23-3
P23-4
P23-5
P23-6
P23-7
P23-S
P23-9
P23-10
P23-11
P23-12
P23-13
P23-14
P23-15
P23-16
P23-17
P23-1S
P23-19
P23-20
P23-23
P23-24
P23-25
P23-26
P25 P26 P25-1
P25-2
P25-3
P25-4
P25-5
P25-6
P25-7
P25-S
P25-9
P25-10
P27 P2S P27-1
P27-2
P27-3
P27-4
P27-5
P27-6
P27-7
P27-S
P27-9
P27-10
(Connects to Control Panel H5CPN PCB J3 from keyboard)
(Connects to Keyboard PCB J1 from control panel)
P24-1
P24-2
P24-3
P24-4
P24-5
P24-6
P24-7
P24-S
P24-9
P24-10
P24-11
P24-12
P24-13
P24-14
P24-15
P24-16
P24-17
P24-1S
P24-19
P24-20
P24-23
P24-24
P24-25
P24-26
-SCAN 3
-SCAN 5
-SCAN 1
-SCAN 7
-SENSE 0
-SCAN S
-SENSE 1
-SCAN 9
-SENSE 2
-SCAN 10
-SENSE 3
(Key)
-SENSE 4
-SCAN 0
-SENSE 5
-SCAN 2
-SENSE 6
-SCAN 4
-SENSE 7
-SCAN 6
Gnd
+5V
Gnd
+5V
(Connects to HPR05 PCB J3 from Control Panel)
(Connects to Control Panel H5CPN PCB J1 from HPR05 PCB)
P26-1
P26-2
P26-3
P26-4
P26-5
P26-6
P26-7
P26-S
P26-9
P26-10
-INIT SCAN
-LD SW & UPDATE SCAN
-SHIFT INPUT REG
-UPDATE OUTPUT REG
-CNTRL PNL STATUS
Gnd
+5V
Gnd
+5V
+16V
(Connects to HPR05 PCB J2)
(Connects to Customer Board J2)
P2S-1
P2S-2
P2S-3
P2S-4
P2S-5
P2S-6
P2S-7
P2S-S
P2S-9
P2S-10
+HOLD
+HLDA
-XINTR (XIO)
-INTA
(Key)
+S1
+INTR
-RESTORE
7-12
Rev A (3/S3)
P29 'P30 P29-1
P29-2
P29-3
P29-4
P29-5
P29-6
P29-7
P29-8
P29-9
P31 P6
-
P31-2
P31-4
P31-5
P31-6
P31-7
P31-8
(Connects to SPI or API PCB J6 from Control Panel)
(Connects to Control Panel LCPN PCB J1 from SPI PCB)
P30-1
P30-2
P30-3
P30-4
P30-5
P30-6
P30-7
P30-8
P30-9
-CLR RDY
-LD SWITCHES
-SHIFT INPUT REG
-SET RDY
+CONTROL PANEL STATUS
Gnd
+5V
Gnd
+5V
(Connects to API PCB J7 or HPR05-FEEDER Interface PCB J2 from feeder
connector.)
(Connects to external feeder interface cable)
P6-11
P6-2
P6-3
P6-4
P6-9
P6-10
Rev A (3/83)
P6
-FEEDER STROBE
-AO
00
-A1
-A2
-FEEDER STATUS
-POWER DOWN
0
0
0
o
9
0
0
0
0
00
0
0
8
7-13
15
DIAGRAM
ZONE
COORDINATES
COMPONENT
IDENTIFIER and PCB
LOCATION CODE
J
DEVICE
TYPE NO.
SPECIA0
VOLTAGE
CONNECTION
TWISTED
PAIR
SHIELDED
J2
3
J3-21~----------+-----~-------1
-~~.'+
SLIP-ON PCB
CONNECTORS
1
.1.,TYP.
J; D~----~:--~"~'----~~~~r-----~~
,
:
-XYZ
P~32.
.,:'
,,
I
CABLE
DIAGRAM
PAGE NO.
+
C20
.O.llH
~
+
.01
C~~
F
6 .•
35V
I":"
I*
":"
5
TEST
POINT
C5, C7,
e9, CII,
E20,H16
IDENTICAL
COMPONENTS
MULTIPLE
PCB LOCATIONS
3-2
J2_
G
"
'. ,'
4
CIRCUIT
CONTINUED ON
PAGE INDICATED
}..
H30
J2
ALTERNATE
PCB EDGE
CONNECTORS
HI.
IK
+
h:
~
L___
CIRCUIT
CONTINUED
FROM PAGE
INDICATED
PLUG TYPE
PCB
CONNECTOR
J
COMMON
VOLTAGE
CONNECTIONS
INTERFACE
CONNECTOR
~
*
F
OUTPUT
IC PIN NO.
rWHEN NEEOEO
OPTIONAL- FOR CLARITY
+DATA
STROBE
SHlS3_FL2_0C~~::~~ :;F:RUE:~:R
E
DESIGNATOR
SPECIAL
CIRCUIT
GROUND
DRAWING lONE WHERE
SIGNAL POLARITY
INDICATES ACTIVE
LEVEL
DESTINATION SYMBOL IS
LOCATED (INCLUDED ONLY
IF DRAWING IS ZONED).
SHEET NUMBER
SHI-A6-GIO-5
..
+ DATA
STROBE
D
FIG. 7-0
DRIVE PCB ASSEMBLY, STD
DIAGRAM
PAGE NO.
WHERE APPL
"# 44055-XX Rev A
G
LTERNATE
. DIAGRAM TITLE
SCHEMES
c
(P031)
Diablo Systems Incorporated
Figure 7-0.
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
NOTATION
ASgy
DRIVE
DETAIL
D!
MODEL 630 HPR06 PRINTER
F
EI
A
CARD CAGE
I
I~~AGE~
FLAT CABLE
~...IL
______________________
~~l:..!tf!'~EA.£~£AJlJ:E
~9
:[~
I
PI1INTERNAL INTERFACE CABLE
(PRESENT ONLY FOR SPRINT 3 CONFIGURATION I
l
I
B
l~~~~~~~~~!112
~4
J[
l
PCE
KEY
61--+-1---41---1--!---51--+-+---31---'----'-------
JT
PAPER FEED Mo;rOR
8
81--+--1-----
c:...._ _ _ _W::!HT!!....I 7
7J--+--1-----
PRINT WHEEL ...-_ _---"'W"-HT!.<.IB"'l""K'-I 2
HOME
WHTiRED
SENSOR
2J--+--1-----
PI, P2, P3'
MAXIMUM CONNECTOR CONFIGURATION:
c
FORM
BlK
~,~~~~S
RIBBON
liFT
COil
(OPTIONAL)
2J--~-r------
II II J - - - + - - + - - - - - -
......-u...---I"----_...:W!!!H:!..!T--t 10 10'J---+--+------
r -_ _ _~B~lU~ 16 161--~-L------
RIBBON
DRIVE
MOTOR
H
~
8
14
15
9
10
~~~
+16V
- POWER DOWN
GND
HOV
I.--_ _--'L"':r!....G:::R.:::N'-i 13 1 3 1 - - + - + - - - - - ,,_ _ _---'D"'K"'.G",R""N'-I 12 12J---+--+_----.----_ _ _ _--"W!!.HT'-! 17 1 7 1 - - + - + - - - - - -
O..---~GR::..:Y-I15
,
15J---+--+------
<;;...--...;V:.::I0==-f.~14lliI49------I:--l-----
'--______--==---______ ---l
SPI
PJ;X
HPJl.06
(CUSTOMER
(PCE Jil (HPROS Jil BOARD JI)
P3
P4
P5
FEEDER
(SCEJIl
INTERFACE (PS JI)
P6
PI
P2
I 1--"""2"'V'--_--1 I
I
2 CHASSIS GND
2
7
3 ~'+!:.::5~V_ _--1 3
4
KEY
4
5
II
-FEEDER STR B
5
~
8
9
10
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9
9
10
10
10
(API J70r
HPR05-FEEDER
INTERFACE BOARD J2)
P31
2
---I 4
2~_ _=-~A~~_ _ _ _ _
3
4
9
10
-AI
-A2
- FEEDER STATUS
- POWER DOWN
c~1
API
PI, P2, P3, P4,
PS, P6, P31
8
~
CARRIAGE ASSEMBLY
.r--
COVER
OPEN
SWITCH
(SEE DETAIL D)
[~
MINIMUM CONNECTOR CONFIGURATION,
~FLATCABLE
2
PRINTER ASSEMBLY
J2 ~5
POWER HARNESS
...-----'=='-1
HAMMER
COil
~
111--+--1---
13 121--+--1----131--+--!-
6
.------""'.... 4
'+-----"'''''-1 5
,------"BR""N.... 3
HPR06
'( ~I
G
,---!!!'-""!!!!..IIO 101---1--!--II
,,- ~J2
----I
"
SPRINT 3TYP
INTERFACE
CONNECTO
17 171--+-+-r;P:lv;o;;r;F~R:ArM~~~~~S~S~Y~~~lP~12BP9
16 161-~+--I-14 141--+--1-'-----"""-I 15 151---!--..L--
PAPER ou;r SWITCH
-
r
J3t')7
[lJ
AC PDWER [
ONIOFF
:~
swrrc
I---
H:
?~
p(
tIJ
( ~I
l
r;14
J[
lJ
PIVOT
FRAME
ASSY
(SEE DETAIL B I
PI3
RIBBON
BASE
(SE~LC)
~ TRANSDUCER
CARRIAGE
ISEE DETAIL A)
--------
~I
PI2
~.
o
l
FLAT
CABLE
HARNESS
\...
REGULATOR
BOARD
TI
PAPER
OUT
SWITCH
(SEE DETAILFI
~
SCE
LINE
FUSE
~
~B
POWER HARNESS-Z
(SEE DETAIL HI
POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY
PAPER
FEED
MaroR
ISEE DETAIL GI
CARRIAGE
p: PDRIVE
MOTOR
\c P (S"" DETAIL E)
5
6
7
8
*FORM
THICKNESS SWITCH REPLACED 8Y
JUMPER IN LATER UNITS.
Figure 7-2b
INTERCONNECT WIRING DIAGRAM
MODEL 630 HPR06
DETAIL
D!
E
A
FLAT CABLE
'" ----t-- I'-~-~~::I
roJ
I~~OUT~ -1
J
I
BLK
II~
\\rlP
~2)
(SC::
PI4
RED
I
YEL
WHT
_~ BRN
P~::CE
J3)
I
.67
MODEL 630 peE PRINTER
F
CARD CAGE
PI9
PIVOT FRAM~ ~SSY
EIA
INTERFACE
CONNECTOR[
PI2 P9
17 17
16 16
14 14
15 15
1\
lJ
INTERNAL INTER~CE CABLE
G
10 10
PRINTER ASSEMBLY
II II
12 12
13 13
B
BRN
6
4
5
3
6
4
5
3
8
8
KEY
P?
PAPER FEED MOTOR
'-
r
CARRIAGE ASSEMBLY
PCE
r--
POWER HARNESS
HAMMER
COIL
WHT
PRINT WHEEL
HOME
SENSOR
WHT/BLK
7
7
2
2
3
PI, P2, P3, P4,
P5, P6, P31
C
FORM
THICKNESS
SWITCH *
WHT
LT. GRN
RIBBON
LIFT
OK. GRN
WHT
BLU
'COIL
(OPTIONAL)
RIBBON
DRIVE
MOTOR
0
GRY
VIO
FEEDER
INTERFACE (PS JI)
P6
PI
(\
4~--+1~1--------3~--+-T---------
2 2t---;--r--------BLK
PAPER
FEED
MOTOR
(SEE DETAIC G)
MAXIMUM CONNECTOR CONFIGURATION:
~FLATCABLE
4
~5
lJ
PI, P2, P3
WHTiRED
PI3JPI0
J[
MINIMUM CONNECTOR CONFIGURATION:
COVER
OPEN
SWITCH
(SEE DETAlCD)
I
2
3
+5V
3
8
~
~~~
45
7
H
~
8
14
15
II II
(SCE JI)
P2
-12V
I I-:C::-:HA7:S=S=IS-=G::-:N::---4D 21
9
10
GND
+16V
- POWER DOWN
GND
+40V
10 10
~
8
9
10
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
~8
t
P3 JI
API
SPI
HPR06
PPI
(CUSTOMER
or
or
BOARDJI)
(PCEJI) (HPRD5JI)
P3
P4
P5
POWER HARNESS-z.
~
C]
I'lIIPER
OUT
SWITCH
(SEE DETAlCF)
lJ
(SEE DETAIC H)
SCE
J[
~7
7~
l
REGULATOR
(API J70r
HPR05-FEEDER
INTERFACE BOARD J2)
P31
13 13
12 12
17 17
16 16
II ~-----~F~E~E~DE~R~S~TR~O~B~----~ 2
2
-A~
4
3
-AI
5
4
15 15
9
10
14 14
__ ---1
-~
- FEEDER STATUS
-POWER DOWN
LINE
FUSE
:~
ONiOFF SWITC
PI3
l
AC POWER [
BOARD
TI
J---
t
~I
)
CARRIAGE
TRANSDUCER
(SU DETAICA)
--------
{]'
l
~14
tc
lJ
PIVOT
FRAME
ASSY
(SEE DETAIC. )
p(~.
FLAT
CABLE
HARNESS
lJ
POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY
-{
PI2
~.
]
'\c ]
CARRIAGE
DRIVE MOTOR
(SEE DETAlCE)
6
7
8
t::.......FLAT CABLE
*FORM THICKNESS SWITCH REPLACED BY
JUMPER IN LATER UNITS.
Figure 7-2a
INTERCONNECT WIRING DIAGRAM
MODEL 630 PCE
RIBBON
BASE
(SEE~CC)
OPTION JUMPER STRIP A66
~~:
2~10
1
J3
J4
2~10
9
1
J2
OPTION JUMPER
CONNECTOR A60
1
2' ..
"!
JI
1
~J5
2
9
HPR05
I
~r
U
~I
J1!
1J4
.~,
"!
'0
JJ2
1
PPI
HPR06
J3
,~
1 _ _ _.....11
10 ....
JI
J2
a:
"g
,ij
POWER SUPPLY
REGULATOR
~~
SCE
J5 1m!
PCE
~
822
J6
LCPN
(SPI CNTL PNL)
J1
J5
'0l!
,
Continued on the back of this page
~
SPI
1........ 1
1
J2
H5CPN
Figure 7-l.
CIRCUIT BOARD CONNECTOR LOCATIONS
50 2WU,0
,
J6
gs~
....en
a:
0
"-,,,
.... '"
,,-'"
....
::J
::J'"
J4
UUD'~' "I
A55
A45
9
0
2,
J7
7
J1
,
'
I
,,
J~H
API
,llil.
'.7
J2
I~
"
HPR05 - FEEDER
INTERFACE BOARD
,,-
l
DETAIL
D!
STATOR ASSY
(CIRCUIT SIDE)
MODEL 630 PPI PRINTER
F
EI
A
CARD CAGE
I
IA~IME~
FLAT CABLE
:[
PI2 P9
SPRINT3TYP
INTERFACE
CONNEtTO
17
16 16
14 14
15 15
I
G
PRINTER ASSEMBLY
II II
12 12
13 13
6
4
5
3
BRN
WHT
WHT/BLK
PRINT WHEEL
HOME
SENSOR
"I
•
7
7
I
2
2
I I
PI, P2, P3, P4,
P5, P6, P31
t:::.....FLAT CABLE
FEEDER
INTERFACE (PS J I)
P6
PI
C
,L ___
t, ~
I ~~~Bg~
ISENSOR,:
L
L- _ _
~_-
I
7
I
I
H
BLK
FORM
THICKNESS
SWITCH *
WHT
LT. GRN
RIBBON
LIFT
·COIL
OK GRN
WHT
BLU
(OPTIONAL)
0
RIBBON
DRIVE
MOTOR
GRY
VIO
(SEE DETAIL OJ
J[ ~15
8
(SCEJI)
P2
-12V
I
CHASSIS GND
2
+SV
3
KEY
4
GND
5
GND
6
+16V
7
-POWER OOWN
8
GND
9
+40V
10
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
8
8
9
10
9
10
9
10
9
10
13 13
(API J70r
HPR05-FEEDER
INTERFACE BOARD J2)
P31
II
- FEEDER STR
2
2~____=-~A0~__________~ 4
3
-AI
5
4
-A2
6
9
- FEEDER STATUS
7
10
- POWER DOWN
8
15 15
__ ---1
c~1
API
SPI
PPI
HPR06
(CUSTOMER
or
or
(PCEJI) (HPR05JII
BOARDJII
P3
P5
P4
I
I
I
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
7.
7
7
14
15
14 14
PAPER
FEED
MOTOR
(SEE OETAI .. GI
lJ
II II
10 10
12 12
17 17
16 16
COVER
OPEN
SWITCH
~8
POWER HARNESSZ
(SEE DETAIL HI
SCE
IlJ
1'17
POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY
AC POWER
I
:~
ONIOFF SWfTC
~
tlJ
PAPER
OUT
SWITCH
FLAT
CABLE
HARNESS
Pp
l
~
REGULATOR
BOARD
TI
I---
~I
tlJ
C~I
PIVOT
FRAME
ASSY
(SEE DETAIL a I
(SEE DETAIL F)
p(
LINE
FUSE
n
~
PI2
MAXIMUM CONNECTOR CONFIGURATION:
~---
I
I
I....
PI, P2, P3
RIBBON BASE PLATE ASSY
I~ ____
,--
MINIMUM CONNECTOR CONFIGURATION,
I
CARRIAGE ASSEMBLY
PPI
POWER HARNESS
WHTIREO
ns--
p( ~J4
KEY
PAPER FEED MOTOR
8
8
HAMMER
COIL
6
4
5
3
~
INTERNAL INTERFiU:E CABLE
(PRESENT ONLY FOR SPRINT 5 CONFIGURATION I
I
10 10
B
~9
~ TRANSDUCER
CARRIAGE
(SEE DETAI .. Al
---------
CARRIAGE
jC P DRIVE
MOTOR
~14
J[
\.c P (SEE DETAIL EI
lJ
*FORM THICKNESS SWITCH REPLACED BY
JUMPER IN LATER UNITS.
PIVOT FRAME ASSY
I
1
pWII~
I ECSLIFT
IL ________
COIL
_OJ
r--------- --''---
~..,!!!.O
13
12
(ECS Units Only)
Figure 7-2c
RIBBON BASE PLATE ASSY
I
I
I
INTERCONNECT FOR
ECS P/W SHIFT
13t121-
'-- '--
INTERCONNECT WIRING DIAGRAM
MODEL 630PPI
PI3
0"
RIBBON
BASE
ASSY
(SEE DETAIL C)
DETAIL
D!
1
1
IDJ--:r.~fE-- :'-~"~~::I
I~~
-l
MODEL 630 SPI TERMINAL
ED
E
A
()
SCE
J2
BLK
PI4
RED
I
I
1
Ne
1 YEL
NO
C
WHT
BRN
P8(PCE J3)
[:]68
.67
F
CARD CAGE
I
1
I~~IAGE MOTOR
FLAT CABLE
r;P~IV;O;~~F~R:ArM~~~~~S~S~Y~~~lP~12~P9
17 171---+
1- 4116 16
••
14 141--+-1-+1L---"""-I15 51--+1 ----'--
I
I
~~""-IIO 101--+i-+-II
B l~~~~~~~~~12
OUT SW"""
1
G
r-----':::!.!=~
HAMMER
COIL
8
<:...._ _ _ _!!:WH~T_I 7
PRINT WHEEL r -_ _----"W"'HTu./B"'L""K'-I 2
HOME
WHTIRED
SENSOR
PRINTER ASSEMBLY
FEEDER
(NTERFACE (PS JIl
P6
PI
I
RIBBON
LIFT
COIL
(OPTIONAL I
RIBBON
DRIVE
MOTOR
:~~
II
,-_ _ _.!!.DK"".l!.GR!!!N4
WHT 12 1 2 t - - + + - - - -
.-----~417
0
17~-t_t_----
,---_ _ _=BL~U~ 16 161----'--L------
,
c-_ _..::GR~Y_I15 151---+---+----
~_ _~V~IO~I~4~14~-~-+-----
'--________ ---.J
).../
p(
l
~
PI, P2, P3
PI, P2, P3, P4,
P5, P6, P31
II II t - - - i l : - t - I - - - ---""'---'''---''''''-110 101---i1-f-- - - 1
LT:.:,. ..::GR:::N:....j 13 131-----1-r----C _ _ _.::.
Jt
r
SPI
~6
J4[
J[
CARRIAGE ASSEMBLY
,,-
COVER
OPEN
SWITCH
(SEE OETAlLD)
~5
PAPER
FEED
MOTOR
(SEE DETAIL G)
lJ
MAXIMUM CONNECTOR CONFIGURATION:
2 1---+--+----
2r--~lir----
~30
CONTROL PANEL
MINIMUM CONNECTOR CONFIGURATION,
71---+--+----
I
p(
l
POWER HARNESS
B 1--+--+-----
I
SWITCH*
~
PAPER FEED MOTOR
. i
~~~~KNESS
INTER~E CABLE
KEY
6 t---j--+---4t--+-+---51--+--+---3 1----'--'-----
I
c
INTERNAL
II 1 - - + - - + - - -
FLAT CABLE
2
1\
I
2r--rl-+-13 1
131--+-+-
6
.----"""'-1 4
,+---"''''-1 5
,-----"""-1 3
PI9
EIA
INlERFAC
CONNECTOER[
H
API
SPI
PPI
(SCEJI)
-12V
P2
I
~ CH:~~IS GND
~
7
3
3
4
8
14
15
5
(
KEY
I--'~""~"'~---I
6
+16V
7
8 - POWER DOWN
GND
9
10
+40V
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
or
HPR06
or
(PCEJIl (HPR05JIl
P4
P3
I
I
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
3
4
5
6
7
B
9
10
10
B
(CUSTOMER
BOARDJIl
P5
I
POWER HARNESS-z..
\.J
r-
P8
PAPER
OUT
SWITCH
(SEE DETAlLF)
[D
SCE
J3 ~7
[lJ
POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY
FLAT
CABLE
HARNESS
2
3
4
9
10
-A~
4
-AI
-A2
- FEEDER STATUS
-POWER DOWN
5
6
7
B
PIVOT
2 FRAME
ASSY
(SEE DETAIL B)
AC POWER (
LINE
FUSE
l...
~
ONIOFF SWITCH
BOARD
TI
-
Pp
p(
REGULATOR
(API J70r
HPR05-FEEDER
INTERFACE BOARD J2)
P31
II I -_ _~-F~E~E~DE~R~S~T~B~_ _~ 2
-{ 0
(SEE DETAIL H)
2
3
4
5
6
7
B
9
10
J~
JI
t
~I
)
1.
0-
PI3
~ TRANSDUCER
CARRIAGE
(SEE DETAIL A)
--------
C~I
l
CARRIAGE
jL PDRIVE
MOTOR
IJ
(SEE
DETAIL E)
\.c
r;14
lJ
L- FLAT CABLE
* FORM THICKNESS SWITCH REPLACEO BY
JUMPER IN LATER UNITS.
Figure 7-2d
INTERCONNECT WIRING DIAGRAM
MODEL 630 SPI
RIBBON
BASE
ISE£~LC)
DETAIL
01
STATOR ASSY
(CIRCUIT SIDE)
I
roJ ,,,:T. ":'" .I:J"',,.
I I~OOT~ -l
I
I
RED
--
--
NO
EI
A
BLK
RED
PI4
I
I
FEEDER
INTERFACE
CO~~~~TOR
--
~
I
F
"-------"~
17 1---+--1-16 161---+-+-14 141----!--!-15 151---I--..L--
101----I--!---
B 19~~~~~~~~~
r---""'4
CONTROL PANEL
[
~~'AGE MOTOR
r;P~IV;O;~;F~R:ArM~~~~~S~S~Y~'~~~P~12fiP9
I
I
I
I
P26
'\
(
\
)
~J3
EIA
INTERFAC
CONNECTOER[
I
~9
'-,...-tP23
P22
(
INTERNAL INTERFlICE CABLE
\..
~
r,P24
L--JJI
I
G
r
I
13
131---1---112 121--+--+--6
KEY
61--+-+---
PCE
J4[
5t-~Hi--3 t----'---'----
POWER HARNESS
8 8t--i-i----
'-------!!!:!!....j 7
PRINT WHEEL c---....!!!lC!L!!!~ 2
HOME
SENSOR
71--+-+----21---+-+-----
MAXIMUM CONNECTOR CONFIGURATION:
c
RIBBON
LIFT
COIL
(OPTIONAL)
RIBBON
DRIVE
MOT~
I
2t--+--+-----
7
H
8
<.;....._ _---..!D!!!K"".G!!!;RlaN-I12 1 2 1 - - + - + - - - r -_ _ _ _ _WH
::!!!T-I 17 1 7 1 - - + - + - - - r -_ _ _.!:.BL=:U~ 16 1 6 t - - - - ' - - ' - - - - 15t--+--+----
<.;.....------'V~IO~~14U114~--t-J--------
(SCE JI)
P2
-12V
I I-::CC'CHA""S==S"'IS-=G""ND,.---! I
2
2
3 1-+",,5,,-V_ _-I 3
4
KEY
4
:~~
5
6
+16V
7
- POWER DOWN
8
14
15
,r-_ _~L:!;:r.c.:G~R~N-I13 1 3 t - - + - + - - - -
Or---~GR!!Y-I15
SPI
PPI
FEEDER
INTERFACE (PS JI)
P6
PI
r-_-,-B",L",K-I II II t - - + - - + - - - ~_u..--J'-_ __'W!!!HllT_IIO 101---+--+-----
,
BOARD.
P21t~3
I II
\~---------
}J
\
PRINTER ASSEMBLY
9
GND
+40V
10
3
4
9
10
7
8
9
10
or
9
9
9
10
10
10
(API J70r
HPR05-FEEDER
INTERFACE BOARD J2)
P31
~-F~E~E~DE~R~~~R~~_ _~ 2
-A~
4
-AI
5
-A2
6
- FEEDER STATUS
7
-POWER DOWN
8
1Ir-___
2
5
6
HPR06
(CUSTOMER
(PCEJI) (HPR05JI) BOARDJI)
P3
P4
P5
I
I
I
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
7
8
8
8
or
~
CARRIAGE ASSEMBLY
,.-
COVER
OPEN
SWITCH
(SEE DETAIL D)
~5
PAPER
FEED
MOTOR
(SEE DETAIL G)
r
~8
{~I
API
PI, P2, P3, P4,
P5, P6, P31
4 4t--+-+-----
~~\~~~~S
THE 4th BOARD SLOT IN CARD CAGE
lJ
PI, P2, P3
3 3t--T-T----2
J[
MINIMUM CONNECTOR CONFIGURATION,
PI3iPI0
FORM
NOTE:
CAN CONTAIN THE FEElIER INTERFACE
BOARD OR A CUSTOMER DESIGNED
I
:
J[
I
..1'"....
,.-------------1"
PAPER FEED MOTOR
4 4t--t-+---3
~----!!!~!!!!..I
.I
INTERFACE
BOARD
P5 I J I
('1-'
__ .1._--1 I
I I J
POWER SUPPLY
,
L
II I I
-~ I :
111---+--+--
Lf-------'!!!!J1.I 5
HAMMER
COIL
FROM
PI
J2 P27
r ,
I
I
I
I
[~I
KEYBOARD
IL
HPR05
~4
1
! P3~J2---;';;D;;--i
1-'
r--t--c?.
CARD CAGE
I
FLAT CABLE
. . ,-,_)P6
MODEL 630 HPR05 TERMINAL
I(POWER HARNESS-PI6)
~WHT
C
BRN
...,
,
H)
SCE
r
~7
AC POWE
R
I
:~
OUT
SWITCH
(SEE DETAIL F)
-
p(
\..
t
~I
~
C~I
~ TRANSDUCER
CARRIAGE
(SEE DETAIL A)
--------
~14
1
tC ]
'\c
)
ASSY
(SEE DETAIL B )
~
BOARD
TI
PIVOT
2 FRAME
0"
HARNESS
REGULATOR
~0
p( PI3
FLAT
CABLE
LJ
POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY
LINE
FUSE
ONIOFF SWITC
PAPER
)
POWER HARNESS-Z
(SEE DETAIL
~
]
CARRIAGE
DRIVE MOTOR
(SEE DETAIL EI
' - - - - - -____ ---.J
FLAT CABLE
*FORM THICKNESS SWITCH REPLACED BY
JUMPER IN LATER UNITS.
Figure 7-2e
INTERCONNECT WIRING DIAGRAM
MODEL 630 HPR05
RIBBON
(SEE~LC)
DETAIL
D!
STATOR ASSY
(CIRCUIT SIDE)
~%
U
A
@
MODEL 630 API TERMINAL
F
EI
@
CARD CAGE
I
PAPER OUT SWITCH
r~IMEM~
FLAT CABLE
PI9
PI2 P9
\
INTERFAC
CONNECTOER[
I
I
G
10 10
HAMMER
COIL
WHT
WHT/BLK
PRINT WHEEL
HOME
SENSOR
6
4
5
3
6
4
5
3
8
8
7
7
2
2
I
I
I
POWER HARNESS
I
~~~---t,
I ~~~Bg~
I SENSOR'j ~
I
PI, P2, P3
I I
MAXIMUM CONNECTOR CONFIGURATION:
PI, P2, P3, P4,
P5, P6, P31
FEEDER
INTERFACE (PS JI)
PI
P6
L
~
L- _ _
~_-
PI3 PIO
I
I
YEL
BLK
*
WHT
LT. GRN
OK. GRN
WHT
BLU
(OPTIONAl.)
0
RIBBON
DRIVE
MOTOR
I
7
2
2
I
I I
II II
I
10 10
I
12 12
17 17
16 16
15 15
VIO
14 14
__ ---1
* FORM
THICKNESS SWITCH REPLACED BY
JUMPER IN LATER UNITS.
II ECSLIFT
pWII~
IL ________
COIL
_OJ
14
15
I
I
~FLAT CABLE
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
API
SPI
PPI
HPR06
(CUSTOMER
or
or
BOARDJI)
(PCEJI) (HPR05JI)
P4
P5
P3
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
(API J70r
HPR05-FEEDER
INTERFACE BOARD J2)
P31
I
I I
II
2
3
4
9
10
-FEEDER 5TR
-AI1l
-AI
-A2
- FEEDER STATUS
-POWER DOWN
2
4
5
6
7
8
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
FEEDER
INTERFAC
EI
CONNECTOR
~6
1
J
J
1}-1
J
POWER HARNESS-z..
(SEE DETAIL H)
P~(
l
r--
J2
J6
rl
T7
JJ
r
1'15
PAPER
FEED
MOTOR
r-
[~
J31~7
[I)
PAPER
OUT
SWITCH
(SEE DETAIL F)
l
7~
:~
ONIOFF SWITC
l
REGULATOR
BOARD
TI
f---
t
PIVOT
FRAME
ASSY
(SEE DETAIL B )
p(
FLAT
CABLE
HARNESS
AC POWE R [
LINE
FUSE
~n
PI2
(SEE DETAIL G)
1'8
SCE
POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY
COVER
OPEN
SWITCH
(SEE DETAIL 0)
[J
P3(
p}
CARRIAGE ASSEMBLY
API
J4
PI3
O'
CARRIAGE
TRANSDUCER
(SEE DETAIL A)
--------
~I
~
C]'
J[
:~14
I)
p:::
]
CARRIAGE
DRIVE MOTOR
\.c
]
(SEE DETAIL E)
INTERCONNECT FOR
ECS P/W SHIFT
PIVOT FRAME ASSY
I
8
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
(SCEJI)
P2
-12V
CHASSIS GNO
+5V
KEY
GND
GNO
+16V
-POWER DOWN
GNO
+40V
II
13 13
GRY
H
I
ORN
FORM
THICKNESS
SWITCH
RIBBON
LIFT
COIL
4
3
I
CONTROL PANEL
MINIMUM CONNECTOR CONFIGURATION,
RIBBON BASE PLATE ASSY
I
I
(
PAPER FEED MOTOR
WHT/REO
4
3
P22
KEY
t:::.....FLAT CABLE
C
PRINTER ASSEMBLY
II II
12 12
13 13
B
INTERNAL INTERFlICE CABLE
J
17 17
16 16
14 14
15 15
(ECS Units Only)
Figure 7-2f
RIBBON BASE PLATE ASSY
r--------- --I
I
I
~~
-13 13-1212-
--
INTERCONNECT WIRING DIAGRAM
MODEL 630 API
RIBBON
BASE
ASSY
(SEE DETAIL
C)
TO
PPI BOARD
CONNECTOR
SPRINT 3
INTERFACE
CONNECTOR
J4
SIGNAL DESIGNATIONS
HyTYPE II
-DATA 10
GND
-PAPER OUT
-END-OF-RIBBON
+COVER OPEN
SPARE
-OPT READY
GND
-DATA 11
-DATA 12
GND
. -CHECK
-RESTORE
GND
-PF STROBE
GND
-CAR STROBE
GND
-OPTION STROBE
GND
-PW STROBE
GND
-RIBBON LIFT
-SELECT PRINTER
GND
-CAR READY
-PW READY
-PRINTER READY
SPARE
GND
GND
GND
-DATA 4
-PF READY
GND
-DATA 2
-DATA 1
GND
-DATA 3
-DATA 5
GND
-DATA 6
-DATA 7
GND
-DATA 8
-DATA 9
GND
+5V
+5V
SPARE
SPRINT 3
-DATA 512
GND
-PAPER OUT
-RIBBON OUT
-COVER INTERLOCK
SPARE
-DATA 2048
GND
-DATA 1024
-DATA 1/2
GND
-CHECK
-RESTORE
GND
-PAPER FEED MAIN STROBE
GND
-CARRIAGE STROBE
GND
-PAPER FEED AUXI L1ARY STROBE (OPT)
GND
-CHARACTER STROBE
GND
-RIBBON LIFT COMMAND
-PRINTER SELECT
GND
-INPUT BUFFER READY
-INPUT BUFFER READY
-PRINTER READY
SPARE
GND
GND
GND
-DATA 8
-INPUT BUFFER READY
GND
-DATA 2
-DATA 1
GND
-DATA 4
-DATA 16
GND
-DATA 32
-DATA 64
GND
-DATA 128
-DATA 256
GND
+5V GND
+5V GND
SPARE GND
J1
-
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
""--
-
f--
T
1
1
1
1
1
I
1
r--
I
1
P1
12
1
49
30
34
26
14
15
13
2
17
37
16
19
22
21
20
23
24
25
18
27
28
32
29
39
41
47
45
31
33
35
~6
-
>-->---
-
43
36
4
3
38
5
7
40
8
9
42
10
11
44
46
48
50
"'""--
SIGNAL DESIGNATIONS
SPRINT 3
-DATA 512
GND
-PAPER OUT
-RIBBON OUT
-COVER INTERLOCK
-TOP OF FORM STROBE
-DATA 2048
GND
-DATA 1024
-DATA 1/2
GND
-CHECK
-RESTORE
GND
-PAPER FEED MAIN STROBE
GND
-CARRIAGE STROBE
GND
-PAPER FEED AUXILIARY STROBE (OPT)
GND
-CHARACTER STROBE
GND
-RIBBON LIFT COMMAND
-PRINTER SELECT
GND
-INPUT BUFFER READY
-INPUT BUFFER READY
-PRINTER READY
-INPUT BUFFER EMPTY
GND
GND
GND
-DATA 8
-INPUT BUFFER READY
GND
-DATA 2
-DATA 1
GND
-DATA 4
-DATA 16
GND
-DATA 32
-DATA 64
GND
-DATA 128
-DATA 256
GND
GND
GND
Figure 7-3
GND
SPRINT 3 INTERFACE
ADAPTING CONNECTOR
302875-02
J4-4
TI
12
Dash No.
100
120
220
240
I
AC
II
A6:
AC
VAC
VAC
VAC
VAC
"*
7
AC
_
\J4-1
6
,~
+35V
1
A36
A48
1.5K
T~o
A42
820
AI3
t::
~
T81 WIRING
I
CONNECTIONS
A
A
A
A
TO
TO
TO
TO
2, I TO 4, 3 TO 5
I Qnd 4, 3 TO 5
2, 3 TO 4
I, 3T04
I
J3-1
:~
TOP VIEW
~
I
D
@
r>>@
>-
~
,
BIO
68K
'r"~16
~
I
I
S
50V
X40~
1.5K
X3
COMP
9
+
AC
>-
BI3
2K
+
X2
CI4
REGULATOR
CONTROLLER
16 VREF
3
BII
390
pF
RT
6
CT
7
NI
2
C9
2.7K
CII
.01
B35)
6.2V
2%
8~~1
2.74K
r
1%
INV
KEY-~
I J3-3
IIOK
3.3T
25V
j
I
1/2W
B2
r-1
I
-,
4
G~D1
B6
4.87K
10/ 0
I
~29 I
L ____ J
C8
B22
47
150
POWER SUPPLY PCB ASSY
!
I
~
~
rr
r
7
3A
@]
5W
A9
,'-"",
0
A8
:t
d,-I
C53
1.3K
1/2W
GND +40V
+
C38
22
35V
I
KEY
I
AND +16V RETURN
I
1-I
I
__ ::J
WHEN RS-232-C REQUIRES THAT CHASSIS GND AND SIGNAL GND BE DISCONNECTED, REMOVE JUMPER A9 BETWEEN AS AND AIO.
Figure 7-4.
POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY
Rev M
302825-XX
J2-1
a
r
4. ALL RESISTORS ARE OHMS, 1/4, 2%.
50V.
JI-IO
JI-7
JI-2! ...........,
CHASSIS GND
X7
X8
I.5K
J2-2 2200
&/II 2W
(]] TBI WIRING TABLE IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. SEE SUBSECTION 5.5 FOR PROCEDURE TO CONVERT POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE INPUT.
~F,
!
+16V
CD
5. ALL CAPACITORS ARE
JI-6
I
A2
C35
VC C45 CL
CS 3
~6 V+
VR
C41
6.04K
C42
REG
4.7K
10/0
5 NI
INV ~
C52
4.B7K
COMP
1%
C47
v-
JI-5
I
AIO
10
.01
SIGNAL GNDI
+40V
~C49
470
1"
SIGNAL GNDI
lOla
.39
JI-4
I
B54
866
B
B8
8.66K
n
KEY
12
NOTES: (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
POWER SUPPLY BRACKET REQUIRED AS HEAT SINK.
@]
II
.lmFd
A1~
IL _______ JI
1%
TBI
f+
2K
.1
100V
2
BOTTOM VIEW
I
~B43A
I
LJ
C24
.1
5W
B43
JI-8
I
:~14
i/'
B53
4.87K
1&70
862
HEAT SINK
Cr-------1E
I
r 'B21
: IIOK
C32
470
'~ 1'~ '"
!
'---
I
84
69.8K
1%
85
390pF
HEAT SINK
II
tV
1 I 10K -POWER \
10K
I
B7
4.87
K
1%
J3-4
8391+
JI-3
r ~I B47
1B49
I IIOK
LJ
n +B55
3
.39
1
~f2O
3.3K
15~21
2
L ~
,[.ij
~
: 'F B9
.1
18000
2W
I
842
lOOK
I
I
I
12
VIN
LJ
I
C:r.9
15
IB21
IIOK
AC
>-
A22
4.7K
1/2W
1.5K
l9
CI8
3.3K i f
3.3K
1/2W 1/2W
1/2W
r1
I
I
-----
10
All
B41 ~ J
100 2
r ~B49
+lA44
1000
10V
~
T ..
~§1K
I I
l JIOK
3
-----j
IJ3-2
1/
~~~i/2W
~
I
I
r:1
847
I IIOK
B43
13
Ily
1
I
I
r
I
2
r '851
Lt',..JQr::-. 3
A35 ~!334
390
I
+5V
L
41
r
B48
4.87K
10/0
I
A55
lOOK
f ~ B51
V-
.0033
IJ3-5
X6
1.25
MH
INV
~
B37
10
CS 31
COMP
AI9
I
VAC
VAC
VAC
VAC
1--*'1'
A41
A33 ~A34
3.3K 3.3K
1/2W 1/2W
111
121
6 V+
VC 10
VR
REG
5
21
NI AI7 CL
AI2
I
100
120
220
240
5W
~
87
1%
4.
INPUT VOLTAGE
t
~21
+
r
A24
.1
JI-I
II
154
8
.1
rn
+
B57
I
50V
HEAT SINK
Cr--------.,E
I
I
1
1
A29
1
____ J1
L ____
\22 A
AC
X3
45000
20V
1
-12V
4.7K
A57
+-T2200
+
",,'3'
II
+
-~~--j
l
A52
-P~
XI
i
iL _____
~
:59
Configuration
-05/-09/-13
-06/-10/-14
-07/-11/-15
-08/-12/-16
r--
IA
A58
L-3
TAB CHART
861
HEAT SINK
REGULATO"RINPUT
OUTPUT I
__ J
J2-3
JI-9
REVISION HISTORY - PIS Circuit Board Assy 302810-XX (Includes heat sink)
POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY
302825-XX
Rev M
REV
ASSY
-02
-02
-02
-02
-03
-04
-04
-04
-XX
ETCH
-01
-01
-01
-01
-02
-03
-04
-05
-05
For later revision levels of the Power Supply assembly, see Figure 7-4a.
A
B
REVISION HISTORY - PIS Assy 302825-XX
C
D
A
A
B
C
D
ECO
B1491
B1637
B1735
B2034
B2262
B2322
B2346
B2362
B2337
E
F
B2500
B2578
-XX
-XX
-05
-05
G
B2618
-XX
-05
H
B2727
B2758
-XX
-XX
-05
-05
REV
p;B
C
D
E
F
G
H
ECO
B1491
B1637
B1722
B1829
B1886
B2034
B2262
B2322
J
B2337
K
L
M
B2500
B2607
B2758
ACTION
Releases Bill of Material (B/M).
B/M updated.
Schematic released.
Power Supply rear cover and heat sink altered.
Labels for P /S assembly released.
Incorporates changes to satisfy UL/CSA requirements.
Resistor A32, 470 ohms, replaced by two parallel 3.3K, 1/2W resistors
at A33, A34 in +5V supply.
Resistor C18, 820 ohms, replaced by 4 paralled 3.3K, 1/2W resistors at
C7, C18, C19, C20 in +40V /+16V supply.
Resistor at A37 in +5V supply moved to location A42.
Resistor at C21 in +40V supply moved to location B22.
1A fuse in -12V supply moved from location A59 to A58.
Resistor at A60 in -12V supply moved to location A57.
Diodes at A63 and A64 in -12V supply moved to A59 and A60 respectively.
Capacitor B57 at -12V regulator (B61) output changed from 35V to 50V
rating.
Resistor A12 at pin 6 input of Regulator A17 in +5V supply changed to
1 % rating.
Capacitor B16 in +40V/+16V supply changes rating from 35V to 50V.
Resistor A42 at overvoltage SCR in +5V supply changed from 1K to 820
ohms.
Resistor A35 in +5V supply changed from lK to 680 ohms 2% paralleled
by 680 ohm 2% resistor at B34.
Capacitor B39 in -POWER DOWN circuit changed from 3.9 mFd, 15V,
to 3.3 mFd, 25V.
Resistor A22 added to pin 10 output of Regulator A17 in +5V supply.
Resistor C53 added to pin 10 output of Regulator C45 in +16V supply.
Miscellaneous hardware changes; no effect on schematic.
Releases -09, -10, -11, -12 versions of PS Assembly; hardware changes
to satisfy VDE/FCC requirements. No effect on schematic.
Hardware changes. No effect on schematic.
Hardware changes. No effect on schematic.
Releases -13, -14, -15, -16 versions of Power Supply Assembly, using
Regulator Board 302810-06.
SOLID STATE COMPONENTS USED - PIS Assy 302825-XX
Bridge Rectifier, 100V
Xl, X2
J
ACTION
Releases Bill of Material (B/M).
B/M updated.
B/M corrected. Assembly drawing released.
Changes incorporated to satisfy UL/CSA requirements.
Releases -03 assy and -02 etch.
Releases -04 assy and -03 etch.
PCB artwork changed to move connector J2 .100" into PCB.
Releases new etch to correct trace error on -04 etch.
Releases -05 assy; changes to comply with VDE/FCC
requirements. No effect on schematic. (-XX = -04/-05)
Revises B/M. No effect on schematic.
Replaces .01 mFd cap. at A19 with .0033 mFd to prevent 6
amp fuse blowing.
Change from 5.6V to 6.2V zener diode at B35, and from 680
ohm to 390 ohm resistor at A35 and B34 to prevent 5 amp
fuse blowing when on-off switch repeatedly cycled
Hardware change. No effect on schematic.
Releases -06 assy with 0.1 mFd cap. between pins 4 and 12
of I.C. at B43A to stabilize Power Down circuit; prevents
processor lockup in PPI units. (-XX = -04/-05/-06)
SOLID STATE COMPONENTS USED - PIS Circuit Board Assy 302810-XX
IC's
LM320T-12V
SG3524
339
723A (selected)
B61
C14
B43
1N4002
1N4454
1N5809
1N5234C, 6.2V
C122A (SCR)
A59, A60, A61, A62
B12
B2
B35
A39
A17, C45
Diodes:
Transistors:
2N3906
2N4401
2N6058
TIP120
Resistor Packs:
10K (SIP, 3-pin)
A41
B17, B18
A29, C29
B62
B21, B47, B49, B51
B61
HEAT SINK
12
TAB CHART
Dash No.
-19
-20
-21
-22
-23
-24
:59
II
AC
100VAC
120VAC
220VAC
240VAC
120VAC'
220VAC'
IJ4-1
7
AC
~
_
·With capacitor link between
chassis ground and signal ground
at A 7 on PIS circuit board.
I
AC
II
,
_@~
__ J
+
857
I
50V
,~l
5W
L ____
\
848
4.87K
1%
A41
8
r---:I
X3
45000
20V
AI3
+
A48
1.5K
AI2
r
dV+ 111
VC
VR
REG
NI AI4 CL
Ato
VAC
VAC
VAC
VAC
I
CONNECTIONS
A TO
A TO
A TO
A TO
2, I TO 4, 3 TO 5
I "nd4, 3T05
2, 3 TO 4
I, 3T04
J3-1
IJ3-S
r
:~
X6
1.25
MH
1
IJ3-2
~
I
15
VIN
BI3
2K
~
~
~C:r.9
-
r-
+
I
I
AC
~
B
~
+
Ltt ~OV
,
~
~
2W
~
BIO
68K
BI6
X4:J~
1.5K
18000
,
CII
REGULATOR
CONTROLLER
COMP
9
RT
6
CT
7
NI
ITJ!II0-
2.74K
pF
1/2W
2
INV
r-I
G~Dl
47
C9
2.7K
I
KEY""~
I J3-3
I
I/"
II
1
n\....)1 JI-4
KEY
12
SIGNAL GNDI
JI-5
I
SIGNAL GNDI
855
866
10/0
JI-6
I
I
I I
A2
+40V
3A
B62
HEAT SINK
Cr-------1E
C35
IL _______
,l JI
.39
5W
JI-IO
d.-
J2-1
10
C24
.1
5W
-..!.!. VC
B8
8.66K
10/ 0
87
4.87
K
10/ 0
A5
1'-"'"
~6
C45
V+
VR
C42
4.7K
REG
INV ~
5 NI
~ COMP
"",817
1
C47
.01
CL ~
3
CS
v7
CHASSIS GND
'-1-
C49
470
150
lID
C53
1.3K
1/2W
rh
JI-7
JI- 2
J2-2
A7
-H-"---836 837
390
1/2W
1/
6
FILTER
PCB
r
A24
.1
1
" " "122A
,
I
lA54
HEAT SINK
C r------ ---, E
I
I
I
I
I A29
____ JI
1
JI-I
I
4.7K
A57
A37
XI
-12V
OUTPUT I
t
A6: '" A52
2.2K
+35V
iP~
+
INPUT
iL _____
~+T
IJ4-3
Configuration
r--REGUUUO"R- i
IA
A58
J4-4
TI
J2-3
JI-9
POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY
302825-XX
Rev P
REVISION HISTORY - PIS Circuit Board Assy 302810-XX (Includes heat sink)
For earlier revision levels of the Power Supply assembly, see Figure 7-4.
REV
l(
ECO
B2818
ASSY
-08/-09
ETCH
-06
REVISION HISTORY - PIS Assy 302825-XX
L
B3053
-08/-09
-06
M
B3072
-08/-09
-06
~
REV
ECO
B2818
P
B3133
ACTION
Obsoletes -09 thru -18 assys. Issues -19 thru -24 assys with changes to
meet VDE 0730 requirements. Includes cost-reduced PCB and transformer.
Miscellaneous minor changes; no schematic change.
ACTION
Releases -08/-09 assys using new -06 etch. Obsoletes
earlier assys and -05 etch.
Changes transistor B62 from TIP120 to TIP121. Rivet
replaces screw and nut for mounting SCR at A39.
Minor hardware change; no schematic change.
SOLID STATE COMPONENTS USED
IC's:
LM320T-12V
SG3524
339
723A (selected)
SOLID STATE COMPONENTS USED
Bridge Rectifier, 100V
Xl, X2
B61
Cll
B43
A14, C45
Diodes:
1N4002
1N4454
1N5809
1N5234C, 6.2V
C122A (SCR)
Transistors:
2N3906
2N4401
2N6058
TIP121
Resistor Packs:
10K (SIP, 3-pin)
A59, A60, A61, A62
B12
B2
A34
A39
A41
B17, B18
A29, C29
B62
B50, B52
UI
I
LI
OJ5
OJ4
OJ:3
OJ2
9
JI
JI
5
+16V
RI
220
CI
.1
R2
10K
R5
14
12
LI
R4
IK
JI
CXDR4
7
47
L2
15}JH
:3
R6
8
47
R3
10K
6
CXDR2
GND
j
I
I
0
IOUT:3
0
vceR
~
I.OUT4
• J5
NOTES:(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
I
•
J4
I.ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS
1/4 W. 2%
•
J:3
2. ALL CAPACITORS ARE IN
MICROFARADS
•
J2
I
0
veeR
Figure 7-5.
CARRIAGE TRANSDUCER PREAMP PCB ASSEMBLY
302604-02
Rev E
CARRIAGE TRANSDU CER PREAMP PCB ASSEMBLY
Rev E
302604-02
REVISION HISTORY
REV
A
B
ECO
B1390
B1687
ASSY
-02
-02
ETCH
-02
-02
C
B2038
B2191
B2744
-02
-02
-02
-02
-03
-03
D
E
ACTION
Releases Bill of Material (B/M).
PCB released for production. Added schematic and assembly
drawings.
Documentation change only. No schematic change.
Glue joints strengthened
Minor hardware changes. No schematic change.
SOLID STATE COMPONENTS USED
IC's:
592A
Ul
GRN/WHT
WHT
BlK
RED
P12-13
RED
+16V
+
R3
220
R2
10K
P12-10
2
GRN!WHT
PXDR2
WHT
P12-12
GND
BlK
NOTES:(UNlESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
I. All RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS
1/4W.2%
2.All CAPACITORS ARE IN
MICROFARADS
Figure 7-6.
PjW TRANSDUCER PREAMP PCB ASSEMBLY
302880-01
Rev G
P/W TRANSDUCER PREAMP PCB ASSEMBLY
Rev G
302880-01
REVISION HISTORY
REV
Ii
B
C
D
E
F
G
ECO
B1736
B1832
ASSY
-01
-01
ETCH
-01
-01
B2038
B2191
B2325
B2468
B2744
-01
-01
-01
-01
-01
-01
-02
-02
-02
-02
ACTION
Released for production.
Change to larger pin contacts. Glue pot core to both PCB
and pilot plug. Route wires out bottom of board instead of
to side of board
Documentation change only. No schematic change.
Glue joints strengthened.
Standoff changed
Minor hardware change. No schematic change.
Minor hardware change. No schematic change.
SOLID STATE COMPONENTS USED
IC's:
592A
Ul
@-PWSMD
'@+PCMD2
37\~ +PCMDI
!
?~i:~::::
42
+PD2
44$f.C:c..!:::!:~~~------------------------------------------,
I II
+f~~9
@---l
PVR
~
I
I
I
I
I ~ C3
E-:
~
CI7
IK
B IB
C4
C6
C2
015
CI6
IK
~~pF
13 " !
:~ ~
P4
hA34
I
PW
F2B
4.75
I
13 B
A2B 1+
A30
6~B::::
.01
3'So1
5CN
GND
I
16
......2!'!2"'K~r-----'9ATT2
~
B42
2K
I
B3B
312(~J__
'--+--+--+H
I
I
PW POS
I
I
I
I
I
20 J4
I
,....-' DlA REF
~
1%
pF
G4p2~4.-__~e~~~~~I~;2
26
T
10K 1%
1
'1iSOiiFl
'
I
[1J
@PDAC
@PSE
TP'2
i
.J:.~~CAP
'
~
-
I
TO PW
~N~ER
{4
I
lOUT I
15 OUTI
GND~
@
Iil
E4
DI
I
I
I
I
I
I
~_J
I
EI
fi
E2
I
I
I
-~;~OO
HEAT SINK '---
PFM
:
~
~~~
DR 4
RCS l3
FCS 4
21
i~:
BB
\Jy:ll-lrB2:
B4 I
I
CI2
100 L ______ J
;!~~ AOSC
FOSC~ ~IB
24K
GI6
390K
I
DI3
7
~Il'C4r:~J~~J, h I
~CI~
DIO
i
:~
'1Il7 J.
4B.7
I CI..u1 '-../
~IO ~~u1%
L:->'J C3100
I
~~!4
EI2 - - --
~~:~jlo.B6
~ SE
3W1% :'y:
?ll.·4
II
PRM
~W 1"1.
II
GI9
' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -....""'"
16K
JI9
OSC
II-'I·O"'I'----.....::;=i~~
5CN
+PWR ON~
I I II
TP-II
.L G27
.I.
.01
__ 5CN
'"1
~------------~=====t----------------I~
620
GND VCC VR VA
12
13 I 24
TP'3
..,D4
t i l l
~i~(2)
FI5
FI2 FI3
-
lOOK
I
I
•
E25
E27
lE23470K J6 DELA
t.:!J
B'~
,,~
EI7
5.IK
--<~--()+32V
PW
E224.99KI%
f41
1"0
35V
(I~~5~)
B'J'45
+~~--.~E2~4~-------------+---------._---------+---------,
1~
~ I~ \~~
5.1K
PREDRIVER
6 CLU
lEI973.2KI% CLL
DFJ!.I!...I
~
"p33 D34 A35
-PR 10
DCAP
-
100
E29.
1 ~
-PF~'5"----",E,,,,,6_--_;:+-I\.9~'EB~:----1. .~'
-----1
HYI
.39
--< G24
0
[1J
nr
:~~
PTACH
G2 22
G3 25
":'~';V::~ SEoI
(':i
~
1%
!?i
Ellh
.0_).,~_47----..
EIB
~2B
54}-------+-----------------,
46
+PW EVEN-'48I'
I
r--~--~-~-_'----'---~'--'---O+40V
PW
TACH 23
SERVO
GI ~
CONTROLLEI1
17 JI
D35
IB J2
22.IK
T..,
5CN
,.............l~9O"
C29
A3B A40 A42 (4)
.0047
L 2%
DEMOD
831
, l !Dr.VR
J3
I
I
02"'4'--_--'
A37
........,
_I
----
I
PRINT WHEEL MOTOR DRIVERS
PXDRI
+5V
PW POS A
I
TP-I
1000 pF (2)
I.
PI
A26
CI9 11-'5CN=------------.........:S'iXDRI
CS .!!....J-rjPF
(i;\
CIB ~ ~_ I
~f-'P"'X""DR"'2'-------="'-t1
4 XDR2
12
V
I
T!'~rC-I---E-V-;E~~i!:!:"";~~~~~~~T-t°l_I~-P~P~2~~~~!~l--l.....!.112~AA--D~0l~~
~+16V
'i4'
I
t!- G29
.:r:.
__ 10
HAMMER ENERGY ~
+?V
2(JoJ
K2lJ
rih
I
/C!>rI~0=U~T=2_~I-~~~144IOUT2 ~:~16~=~~4_-+1~1-----_41-~1--~1~_41---<~1~1---------------~-~j~---~
?Ji~)
fJ.)V
-=
~~}J'F~
gO·~I--~-4
L----------~~~~-~~~~--~I~-------------------~---------------~i_-----+-J
+5V
1
~
.~
~.(_2)~
L_________________________________________________________________~----------------------------------______________________________~~g~O~.~
%
~~
SCE CLK
53 (5MHz)
~
~ 270
~~
_ END OF RIBBON Q
56 } u'3
~
7 LkIN 090·..3,---..J
RESOlYER
DRIVER
-POWER DOWN . . SHEET' 2
G32
5JK
33K'1
--::,:. •• )o_-1""9____--4~--...J
33,rv:D~4f"3-+_-_.--
'" >
a:
TP-7
0 CPI
C2
PI
.--"'::"~---------------..!.fl 0900
C5~a:327
13"270~
112
pF
P2
P3~
: XDRI
t---------------"'!XDR2
r--U--..:.;IS~CI
P4tlk~, J J
K39
ISOK
K45 ~44
5.SK 5.SK
:!:~~9JtH47
CIlA~OVI
~~(
10
IS ATT2
G3 25
10K,I%
22
G2
'171:1,
J35
28KiToOI
1%'
GI 21
·m
17 JI
~~
20
J4
TACH 23
itii.K
I~
J22
510K
J33,220K
J3S
1I0K
1%
J34
10K
1%
J38
II~OOK
CTACH
0
I
J21
100
G20
4.99K,I%
1
. - -.....- - _.....- -...--1I--_,.....-~~_,.....---_O+40V
1213 I 24
~;
[§]
18 HY2
-PR 10
r:;- -., ~4
J23,,5.IK
JI
r-F. .1.
..l..J:I
DCAP
HI5
": :-
~
@]~;
'->---
I
G13~
GI2
89 -SMD
1 KI
L_
~~I
FOSC rL21
390K
PWR ON
I
T~JI8
~
L--~~K~3!,,"""",",
[isl~1
CFM
CRM
2
J2
3
J2
j~ G5 ~ H5 __8
rI HI
~
r:'
GIO
\l
H8
L __ ~
JII
35W
'iw
-<"'>-0-....- - _ -... 1%
1%
~
I
K5
IK
KI2
100
1/
~t6 7 C4
A 17
u~ CS
I
r-:}~
EVEN~
40pO~
L ___.!!8tl:.::8~-III--II""::1
r- ~
+-____-+_ _ _ _ _...,
~
TP-8
~~
~
K4
:
J3
,--",-o+32V
100
J27
J25
1~24.t 2.4K,1/2W
DFt'I~I-+_--4I_....J.ilIS,.,..._ _ _ _ _ _
6 CLU
G2I,73.2K.I'Y05
-:-
~
~ _J
G22
CLL CAR •
620
4.99K.I%
PREDRIVER 14
GI7
8_
...."""______.....:.:IS=-IDELA
DRt'-'-.....----~62~0r----tt"'"G8
\I
G26,470K
RCS 3
'"
GI I
------..~ CAP
4
L::!_~
..
• • • "~, ~~..
FCS
G4
JI4 ••01.50V
AOSC 22 JI7
HI2
100
_ _'lr_14...,C~
T
CARRIAGE MOTOR ORIVERS
TP-S
T'CSE
CVR
I~
::
~ ~2 ~3 ~
0
zC ~
z <>
J5
<> >
a: >
'"
--- 20V
0 (l2.5V)
C
<> >
a: >
'"
-'. D~REF sEt'2"'S"-t""'l"::I'"":':;;-;:-----;=,.--;:';;-:-....-------'T..:.P--.;.;0'---+--7.:":::-::::-~:_::_=_:_:;4---"19~S~ >
OSC £Q..
IK
15 ATT I
G4 24
LIIJ32
G35
J29,IK
K27,.0047
17 HYI
_PFJ'IL.;:5i-._J;..:2:..4.;.,,,,5';...I_K_ _)...ff J9
1J4~2~4 46 '~0-i.7
4PL
TP-5
141112 28
S
K40,I50K
II
T
.± ~5V
15 K38
. ._ _...::...::...._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _--=-12 000
L32
CAR.
DEMOD
+~L50
F
H4
100
~120-v---------4I~-""----'
2
J
330
r-~~~~~____~-r-+_________________________~PF+~2V
CAR. POS A
+CAR.EVEN
CAR. POS B
+CCMD2
J3@
+CCMDI
J3 61
+CD5
J3@
+CD4
J3 59 r---~~~----------------~-------------------r~------------r-~7~04
+CD3
J3@~~~-----------------+-----------------+--r---------~r-~3
+CD2
J3 58 r---~~=-----------------~-------------------r~------------t-~4~D2
+CD I
01
J3@r-~~------------------+------------------i--+-----------;-~5
-+_=i6 00
+CD0
J3 60
+ISV
ill ~
B26
TK
1%
B22
BI9
4.75K
1%
(
PVR
(l2.5V)
G28
2.7K
-CAR.SMD
SH I
SH I
J3 50
B20
249
1%
I~.2-W---4@-{A2
tv.
I
I
L_:I
I
I
J
100V
I
+IFIIO100V
150.112W
~_"""'f-{AI2
AI6
L-__~5~;V~12~~~_~~,....._~~IK~-4==~--~H~A~M=M~E~R~C~0~IL~D~RI~V=E__- \ 3
BI4'~
B21
BII
"BI2 5 •.?'
f-____
__--{ I
IK
1.8K
BI6
5S0
pF
5W ~
BI'1.
~H~A~M~M~E~R~C~O.;.;IL~R~T~N
J3
J3
AI5
.5,1%
3W
HAMMER DRIVERS
-::....
HAMMER ENERGY
2
"'I!
l,IF.81
3
0 ,---.
M
I0
.A-9-n
...I...
:0,.,7....
4...J3
IBX *1 1Irrr "f"r81..B15
+
~~OAS •.022
AI3
2 7K
.
~~3::=~~6PF +~r
13.9
j~~'~
-A18 12
A
2 +
4
I
B25
910
+5V
SH I
r-----------~~----._------~~----~---40+40V
(
_________-+_________-+_+-_____
J3 49
66 J3
+16V
03
r-_~~~
63 J3
@~3
+PWR ON
-POWER DOWN
+HAMMER FIRE
+ I~V
1'--__---'9~+
1 CI3
8 BI5
14
2.7K
G38
'----E-400- -I1",,~.1_.5_0.
~
-:_-...
F40
@]~
300
Figure 7-8.
SCE PCB ASSEMBLY (w/o Heat Sink)
Sheet 2 of 2
302670-09
Rev J
51
PW SMO
+ISV
:@+PCM02
37
+ PCMOI
~
~@+P05
~
:®~~~----------IIII
P0
I
+ 1
J3
~~
CHASSIS GNO
PW POS A
I I I I I
I
CI8
IK
VCCR
~~pF
~~9
I
PW
P3~4
5r:N
S~B-~
'-_01
25V
5r:N
S
8
P4rtL-r-----
1
T'
CONTROLLEF
• ...JIC !7_--l_ _ _!.!..j17 JI
- ~T
B 34
1
PW
TACH 23
SERVO
GI~
T 15
,
I'll
I
T 113'
18 J2
19 J3
1
2O J4
I
GNO
03.!"3?.----....J
041'17'-------'
D51.!8L.._ _ _ _ _--'
CMOIP9L..-----------l
CM02 10
C29
---.!
________ ~
032
221K
I"I~
TP-4
I
~
~
-
I
r~~ ~
L ______ -!
HEAT SINK
E27
~ig(2)
~-------------'---,--+----------1 5
OF~I!.I+-----<~_.JSE~~6_---_I--------------__t,-----_"l
FI5
f50iJ
-=-
S20
DR 4
EIS
RCS l3
S20
FCS:,
12
13 I
24
i
121 I
CIS
-::b.
011
I
~WII01~Omn~:1'2~5.4·7-=-~n01°1?0~7
~
~WI%
G~:K l~====~===~:v:':"~~~:IO~~O=~
EI2
I 121
9
2I~~:o~
II,)
PRM /
~
L ______ ...I
12.4
1%
G20
.g-O
OSC
L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . 1 IS
i'iiK"----I, 11-'5"'~----="'~~
3901<
J3
+PWR ON~
;-y'V
PVR
(l2.5V).~.
TP-II
TP-3
l04/~TI
& I OUT 2
-LG27
GNO~
OUTI
14 lOUT2 \ICC 16 -
I
F32
4B.7 F33
1%
(2)
+5V
e
OI
I_5(}>/
I
I
-:!:.lG30
10
_25V
.::r::
HAMMER ENERGY ..
+5V
II
1
.--lo~
S3V -=-
QPVR
I (12.5V)
1
L---------~__~4_--~--------------------~----------~--~
lifO" I
K32
L28
?
r--'h
TO SHEET 2
01
~,()v
-=-
1
E32
F39
270
SCECLK
53 (5MHz)
I
I I II
TP-2
54~~G~N~D----~---------~
TOPW
TRANSDUCER
PFM
7
r~2--T~;1 ~ ~.Il-_B_5-'!~_""'---1,::,:,:,_--.AIl-CI3 0:T~P--~
L ______ -!
-SMO
FOSC
~8 ~R
ON
AOSC ~,
GND vec VR VA
GI7
,~
:
;~ _~~~J
E28
IE2073.2KI%~
-L
:_:~
5.IK
I
~~+32V
PW
S CLU
CLL
-)
\
-PR 10
PREDRIVER
E24 4.991< 1%
[}]
033 034 A35
150 10K
I~o 1%
"
1;;'/0
I~ ~:P
1.r<
~ ~7:U50.:IVI~:,:
330
pF
~
':7;";;.~ ~ /""" 1>1
G24
100
FI3
~looK
G4 : :
,llij'+
~ i----:k1 T~
~~z-=-l---~ ~
_PF~15~_ _~EyI7"""'--:-_ _-"'~HOI TIP
1,7 HYI
~ -L .~r-L...-.,
PTACH
P
.0047
~g~
+---0
G2 22
G3 25
DlA REF
~-'-------------~~-'---O+40V
..-_EI"'~V'----IEIIL
o21=4'----...J
_ _...!IS"'lATT2
22K
DEMOD
B31
.1
20 24\--.----~A2=B,...
T++--:-'" A31
6
13 B
13 II
PI
A26
c5Hf-2Ill PF
P2 12 .
015
CI7
IK
....-
F2B
4_75
C2
POSB~/45
PRINT WHEEL MOTOR DRIVERS
B 18
C4
.
CS
lOCO pF (2)
I.
5 XORI
PXORI
C20 11-=5""OV'-'----------.....--=-t
®f.lP::lX.!i.OR!!l2~_ _~C!::19__11
4 XOR2
+5V
2
PW
r7~~rC-I---E-V-EA~l!:!Z.:----I_-P-P-2--l----l--!-1.112~AA--[~iOI~t.e-:
~
1 hL....,A,.3,..7~e~ C3
e
I I I
TP-I
PVR
46
+ PW EVEN-Q'
7
IN 090" 3
- END OF RIBBON
RESOlYER
DRIVER
13 IOUT3
TO CARRIAGEf 26 lOUT 3
TRANSDUCER
22 lOUT 4
- POWER DOWN . . SHEET 2
12 lOUT4
F34
48_7 F35
1"10
(2)
+5V
F3B
36.5K
~
(+5Vand-12V RETURN)
6 l"G":ND-'---"--"--''-e'---'--,
~------.
+5V
G32
49.9K
5 GND
G33
~~2~RlBBON ~-------""+' -j"",
(+4011 and +lSV RET!
9
33,}-~04i?3:....-+--.-.....--____!!ijID __ -{;-•••.>---I"'----*------'
+5V
-:::!:;_
e
,...--,
042
E41
1+ 5VI
' .
____
.... 5.1K
HOME'
I
33K
SENSOR'
II ~--------+-~+--,~-t---~3I
- - - - - - - - - - , 038
-,-:..-....... ' .
,___ J ~!,41
040 039
1.2K
.r,..!1~~K~
pw:e
l
510
1.2K
~
~£'NSMl
RETUiN I
"Ao4O
......-------'
r
51K 1371
.'fTl
:
I
:L_=-_________
-=-JI
f040
~ 1.2K
l 039 ::!:~37
~51K
.47
GND
7 ISV
-:;.04,,1~~--_I_---
l
'~
115
JI
+5V
~
~24
K22
KI3
1
: __________
COM
L
--1:
TT
8 ~---+-I_+I------+-"'P(]N=E"'-R-"D"'et.vN=----'
9
JI
3
F37 lF4tfF36
17.BK T~ I.BK
'=
I
'''"CAroo
L-+r. . -+---------f!--1~N~U~-~--~~:l
-
10 +40V
56.2K
rK
+5V
@ 1J3
-PW HOME 47 )'
KIBI 1.1.KI5
-r-.-.Ol
50V 1+ 1 50V
j'+ISV
KI4
=
24V
NOTES:
KS
lrL__I.~~~·~I_(2_)____][~oo=01~V---------------I~£~lv~-][~i~~V
"*
]~F3
5"10
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
I. ALL RESISTOR VALUES ARE IN OHMS, 1/4W, 2%.
2. ALL CAPACITOR VALUES ARE IN MICROFARADS (~F).
CHASSIS GND
rn ~rsE~~~.1~~
~~ ~~~~E,. ":~t'ifE cmFW~~ °tEClUIRED
WHEN OFF-SPEC LSI DEVICES ARE USED.
Ii]
BI, 82, CI, 01, EI, Gil HI, "II, KI MOUNTED ON HEAT SINK.
rn GROUNDING
THIS POINT WILL DISABLE CARRIAGE MOVEMENT FOR
TEST PURPOSE.
ill GROUNDING THIS POINT WILL DISABLE
PRINT WHEEL MOTION FOR
TEST PURPOSE.
7.
THRU OSC!Q...
'-24 ... 13 1J32
G35
G34 T
J29,IK
K21..0041
I5
~~
J,~49!'"H41
'bCOA~~vI
I50K
~
K46 ~45131:1,
.!UL!l, 5.6K 5.6K
J35
I
28KiTOOI
1%
11
11 JI
GI 21
A 11 L ---- -- gJ
8
b l50
.I~ov
";"!il g
C2 15
13 "21OpF.L
Pi
... ·
KF3B,210pF
C5
12
P2
L32 P4rR=
CAR.
2
OEMOO
I
L45
+
'~CPI
18 J2
19 J3
20 J4
TACH 23
i"rfi1
.. U~
11-----4-.
I
T
.01
TP-6
CSE
11 HYI
J22
510 K
J33,220K
J36
IIOK
1%
J34
10K
1%
J38
lOOK
J21
G21
CTACH
1~24.t
4.99K,I%
G'2'5'
T
~%
_
~, - - - - - --,
J25
2.4K,1/2W
J2
+-___...:C:.:.F.:::M"--{ 2
...._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
";"
CAP
J16,.01,50V
89
SMD
.
-=
~L----
-
J~@
J3 60
+CD
111
";"
SH I
JI9
CAR. POS A
63 J3
@~3
66 J3
+16V
C
7
04
3 03
4
02
~
+16V
~
B27 I
~
5 DI
I
IOK-
1%
D0
13,9
-AlB
2 + 4
r------------.--------------.------.--O+40V
TFB + FlO'"
*:.1
AI3
2.7K
...l!00V
4 .... 3
.------..:.1":[_:'
.::
+B15
B20
7;Z5K
B21
249
1%
T
TI:!:'~I~,
"',.
16V
+1
B23
~
12
B2B
PVR
(12.5VI
G2B
2.1K
W?~,L~~~PF
j~'
B26
910
2
A9
560.1/2W
....-:
:>=....+~fY.rtAIO
AI6
HAMMER COil DRIVE
3
L-____:5~VI~2--~--4_~._~~~I~K~~=t----~~~~~~~---i
B22
A~.
'\Iiiij Pl
I.BK
,
, I>E> 5.IV
IK :;'619
:5W
560
lBI2 r
I
F' 1
-7---
pF
/
HAMMER COil RTN
I AI5
I
J3
J3
.5.1%
3W
HAMMER DRIVERS
HAMMER ENERGY
+PWR ON
-POWER DOWN
+16V
J3 50
J2
FOSC rL21
390K
-CAR.SMD
SH I
I _
SH
I
.--~~~~~
CVR 112.5VI ____~-+-+___________________________~IIPF+~2V
+5V
J3 49
-
f330
10 CM02
9
CMD I
8 D5
6
CARRIAGE
MOTOR
P
_J
+CAR.EVEN
CAR. POS B
J3@ +CCMD2
+CCMDI
J3 61
J3@ +CD5
+CD4
J3 59
+CD3
J3@
+CD2
J3 58
+cD I
3:!
J2
FCSt-'4_-:---,
AOSC 22 JI8
,..---------"-t PWR ON
13 B
__"
+_...,
DF t:1~1-+_-4_...J,..17,..,..._ _-+_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Cll
620
I
CRM
CAR.
IAl
,.-----~~......-+----=:;==--{ 3
iL~~-~I--;~;1116 ~~~H4 :IT~~~-HI--~I
~t:-:::7
-~
12 A
~:
I T_IP_I_26
__KI _J1
L
PREORIVER 14
GI8
...""",.....-__---:.;16=-4 DE lA
DR 1'-3-'-4---~6~2~0~---lff
G26,410K 2
RCS
L _______ J
TP-8
H32
CAR.
SERVO
CONTROLLER
G22,13.2K,I%5
:~
~14
IrK _______
J24,5.IK
-PFJ'I!.=5"--...,,;.,.,..--.....-fLIILH~
__JI _T_I_P_12_6...J'1
J23 51K
_PR.,I",O--...-.;\,.,..·--...,
tl~
1
JI~.
+HAMMER FIRE
o
I
9~
+
BI5 ~14..:....._1t---------~
;
B13
5.1V
5W
BI2
FOR
-09
ASSY
~IC~I~4r.__.~~8~V
2.7K
I~
r-----iI'J;5"O\
F40
300
Figure 7-8a
SCE PCB ASSEMBLY (w/Heat Sink)
Sheet 2 of 2
302690-10
Rev P
HI3
CVR
l+12.5V)
SI}-~t~C~C~M~D~t~------------------------------------------------------~
~
601~~t~C~D~0~--------------~
tCD2
5B}---'-''''''''----------------.,
I
t C 03
J3
55}---'---"""-"'---------------,
L-------------------~2 g~
L---------------------~D2
r-----------------------..J!lD5
62:}-..2+~C~D!.>5'_______________.J
VAo--JQ VA
®1--_+:!:.C~X~D,llR~4'---_ _ _ _ _ _ _L~)1-8----~
t CXDR2
0.1
50V
~
l+1 .5V) L45
£~
~r--~~!.!!'::-----------C-V-R--------~)I----..,I
O.oOt
50V
~_25V
-D
VAIt.32V)
I
I
I
I
T
4 XDRI
IS
~~2
~ C2
~
~
~
0.001
50V
~7
L--------l'
~~:~~~~-.---------50-V---~
~O·
Bi -
PI",134+---+~
P2 12
P I!~
P4 '11
L32
A,lLB~
EVEN fill
2
CAR
I ~goo DEMOD
GND
VR
SI
~ ATT2
~~~~
I
I
14 VR
K4I K40 ~ VA
50K ISOK
1
T
?I:~
:
I
I
SE 13
7
I
:
L __ ~_~
~
H33
-!l
\:OK
1%
-
T5
CDAC
II
VC-
lB
JI
TACH 13
J2 J41
S J3 ---=-AMPIIN 10
7 J4
VR
SW/oUT 12
"I VA CAR TACH
~
I
I
1r::
.GND'
~
~
220K
~
L50
J[k8v 1
=-
~
~SE
1%
100
~
_4.~.
I'Y.
I~C
'--4
R S
124
VA
113
1'----" FCS
....----...J5VI01l\r~1
1
0.01
PR
IK
VA..l+~32V
I
I
I
620
0
I
L __ J!PgQ,J
VA(+032V)
PWR
16 DELA
17 HYI
DR 14
J27
2.4K
II2W
J2
!illl.
620
IB HY2
19 SE
r-- ----,
G10
I
?;-~
Gt:
l::::-:: _T.!!'~J
--=-3W
....._______
- ___~--------------+~C~F~M~~2
+40V
~
I!
CVR
l+12.5V)
+CRM
~:~ JI7
r-------,
DFj.lI~I--~----'lJ~--------~1~
HI
I
~~ I ~
o.~7
5.1K
~
7 DCAP
50V
~2.1
10
.--! SMD
~ ~ -f 470K I
+
CARRIAGE
MOTOR
DRIVE
VCC
~D 1L----,G.....I%14,.------.:S"ICLU
~"'\T
3W
10
" ~.:
J22
CTACH
~
CAR
PREDRIVER
Jf-19____________-!-E.I
J24
IK
~
21 FOSC
PFb!'15~----__'lJ'II\r--__<~--!.g
Jt
330pF v.;~'A,
I
I
50V l+ 2l JI8
OSC
5.IK
L_ _lJ.P.!.2]J
L-~M__+-...,::!~2 AOSC
+40V
390K
~ HYDB
9
IIOKv
1%
I
J37
2BK
1%
C¥,R(tI2.5V)
J
g§J
J21
r~%
T8
C
1
...@..,....JS---+-+-+--.....
- - - - - 4 - -
~"I
.....
SW/OUTf2':-"'VI~.......-'\N\,-----....
~B ~
151
I
13
I
I I I I
I
VCC
-----'i4l\..9r..9K---T.=JQ73'V.2K\r-<~--.>!j5CLL
G35
-AMPIlNt'IO=---------_'V\i'\r---¥H-....
'--+--"'12
4 VC+
J39--1
0.01
50V
T
........
GND
9
VAl'J2V)
41l~
CVR
l+12.5V)
=
3 CMDI
I
-,g70cF1'27OPF v .YA'20
50V
I
49r-~-~C~A~R~SM~D
~R
13
CAR -DAC CVR'lf5VT
•
DAC VR
"1I:m'ltl49
GND
CPI ~J 1'~
t--------04.!!01-'0I---------+1 ------J:t.I
7
L46
50V
L--_____AII.jC5
.....__""--~--------I'9 VR
I
VOLTAGE I
CLAMP
I
I
I
I
:
I
VC-(.VRlC!21----..
S.E.
AMP/OUT
L _ = _________ ---.J
,IOOV
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
+16V
lOUT 2
VC-~I~-=========~--------~
J5
4}--21~0~U~T~t-----------------+----+----~--~~------------------------~
C33
+
JI
4.75
10
1%
I
I
I
I
I
B30
928
25V
10
0 . 01
SOV
1 1
VA (+32V)
~+~4~0~V~------------------+_~__~K~2~~r_----_.--~3~INPUT
7SJl
1I2W
I
GND
(+40V, +16V RTN)
=
2
JI3
+
I
9
VC+~--------------------------------~
+
H20
'1" 10
+25V
+5V
E22 AND G22
__
AMPIIN I
I
:
T~~~
--------------------l
~-L ___".JL-~
L-.;14 I
1~9r-f1~1~I ~
r-J7
-:- IAI4
I
11-9 I
_
I
PS
J4-20 0
IT A2S
\
\
-ClR
J4-22 0
IT
I
2i
~
-+-lr;;::V':'
-<-2i-11_~4f-
li
}-":..cR,,,O,__-+1
J4-190 I
!I
I_e \
.;
J4 - 18 0 }--....:w::..:R'--___if-4_t---=s'-I'I___iHI.d'--
J4- 7
:-1: I
18
9
8
~
5
~~
1% 7
~
..!,S
14
::r-
L_...J
\
0
I
S
15i
i5
IT
.J:.I
L ______ J
+5V
7
J4-15 0
:-8!
2i
31
+AOI
I:-7!:
I-S
J4-14 0
J4-13 0
+A03
~-~
0
+A04
J4-11
0
+A05
I
i:
+A02
1- 5
i
:
:-3
:
a!
I
J4- 9
0
+A07
J38-J.
I -I
I i
9
12 EI5
J3 45 PW P~S A
J3
J3
t48
rw
P~S B
><
J3~
@.
J.
J3
J3
~
END OF RIBBON
~ -SINGLE
8
SHEET
8 - POWER DOWN
JI \.;:./
0-------,
-:- +C00
+CO I
+C02
+C03
+C04
+C05
+CCMOI
+CCM02
0
2S-J4
~
F54,IOOOpF
t
I
~
1
I
OS2
B37
~712
~S
+!~~
+COVER OPEN
.,r<'018o----<:r017
B37
I
2
J3
\;..;.~ J3
's6~
VG J3
'61~
~~J3
~)~(l7,.!:10:!..~...-.....",::_::_---=-.!..P!.!FA::....__t~
lOK3 fF52
P22~3'---------_+------------------J
1
9
'5B~
's3~
-PFEN~ SH2
~.
lit> -
~~~--~~-~
B374
3
SH2
+PFA
PFB
+PFB
:
_
SH2
~H2
SH2
E37
8t~+5V
IK
E37
3
13
OS2
IK
II
5
B -PW SMO
12 050 ):.:.--~
:>O""S-'-'----"-="'-I52
J3
2
L-________+--4r------------------------~-~CA~R~.~SM~0--l~J3
+CAR.EVEN
,..-____________+ +______________________HI_H--------------------------~+~P~0~0--~~J3
+PDI
PI2 29
PI3 30
PI4p3<.!.1------'
PI5 32
PIS 33
PI7 34
@J3
+P02
@J3
+P03
44 J3
+P04
42 J3
+P05
@J3
+PCMOI
@J3
+PCM02 -@".J3
rll-
4 -RST
~-_-_("]+5V
2
+RA EN
P401-"-------I---I---I --H--1--------..!..!.!~:!!.... .
SH2
P41!L
B60
BSO
BSO
C50 2 +HAMMER FIRE 49 J3
4
10K
10K 10K
I IT
' -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _....:1""12 00
P2SI'3...7------""'IK~
~P42 5
II
12
13
' -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __'1",,3 01 :;; P20 1-'2"'1_ _ _ _ _ _..!!'----1_~11 P20
P43 I
+RA
' -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _....:1""4 02 C P21 22
10 P21
P50 1 ' 2 ' - 3 - - - - - + - - - - - l - -....-----------'+..!.R:.::B'-----I.. SH2
' -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _..:.15~ 03 a: P22 23
9 P22 C P511=!.....----+_---.-----~~------::!:..!l!!.....--I.. SH2
.
.03
i5-J4
SCE ClK
54 J3
:l+5V
..,2::...--------+--~-------I
L -_ _.......;2=.j
1___{l:r_:>++--+------+-l........,:......:~~.....+iI3!....._ _ _.......J
0
-PW HOME
~ +COVER
~
a:
~5
J3 65 CAR. P~S B
J3 4S
~
-
~ I:
1.5K
-:+CAR.EVEN
~7 +PW EVEN
10
-~II-
J3 64 CAR.POSA
J3
....._+-+-....:2"'1
1KHZ +5%
I
jV
85-
0
0
SCj: ClK RET@J3
+-+-+-+-~~H--+++++4_--+....!l19!.j07 ~
~ ~
f'7
1 e:-~~ i
EI7
..-<>! MS..RTC RET
2S 40
5
r-----+-------+_---1~HHHH_+--+__I__I__l__l__l_--_1_...!1.!..l7
..J:::t T i'8
1V
~
IS 04
P23 24
039
05 I- P24 35
r - - - - - + - - - - - - - + -....+-+-~~HH--+++4_+_+_--~---.!.!418 OS
P25 3S-INHHAMMER IK
.-----+---:--::-:-=-----+....
P2S 37
C42
+5V(
39
~ P27 38 +SMO
IK
E37 ,..--_l_I_HHHHH_+_+--_l__I__I__l_l__l_--+-..2.:!.l TI -UPROG~
~K
EA
----....
~20
I
EI7
~
~IO/liOI\r----o+5V
r-------1--------t_----1~_+_+~--t_+_+_t-t-t---+_~1~5 03
------+-I-"--+-....,
5
OUT
....,S
l'l~\
i9
AOOR9
~
}+~~~+1-<-1.3~1'--~11Ir__1~
~50
IN
Enables Cover Open response by peE circuil board
compliant with VDE requirements_
Disables VDE cover open response_
ClK/PF/RIB. EN
I
O}'+~A~0:!::0!!.R..28___if__4i_t---=8~1+_l1.&__
0
IN
CS2
116
!
;:'r-
J4- 8
017
\
I
I
-3 I
~+5V
018
OUT
Ties 1 MS RTC RET line to ground.
Ties 1MS RTC RET line to +5V.
SH2
SH2
SH2
SH2
~--_--....-o+5V
~~~ ~
. - - - + - - - - - - -......--H~)AS3
A56
1.5K
*
ASO
Figure 7-9.
PCE PCB ASSEMBLY
Sheet 1 of 2
302660-02
Rev L
74LS245
75452
75472
8243
555
Special IC's:
PCE PCB ASSEMBLY
302660-02
Rev L
For later revision levels of the PCE circuit board, see Figures 7-9a/7-10a and 7-9b/7-10b.
REVISION HISTORY
ASSY
ETCH
A
B
ECO
B1390
B1747
-02
-02
C
B1846
-02
-03
D
B1928
-02
-03
E
B1950
B2007
B2047
-02
-02
-02
-04
-04
-04
J
B2112
B2323
-02
-02
-05
-06
K
B2411
-02
-06
L
B2525
-02
-06
M
B2609
-02
-06
REV
F
G
II
ACTION
Releases Bill of Material (B/M)
B/M updated. PCB released for production. Schematic and
assembly drawings added.
Releases -03 PCB etch. IC 7405 replaced by 7406. Added
pull up resistors to outputs of 8243 IC (B53).
Following changes made to tighten tolerance of pulse width
to paper feed motor driver: (Schematic sheet 2)
Resistor F76 changed from 27K ohms to 330K ohms.
Capacitor F66 changed from 0.1 mFd, 10%, 50V, to .01
mFd, 2%, 100V.
Releases -04 PCB etch.
Carriage Controller IC changed from 302995-01 to -02.
Following changes made to prevent spurious ribbon lift at
power turn-off:
Resistor C64 changed from 1K ohms to 470 ohms.
Resistor D64 changed from 1K ohms to 300 ohms.
Releases -05 PCB etch.
Releases -06 PCB etch. Obsoletes -05 etch. (See Note 6
on Figure 7-10.)
1) Circuit controlling pin 21 input to CAR Controller (C37)
modified to meet VDE requirement for Cover Open response.
2) Jumper positions B4, B5 and B6 added to allow selectable polarity for 1MS RTC RET signal.
Obsoletes -02 assembly.
Releases -03 assembly/-06 etch
(see Figures 7 -9a/7 -lOa).
(-02 assembly obsoleted but still in production, thus
requiring this change.) Transistor PIN 10105 replaced by
PIN 13070 for more suitable thermal and moisture absorption properties.
-02 assembly discontinued; replaced by -xx assembly/-07
et ch. (See Figures 7 -9a/7 -lOa.)
SOLID STATE COMPONENTS USED
IC's:
2075
7401
7404
7406
74LS14
74LS32
74LS244
E62, E84, F62, F84
E15
B37, D13
C62, C75, D62
C50
D50
A26
(continued)
B26
E17, E13
J70, E70
B53
E9, F70
C37, E50, D37 (Refer to the Model 630 Parts Catalog.)
Diodes:
1N4002
1N4454
1N5822
Transistors:
2N3644
2N4401
2N5322
Resistor Packs:
1K
10K (8-pin SIP)
B61, D41, D53, E55, E56, E61, E63 E74, E75, E77, E78, E81,
E82, G55, G56, G57, G58, G76, G78, G79, G84, G85
E57, E60, E79, C70, F52, E83, G80, G59, G54, G83
D76
C63, G67, A60
C66, E69, A63
C74, G62, G72
E37
B60
3.6m • ...r-L.
3
r
330K
E75
G75
470
+I~V
E74
....
G74
560
m
6
ALTERNATIVE: E39= 470, IW,AND E38
HAS NO COMPONENT.
5G66
.01
50V
+40V
NOTES ;(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
I.ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS, 1/4W 2%
2.ALL CAPACITORS ARE IN MICROFARADS
~7 F76
F70
:
[ ] WHEN THE PCE INTERFACE CABLE
EXCEEDS 2 FEET IN LENGTH, TERMINAT ION "OR EACH I/O LINE MUST BE
PROVIDED AS SHOWN BELOW. OPTIONAL
DIABLO TERMINATION PACKS INSTALLED
AT LOCATIONS AI4 AND BI4 PROVIDE
THE REQUIRED TERMINATIONS.(DIABLO
PIN 10238-01 ATAI4: PIN 10761 AT 814.)
F66
.01,2%
100V
r--------
E71
100
I
I/O LINE
TERMINATION
I
FOR CONTROL LINES
I (SEE LOCATION A14)
1~90
2%
~
IIO LINE
2%
I
I
I TERMINATION FOR DATA I
I LINES
I
L_________ ~ ___ l':~~~T~~~~_J
[i)
G76
....
+5V
I
75
2
~
+40V
E76
2.2K
16
2 E70
~E77 ~
+5V
~~+~P~F~B~--------------------~--~----~1~3
C75
E80
2.2K
G77
20K
E~t'"14",---....._ _-,5"<:1~
I
~_-~P~F~B~____________- .__~I
I
SHI
_~ 2%
I
PAPER
FEED
SHI
----~~~I-----i~~V---l
~
E66
560
A28,A65, B28,A53,CI4,C52,C76,DI4,
051,073 ,EI8,E51,E72, F73
6. REVISION J COMPONENT
RELOCATIONS:
+40V
RIBBON
LIFT
E73
IK
......-----'
Pre -Rov J
C71
510
+~V
o
F74
2.2K
C64
470
12
f?'
C69
r---'V9'V'10""'""'~\~'''- ) C74
~5
3
V:>o;:;.4.........-_-f~-I ) C6G
< 064
300
C70
o
Rev J
B60-3
•
B60-12
B60-4
=
B60-8
B60-5
•
860-9
860-6
•
860-10
B60-7
•
B60-11
B60-8
•
B60-13
B56
A54
B55
E74
A53
E72
E76
E74
E76
F75
SHI ~--~R~I~B8~0~N~L~IF~T~----------------------------------------------------------~----__________________________________~------------------------------------~
SHI ~~-~R~IB~B~O~N~H~O=L~D--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~r-------------------------------------,
RIBBON
HOLD
+~V
I
+16V
053
+5V
~
SHI
~--~R~A~------------~l.---~~
It-_-,
+~16~63
G52
2.2K
2.2K~
10
II
13
C62
~>o~6~t-~3~
2
I EI3
1
I:!:~64
- 50V
-
C62
~C63
BG2
4
~
065
1.5K
3
+16V
RIBBON
DRIVE
B63
IK
~
I
~~4
~
m
E38
910
1/2W
B61
t---'---{30 J3
E39
910
112W
.~D41
RIBBON COIL
....------{:28 J3
~V'
~l+
......- - - -......---'
~G62
+40V
SHI ~~+~R~A~E~N--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------____________-I-____~
+5V
I
62
12
~
SH I ._-~R.:..:B~______________....-'1.,3
1
E54
2.2K
9
d+'f~~28K
+16V
G60
20K
x:~....l------+_¥1:!.4---__l--....,
1
~ 1
I i "
8
rr ......._.,".",12'--_ _ _+_,
III
L
-:
17:
-
-l
v:::
~
1
L
5~
~6
;3
~~
:
~
OSC
E7
J4-14 0
J4-13 0
I
I
I BI411
i- 8
I
J4-IO 0
0
21
r--
------4J-O"Dl7
C42
+SMO
J3 7O}---~1
341-----d
l
+COVER OPEN
B37
IK
':l~~2_...;1'-I
I
O+5V
...f3'jj"SL
C~J3
6
~~4
+5V
E37
062
3
SH2
- PFB
SH2
+PFB
----v"::O::--8i-+-5!.!V-'-''-----
IK
2
+P~
)<~--~~~-4~
SH2
E37
13 1
12~0
):..:.11_ _..:5::..j 062
8
l~pW SMO
6
52 J3
L-________~r_--r---------------------------=-CA~R~.~SM~0~50 J3
+CAR.EVEN
~16:!104 ~
044~
9 C50 8
='
~~7
2
3
I
~
+P02
~~J3
+P03
1'44~
+P04
-.:..;~ J3
+PD5
t;O~
tPCMOI -';::::~J3
tPCM02 '37~
V~~O~
PI2 29
PI3 30
PI4r3:..:,1-----'
PI5 32
C
r - -.....-
P26
:~
_ _o+5V
::~r.~:------t--t--t-B6-0-t-B-6-0+B-6-0---C-50---.....:!:+~R~A.!:E:!:!N'-III>
D~
:2 P42t-4'-----~I_--'
10K
10K
10K
P20i4='------.!.!IK!.---!--'I:.I1 P20 en P43f~'------+---~8~-l"1::2-~1~3--1
P21 22
10
Il:P50r.::-----+---_t-~~---.....
9. P21 We P51 23
P23 24
rr7
UpROG 25
~
38
3 9 TI a. P27
EA
20
::i
8 P23
5
E28
040
IK
I II'
2 +HAMMER FIRE
49 J3
+RB
f2~--------_t-------O--------~~r_----------~~--~
P52fd
~ -cs ~ P53~
r-.b
Wp60~=---+_-__,
~,
P61 ...
19~--+___,
r
7 PROG HP62 14-'18---f---1
P63t+'-17--....
P70~
IK
~12
-INH MOVE
050 }6=-_ _--<...-'VOV47'1r-__,.,..",....:..;..iI~C5~0
+INHIBIT RESET
+5V
B60
B60
B60
10K
10K
10K
10
~C50 4
4
SH2
+RA
-----......:!:.!!.=--...
P221of2~3----------------4_--~P22
T8¥t.
2 EI3
lr-.:....::-"''''------t-----------------.....J
:
+P00
r-____________r-r-________________________+-__4-__________________________-zt~P~0~1__~r.39~J3
-RA
SH2
SH2
.IT~)!---....::.=-____
SH2
50
13.ITX)"12"-_ _--'Rc:,:B=--_.
SH2
P71 ,,1,:!4_+_._+-+-+-+----.J II
9
r
P72 15
-RIBBON LIFT
16
RIBBON HOLD
P73F-+-+-+-+-+-+----....--------.=.!!!!!!.5~~:!!:.!!...--_
-PWR ON CLAMP
24
5H2
SH2
SH2
. - - -.....- -...---_+_--+_-..!;13~ POSA2 1NC
~
r< p~s A
><
J3(46 PW POS B
~
TIE~PROGF
17 120
fjK
116
-L
_
J3(47 +PWEVEN
i~MS
~~~ 0
D4
I EI42 470
r;"
' - - - - - - - + - + - - - - - - -.....~ "::o'--O--+--I
-..L 019
26 40
r-----1-==-----H~Hf_I_I_f_I_I_I_----+-+_t_t_t_l---+-..J1!2.j9 D7 '-?
+5V~E37 r_ _++++++++++--+-+-++-+-+-----+---23~9 ~
I
5H2
2~UV~IOf2~7~--------------+-------------------~'-=---~-=-~+~C~0~0~~59J3
3 X2
PII 28
+COI@J3
I TO
PI2 29
+C02
~ J3
E37
IK
8
r-----__l--------I_-~~I_I_I_I_I_I_-_+_+~_+_+~---+_~1.L.I7 D5 ~
. - - - - - i - - - - - - - - - l --'K
5,----...
;>
...,:.:11~_ _ _ _ _I~"""'J6:!...
E 1133 P
p.-4'--_ _+-_-+__---'
118
1- 6
+A04
$E37
~
815
470
13 013
+r
~'io
~13
~"'---+-+-------=5~M!!!:H!=.Z--'+=-'-'.5~'/,:!.,---!.!..!11
10
IIOOpF
_=_ f>OV
~
II
ID'-
31
10
-B-26--
~
.....
Ii :
1- 5
IIOOpF
_=_ 50V
.;;
:!=.0I,2%,100V
I
: i
11, J4-12 0
19
+AOI
+A03
+5V
5
r-------~-------~f-----_1I~-I~f--4---J.4---J.---J.~---~..!1~4~~ P2Iu:=:~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _+--------------------~1
L.....<
1_7
~
n2...
.-~"'47"O,-.. 015
~
::IJI6
r-----------l--------I_---------+--ll,"'--+-""
I,[j!-...
5
15
..l.
J4-11
n
E5
I~/~
~
!
I
1-13 1
o
lO-l}5---<..-::~-+---.>--_--,
C54
'~'>+-f116,,----_,
1
I
4:
I
6
01
II
+5V
V
+9
~ I~
~
~
i9
2
I
OF+~A~0!!:0~R.i!9_+_;:;h
F70
3.6m.~
IOn,5%
3W
I
~Q
.
.
,
n
E88
+40V
+5V
0/5
Pre-Rev J
Rev J
860-3
B60-12
B60-4
B60-8
860-5
860-9
860-6
860-7
860-10
860-11
860-8
860-13
A54
856
D64
300
C70
D
855
E74
A53
E76
E74
F75
E76
E72
SH I . . - RIBBON LlF T
SHI ~--~R~I~BB~O~N~H~O~L~D~--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-----------------------------------------,
RIBBON
HOLD
"C68
+ r D53
+16V
+5V
Q
1 ~
SHI . ._-~RA=________________1~~,
3
G52
2.2K
12
13
4
+~;53
D62
II
~m
2.2 K
C62
2.2K
10
SHI . .-+~RA~-----------------------.--~----~
+16V
,J:
~7
+16V
j
~ G55
'ff,
G58
24
26
J3
J3
G56
10
RIBBON
DRIVE
+5V
~
C65
IK
G57
E~;b
~
f
] : 62.2K
3
10
5 )5 6
--{
IK
B62
4
3
3K
D65
1.5K
t-
+16V
~
lEGS
F64
B61
m
E38
910
1/2W
W
E39
910
1/2W
30 J3
D41
-
"'lv
~G62
+40V
JI
+16V
ES4
1 ~
13
SHI . .--~R~B~--------------~~~~
12
2.2~
C62 d
~
+16V
E58
2.2K
9
D62
9
SHI . .-+~R~B------------------------~--~----~
},
2.2 K
8
II~
9
~~o
E57
~
(
4
16
E56
,
~
20
22
J3
J3
E ~5
W
E61
~E63
E~14
~
t-
G60
20K
+I:"
2.2 K
2$}-C62
D
RIBBON COIL
28 J3
J~ov ~H--+-'K-----+--~
"E66
+5V
\b,. )C63
~
C62
15
~
B63~
C62
II
JI
10 +40V
~CHASSIS
GND
+16V
+
JI
7 +16V
A71
10
63V
C77
.1
100V
r::\KEY
JI~ +5V
JI
0+
5V
-=- j
+
A77
~~~v :
A74
.1
50V
+1A681[i]
'f.-'
125v 150V
T}O
2
JI
9r---~~~~-e---~--~~__.
JI
5
GND
JI
r----..
6r----..
Figure 7-10b
PCE PCB ASSEMBLY
Sheet 2 of 2
302660-10/-11
Rev D
NOTES: Unless otherwise specified;
:+:IN:T:Rj[~:i~: : ~[: :~lt:,~ [;l!; ;:~l l ~: : : : : : : :;~ ~ ~ : : : : : : : : : ~: : : : : : _+~5'VI 16!'B!K!'~T~Y:P!B~P!LCjSij~ ~=r~: : ~=l~: : ~ : : : : ~i!~ ~
J2 7
+5V
ADI
...J.Q.
09
B9
BII
BI2
270
270
IK
IK
J5 24 +1 MS RTC
+CLOCK
J526
3~34
+5V
~ RST5.5
~ RST6.5
7 RST7.5
II
I XI
~~13Xi'6'-41",0'-______"12 X2
----v
E6
6.BK
E6
INTR
9
E6
6.BK 6.BK
11
6
10
AD4 16
5
AD5 17
9
I
+AD0
+AD I
SH
+AD2
5H
+AD3
+AD4
SH
SH
+AD5
5HZ
+AD6
SH
1. All resistors specified in ohms; 114 watt, 2%,
2. All capacitance specified in microfarads, 50V.
Location F42 is for 1 K RAM. Locations F51, F61,
F70, F80 are for RAMs or ROMs.
When 1 K RAMs are used at F51 and F61, jumpers
E21 and E86 must be in, and jumpers D29 and E77
must be out,
When 2K RAMs are used at F51 and F61, jumpers
D29 and E77 must be in, and jumpers E21 and E86
must be out.
[1J - When 2K (E)ROMs are used at F4, F13, F23 and
W
AD61~::~----------~,_t-t-t-t-t-t-t------------------+----------------~~~~~~4~-t-t-t-r-r-r-r-__~~~----t-t-------~~+~A~D~7~~~~~
I
I
AD7r
AS 21
A9
AIO
All
AI2
8
+ADDR8
22
23
24
25
I
~U
35 READY
J3 5 r:-",C",O",NT!...,.-"P",NL",.!.I__+S""T"'AT!,!US""=____________-"-5 SID
JI B -POWER DOWN
2 I~A=>132=-----------..;6"- TRAP
7
13
AD2 II:
AD3
813
CPU
3
J2 5 +RDY
E6
AD0 12
AI4 27
AI5
+ADDR9
+ADDR 10
+ADDRII
+ADDRI2
+ADDRI3
I
I
2B
RD 32
I
I
I
SH
SH
SH
SH2
SH2
~
+ADDR 14
SH2
+ADDR 15
5H
I
RD
./jg\ J5
",RWN~3~1------------+I-I~-+-+~~~I----------------~------+-+-~-1--~~--+-t-~rf-+_t-r----________t-+-______~~W~R~~~
SOD 4
I
-CLEAR ~~ J5
IO/MM~34i-----------._+_+_+_+_+_+_+_+_----------------_4--------+_+_+_+_+_,_+_+_--+_+_+_+_t_t_t_t_--___________t_t--------~+~I~O~/~M~~~ JS
~
+HLDA~;0J2
~2
38
ThINITTAA~I~I----------_+_+~~1_1_+_+_+_----------------+_------1_+_+_+_+_r_r_r__i_+_+_t_r_r_ri_--__________-r_r----------~I~N~TA~{4'
SI 33
ALE 30
J2
I +HQLD
BI8
22K
IINIT5 WITH CONTROL PANEL
56,57.58 = LMJGUAGE SELECT""
"See HPR05 Interf~ce Manual for detaIls
l~
i~;~K
J,22P
~
=
=
=
=
=
DC1/DC3 IXON/XOFFI ENABLE
TEN PITCH
PAR ITY ENABLE
EVEN PARITY
FULL DUPLEX
120 SPEED (BAUD SELECT)
30 SPEED !BAUD SELECT)
-
+5 V ~
B27
IK
' \
+5V
IK,TYPBPLCS
B64
wHI
CONTROL SWIn:HES
23
6
~
'-------------------------4~RST
A23
~
-DSR
-CTS
4
!!--:,19
t.:
__ OJ
I
~'p!-l
2B PA7
+5V
1/0
E6
RAM
864 IK IK IK IK 6.BK
+RXD
B51
SH3 .....==----------------------Ht~t~~--_----------------------------+_+_l--+_+---'2~9:i PB0
T3-T,"9-T"115""h6
+5vo---·
.....+
...++------------------------------+-1--+-+_+--'3::10 PB I
J4-5'O' -DATA REC
4 IA IT
IY!-"13::......H H...... ,------------------------------+-+_l--+_+---:'::3:11 PB2
J4-11~ +DATA SET ROY 5 2A A31 2yr!L- -<
,-----------------:-::==-=::=:-t_+_l--t-+---'3"'2,PB3
J4-9 ~ +CLR TO SEND 6 3A
3Y rllSC A~O~
5._ 6 )i~~"'9-+--+-+-+---"3.,3 PB4
J4-15~+CARRIER
7 JlECEIVER4y r'2SB : 3 _ 4 I
10
34 PB5
\J' DoToCT
+5 V0-----.-.., IB
SA
I I _ 2 I
II
35 PB6
TI5 116 ~
L
J
1 2 '_6 PB7
JUMPER
BLOCK
J4-23 0 +OPTION2
4 IA
IY 13
5 2A 844 2Y 12
J2 J:L..!i<;\9 01
~8 CE
PC2
J4-IB 0 +OPTION3
'-::;I
061
...2 3A
3ytli-
I
..1 4~ECEIVER4Y p2.
I
r-'!
@]
[Q]
A34, A53, B19, B36, B59, B81, D21, D30, D49,
D60, E4, E30, E31, E39, D49, E61, E68, E76,
F21, F50, F69
Notes continued on page 2.
.~~~_.~-+r-~2~2~K---'----------------_t-----'W~R~I~TE~~.SH2
~~ :::
3 2
CARR
J20 XINTR (XIO)
S~~ +AD
SHe DECODER SELECT
I
[§] -
PC4 r2--t-t--t--t--t--hHf-t-t-t--t--t--MD6B
I
050
2 AS5 D~T:AT~yRM 0 14-J4
PC5 5
071
+5V
~./7
PC3 I
10 +ENANV RAM
SH2
'-t--______-+1~12~----------~~4~--t-+-----------------------------2~5~PA4
*~::~
S
(2] -
~
'C~f--l~~==t=-~-~9~T~X~C======~~
070
I B
I rSA66
I-C..,>+1,!;162.....-o,B2.....I---I--t-j~+__t_+----------------------------"7.2:'11 PA0
21 S2__ 115
7
22
~+IO;:S-::;30-_crC!II"-4-----4!-+6--i--t-+-+-t---------------------------=2=j3 PAl
v
--PA2
~ 113
5
24 PA3
5
~
cE AD0
I
A234
v
[§J
~______~+~A~LE~"SH
L---...! AD2
'-______=-l2 AD3
5 AD4 TXRDY~
'-________"'4
+~v
6 AD5
'-__________"1
I~
'-l--cE AD0
'-____________.!.j7 AD6 RXRDY~
'-__+-+--,1"l3 AD I
PC0 rE'-_______________'B"! AD7 TXD f-1c::9---'~+-"13 B55 \..P -XMIT
DATA o 3-J4
L.____1--f-!'14!j AD2
I
~-----------------,1"'l3 AD
5
L.------~~15~AD3
PCI ~ I
L-t_~~~t_~t_t_t_9_------------_71~0 WR B32
-12V
I AD4
I :~
~ L--~4_4_+-+_+_+_+_~~------------2~0'CLK USART
'---------1--l--"16,
+TXD
o:~V '-+----------''-'-''''-~.. SH3
17
' 1,-----1--1--1--1--1--1--t-t-t-+_-------------<2"l1 RST
'-~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::t:::t~IB~ :~:
E40::22rK____++++++++++--------------::-3:'-j FRl)X'DD
~
r---I B55 '\. +REQUEST 0 7-J4
'---------------f-l-"19~ AD7
~
I
I
I
22 DSR
RTS ~2",3,-__+-_",22J-L.
~
__/./7 TO SEND
~ AD
6
12 C/O
.........!Q WiiTIMEROUTn
069
~ cs
DTR~
~
5 RxC SYN/BD~
r-f-I-I-HHHf-I-I-I-t-t-t-O 0-____--!__-<2""4
A55
+PRINTER a 21-J4
L____________________-'7CjID/"
'-_______________________'I.!ll ALEm
I.::.J
r;:16- E69
17 -CTS T,EMPrc!!L
3
6 READY
' -_________________________'3, TIMER IN
~ GND
+12V
UNITS WITHOUT CONTROL PANEL
52
53
54
55
56
S7
58
[]]
J2
6 J2
~ADI
r----t_t-t_t-t_t_t_t_t_t_t_t------------------t--t-t---t-r-r-r-t-r-t-t~
f
HPR05 CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTIONS
'-..:>
r~3
9V
B -ALE 17 J5
CLKOUT~37L-----~~t_~~~~~~~~~----------------_t--_;
RST~3~----~+-+-t_t_~~~_+_+_+----------------_+__,
39 HOLD
S0~
J2 B}---_+----~~-~R~E~S~T~0~RE~----~------~3,,6 RESETIN
S1 ~ ETX/ACK ENABLE
52 ~ DC1/DC3 IXONIXOFFI ENABLE
53,54.55
OPTIONAL BAUD
RATE 5ELECT'~
+SI
F32, jumpers A60·7/9 and A60·8/10 must be in,
and jumpers E41 and E23 must be out.
When 4K ROMs are used at F4, F13, F23 and F32,
jumpers A60·7/8 and A60·9/10 must be in, or
jumpers E23 and E41 must be in.
For A60 jumper functions see Table 2·1 in
Section 2.
For asynchronous operation, jumpers E69 and D68
must be installed; for synchronous operation,
jumpers D69 and D70 must be installed.
For active half·duplex current loop or an active
receiver current loop in full·duplex, jumper B37
must be installed or J4 pins 19 & 20 must be
connected.
A61 = 750 ohms, 1 watt for 20 ma current loop,
A61 = 240 ohms, 1 watt for 60 ma current loop,
For an active transmitter current loop in fullduplex, jumper A52 must be installed, or J4
pins 8 & 10 must be connected.
A64 = 750 ohms, 1 watt for 20 ma current loop.
A64 = 240 ohms, 1 watt for 60 ma current loop:
For half·duplex current loop, jumper A51 must be
installed, or J4 pins 10 & 16 must be connected,
IY2p:-::
IG
7 RD
*rc
~
IYI~
L....2r IB
1-
~
a
WR
15
14
Y2 13
DECODER
E25
6 E3
~~
Y3
1
Y4
+-+_+_+_+_+_-----------------I-I----":4<1E
I~ I
Y5
9-t-t-+-+-----------------~-----"5<1 E2
Y6
A B cY7
I 2 13
12
_ROMI JV
ROM2
ROM3
SH2
SH2
SH2
ROM4
5HZ
II -INIT SCAN
Tl\J3
10 -LD swa UPDATE SCA~S3
9
SHIFT INP T REG 9 (3)"J3
7 -UPDATE OUTPUT RffiJ41 J3"
JI
DECODER
~--I-+-+
__~4QEI
~r-r-t-~6;E3
~
Y4t~~"I~I-+-------*-(R~0~M~5~)-+--~E~N~A~BL~E~R~A~M~la~2--"SH2
Y5 10
Y6 9
Y7 7
ABC
IT
1----'1
E3B
470
__--!__________+--~P~R~IN~T~E~R_S~E~L~E~C~T__-{20J5
YIn!±.Y2tC~II~'3______________-t_-~N~V~RA~M~S~E~L~EC~T~__~SH2
y3hlS-
y~~15~
E44
2
(ROM6)
(ROM7)
(ROMB
RAM 3
-RAM4
RAM 5
SH2
SH2
SH2
-<>---------'t
JI8~12V:!--_----_ _
-12V
3
NOTE: See the back of this sheet for the
-XX History Summary for this PCB.
..l...
=
Figure 7-11
HPR05 PCB ASSEMBLY
Sheet 1 of 3
302779-XX
Rev T
-xx HISTORY SUMMARY
FOR HPR05 ASSEMBLY 302779-XX
HPR05 PCB ASSEMBLY
302779-XX
Rev T
ASSY REVISION LETTER
REVISION HISTORY
(See -XX History Summary table to the right for the assembly dash number history.)
REV
p;B
C
D
E
F
ECO
B1390
B1694
B1939
B2111
B2234
B2282
ETCH
-03
-03
-04
-05
-05
G
B2385
-05
H
B2407
-05
J
B2564
-05
K
B2647
-05
L
B2722
-05
M
B2775
-05
N
P
B2855
B2911
-05
-07
S
B2987
B3033
-07
-07
T
B3078
-07
R
ACTION
Releases Bill of Material (B/M).
B/M updated Schematic and assembly drawing added
Firmware corrections. No schematic change. (See FSA #9.)
Releases -04 PCB etch.
Releases -05 PCB etch.
B/M corrected to include capacitors A42, B28 and B81 on Basic Current Loop and Basic RS-232-C configurations of the HPR05 PCB.
Assys -01 and -03 without the caps. are replaced by assys -05 and
-06 with the capacitors. Units without the caps. may experience
intermittent Print Check conditions.
Changes cap. at A42 from 0.1 to 0.22 mFd to delay drop of
-RESTORE at power-down so CPU doesn't reset during parameter
storage. (See FSA # 11.)
Releases new base firmware 302836-03, 302837-03; and new options
firmware 302838-02, 302839-02.
(See FSA #17.)
The -03 base
firmware includes provisions for VDE compliance.
Battery circuit changed in Expanded HPR05 to ensure normal
battery shelf-life. (See FSA #23.)
Revises circuit controlling -RESTORE signal to CPU to prevent
power-up error condition. (See FSA #25.)
Changes from 1K to 2K RAM devices. Changes ROM 4 firmware
so bit 5 of ESC SUB 1 command in Remote Diagnostics represents
"Printer Idle" instead of "Buffer Overflow".
Releases new options firmware 302839-04 for Expanded HPR05 to
prevent problem wherein parameters are not saved in non-volatile
RAM at power-down.
Changes DIP switch to type that can be wave soldered.
Etch -07 replaces etch -05. Releases revised HPR05 assembly with
new battery circuit, new restore line and some component changes
for cost reduction and ease of manufacturing.
B/M corrections; no schematic change.
Jumper configuration change on special HPR05.
No effect on
standard HPR05 assemblies. No schematic change.
Removes resistor from location E40 to compensate for board
mis-layout at -07 etch (should be no component at location E40).
NON
VDE
Basic RS232C
Expnd RS232C
Basic Cur. Loop
Expnd Cur. Loop
VDE
Basic RS232C
Expnd RS232C
Basic Cur. Loop
Expnd Cur. Loop
wp* RS232C
*x
=
B-E
F
G
H
J
-01
-02
-03
-04
05
02
06
04
05
02
06
04
05
02
06
04
05 18 18 18 18
13 19 x
06 x
16 20 20 x
07
08
09
10
11
07
14
09
15
11
K
21
22
23
24
25
L
21
22
23
24
25
M
21
26
23
24
25
N
21
26
23
24
25
P
R
S
T
31 31 31 31
32 32 32 32
33 33 33 33
34 34 34 34
35 35 35 35
The "WP" (Word Processor) version is the same as Expanded RS232C except that it
is not equipped with the nonvolatile RAM and battery for parameter storage
and "Here Is •••" •
= "dropped"
SOLID STATE COMPONENTS USED
IC's:
8085A
8155
8251A
MK4118 P3
5101L-1
7406
74LS14
74LS138
74LS139
74LS373
75150P
75154
78M12
TIL117
B13
B51
B32
F51,
E70
A23
A13
E25,
B25
E64
A55,
A31
B84
A39,
F61
E44
B55
B39, B47
Masked ROM's: (Refer to Model 630 Parts Catalog)
ROM 1
F4
ROM 2
F13
ROM 3
F23
ROM 4
F32
Diodes:
1N4454
1N5231B, 5.1 V
1N5236B, 7.5V
Resistor Packs:
1K, 14-pin
6.8K, 14-pin
A43, D73, D75
E77
A45
B64
E6
Transistors:
2N2219A
A47
+ISV
A62
1.5K
J4 -20 0
RECEIVE SOURCE
J4-19 0
+RECEIVE DATA
A61
1.5K
12]1 8 37
+5V
I
;-- ---o;;TOi--
--l
5
+5V
~
I
A39
I
L ____________ ...J
I
I
2
J4-16 0
6
-RECEIVE DATA (RTN)
4
II
62B
IK
@]
~I~O__~____________________________________~+~RX~D~~SHI
1M [ill
835
390
[!lIAS'
+16V
+5V
840@]
B2
A63
1.5K
A64
1.5K
I
5
r- --------l
I
I
I
839
L
___________
...1I
I
I
OPT02
XMIT SOURCE
~
B-J4
ill I A52
264
842
+5V
653
IB2 @]
0
__------------------------------------------------------------------~--------~+~X~MIc:;T...:D~A~JA~_40 10-J4
3
1M
2
,- - - - - - - - ---,
I
I
5
A47
OPT03
I
.-:;.
I
I
647
L ____________
JI
2
SHI _+,-,Tc:;X:.:D,-...:1-"-t3
2
6 852
4
-XMIT DATA(RTN)©12_J4
lOOK@]
XMI~13_J4
Figure 7-13
HPR05 PCB ASSEMBLY
Sheet 3 of 3
302779-XX
Rev T
J4
J2
~
-PW STROBE
~ 21
J4.J2~
~
STROBE'~~r (»1 ..90'
(Ill
(-CHARACTER STROBE)
17
CAR
(4)~
~~_
(2)1 390'"'
OPT STROBE
J4,J2@
14,}-~
'(7)
(7)
(2)
~-':"___~-=-
(-PAPER FEED"': S;:O:E
16, f,';;\
J3 ,\lVl--------'+~AO'-'-'----.j
J3
mi'l.o'
~ I
-
B71
1 3 r . - - - - - : 12
~Pf:
'i~,--L/
i' :;: ~F':
131
112
:
470
1tMi~
941
470
i
.-'\..,,2""1....'•0
180
"'V'+~V
u./ I
II
12
__________________-~lK
B
~
J4:~~~
~ ~~
44X46X48X5
J4 J2 ~
8 23
J3 26
J2
02 9
03--"-----
• D.
r-----++-+-t-l-'1--r-~I~D2
II
~
unIteD
(16)
(10)1
DATA<
IK
390
II")
1-
Ik
L-I--l--+-+-+--+--I_I-'''''' DI
42
I D2
J4
J4
J2 DATAT
113)1 IBO
.--+-+++-+-+-I-I1-'2,D3
43~~~~--+--<>----t-t----~,
(l3)~
",':::'6=+-_""".,,',,2,..,.
I>-+--I--l--+-+-+-""'IWA
J2
(16)
12
10
45l=-~~--+1""7):----t-II-")+---.-~--.Jo;..
J4
J2
DATA 0
3VO
DATA 0
----l--++-++'"'A"'D,,"'--"'7"107
Q7 18
2 A6
06 16
Q4 6
08 IV
I A7
07 17
+AD 7
18 08
.----ll E
I.., GW
~LO_C______- J
'-+-+~'RB
o. "
J4
J2
12
I
J4
n
13
842
liB)
IK 'l~
.4.
-DATA 10
~
15 01
I D2
~
9\-=-~DA~T~A~11---'___________t_t------o-,r
~
~-+-_-,1"i8 AIIIPO/PGM
tfis\
~
'7)
J4
J
-=-
1 IO)~
r
\14)
B22
1IiJ.... B73
,~.)o
il
::-n
--ilL
-
'01
:10
II7L ___ J
.00
7)
":'
D4
13 WB
Pl5 ~
32
5 C~'::><>-'--+-+-~
PIS 33
l'OOPF
OOV
~
4
I
SII'ITCH IJECOO£R
L..--r.!- B
I ceo 2
~
15 2C
~ 2G
A73
6
II
_ COVER OPEN
I COVER INTER lOCK)
:3
J4
5 ~
~
J2 J4
28 ~
-PRINTER READY
ON 5
..
.-,o('.ON6
DeDR IY '1o-"'-I_'!!!0+--o-S'S6,,'""'0''''''
0'N+,7,-+
IY21o"4--+_",9+--o--;;;97;;';0'''''''
ONpB,
A64
e
J2
:5
IY0b"--I,--"I'I--o.S.;;;'O-'V"'f'---,
Ie
~ IG
L_+'L A
PI7 34
~
~::b"'-l_''''6+--o-;SB;-'';t)-''0'''Nrl~
10
15
SI"';:ON 2
2YI b"'-l-"',.+--o8L+-++~
r----v
3
NOTES; (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
I. ALL RESISTANCES SPECIFIED IN OHMS
2. ALL RESISTORS ARE t 2'"1.,I/4WATT.
3. ALL CAPACITANCE SPECIFIED IN
MICROFARADS.
4. NO. IC PINS VCC GND
PI3 30
PI4
-,",PEROUT
J4
-GRL
G -GAH
055 /"
021
~.3K
t-~~--~~I~.~~~~1~2------------~~~--,-4_------~A!!!D~DR~·'---------------~8 J3
V
~ 882 ~"~-O-----_+=:.....-_+-+_t-l-lr-r---'
_ ADOR 0
~
-=~+--+-+-----""1' ""'t:l~O!,I0<------_t-+-11-+--t----=-="'-'~--------I7 J3
QW
(>--+++--,'''-I RA
Q--++~4'-1R.
~~G.
,+-+++_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _'__+!C!!!RE=9"'TO"'R"'E-"._ _ _--'
~ 4~~B[~L~P.~I~NT~.~R~---O-~7.»--~:t.;I"p!~:1>i~,·~1
(:~.
•
12
13r~R!:ES!!JTC!!0~RE=--":'t«;f'!!L"I--I-_;:~,,~r:-":!:-~·~M:t->-,r'14~
~;~ +fv
D.
MEM
REG
14 WI.
r
J2 -DATAI2
'8)1 '180'
2 10~~~--~~--1_+_--------'
10) l."]~
t.rD22.114
J4 J2
~)
100
J4
2
PIZ 29
XTAL2
A
4~
9
39
(Ia)
C
28
+~V
:::
J3
HlE
PII
•••
23 AI
~+lnt'RTC
~
J2
J2
~A":'~Q~~~~\:~;~,~~O:N
04 14
010
~CS
-
3 _ RIB.ON OUT
J4
~
~
r ....
V
CPU
(16)
P2D~2!O!1--------.
-=+~V
7.~~~:~OST~: :O~~N ~~:~~~;;EA~ THE
842
I S SS C42 P21 22
:\0;2
IN I )
P22 23
oC
IK
INTERFACE.
P23 ~
B44
I»
(!] ~~~!~I~N~ MOST BE OUT FOR NORMAL
P~~~~----+-+-+~------------------------+-~VVV---<~--~
~
~
~I~K__________~-~P~S~__________--i20J3
P20 36
CLR
~J3
47.
P26 ~7
10 or-HSV
~
P271.1..
!!L--+-+++----''''--1'0-55- 'IJ'"IL._ _ _ _--'
110) f.------,
02~
021l0 LI-+-Cl.
~i>-______~3
9-+-++_!!'2~GW
(IOlT .B?:2.
!>CLK
J
b".'-_=-"'C"'AR::..::R:::.DY'-_ _ _-,'(26 J2
~
~:
B~2
C64
055 }'-''-.'-I-1~"." D~
•
Po'
. ~ ClK
9
~~~2~~~>----i--------------~2~XT~1
o-+--+--+-+---",,~. C22
-1110·
r
ID
13 JK-FF
~ B~6
14 WA
T
IK
JK-FF
":'
1
470
3 D4
01
842
1
J2
A42 /"Jc-)L
'_-=-:.!:!PF'--RO!D~Y_ _ __{34 J2
J
21 06':;'
+.V
L - - ._ _- '
..L-
3
I
I~
wa 031
8
II
O•
can
ST~8~
II~I",,----_,
Q
REG
IS 01
-'0-0·
3'0
>",!J~
J4
REG'ISTER
·C82
I
MEM
~)
(lZtl.
~
f7\'vi:S. - DAT"
J2
-==-
4
10
• RA
~R.
1111~
J4
I
~GR
390
~36
J4 J2
5 39 -DAT"
J
33
I
L-.i!-I __ • \. 0
~, C6~
13
01
13
l...1&v390
DATA 2
J4
6
~
I
7
+ CLOCK
J4 J2
37 - DATA I
~
(lZ1T .822
J4 J2
~
~
0
c.,".-
0
~_ _ _---,1::;201G'''
B22,,,
'Bffo
f3'
l§; ·
'2
14 VIA
+.v
-RIBBON LIFT
(B1
COUNTER
L--~I-ID2
2 D3
3 D.
J423 25 27X29X31}-----
OBI
13 JK-FF
~ClK
~AO/SO~
L.!-.'J----....
COMMAND R£G'ISTERS
J2~
J4 33 35
0820f!--
oov
'--+-+--i-4-1-1------------+-------,
DII.D32,
~:'. D7'.
~32}-
'*
~I>CL'
082
'L1
ani,881,
J3~
~
J2 2 8XIIXI~
l.!t DO-FF
P 0.!L -
O-FF
::::
r
+;1V
, Uol
'.3,:2
LL~.!..
A 153, "54.
BII, B2!,
:~:
10~/l-'·'--+---~'
~--~~~~~-4-4--------------~'
V
....,....,
7 A42
•
L(9)-lif-.J
":'
10
..
+AD 7
49
0....--/
';"t-;;~J It-U-';'
~ I~
r,===:====i:;:~====~tt1l1~===pw==1---·+,~~v:::-~~-j}nf-l!r;-'~f!I
U
r
I f4
I ~
log~~: [~2.7K
-= ~t!- ":' r4;~
~fL ":' r/f:~J:'V
"00t··IK 2
6
A43~~3~-=-~PW~RD~Y---~27
2
•• 1 064 ,1""_1--"-1-
PF
CAR
+.V
"'!"'_ _-'-l'
r_-------------------------------------1-t----------------~12l~0~6~4~.~
OPT
~fIi\>-----~+~A~D~.--~
J4
..9
c-------------------------~~----------~ I
i'
II
470......,r;oy
J3~}----~+~AD~.-~
J2(
I~I
· -..
_____I+~A~D~2~_~
J3 12}~~~~____~+~A~D~.~_~
J2
rn "
-LJ
I
~
12
19k~~lh;~~)~~,=,~---±,=,~--~~~-------::r-:-:::+-'-:::::±'
f=lif-L""D..-f'~~"'T-,;siA!l7.,~~
IO~O'''-'~I...~-tn:>-l
15 (-
J4,J2
J3
IBO
(4)~
PF STROBE
PF MAIN STROBE)
1Ir.-----;IO
~+5V
(lJ%-
",BA,-
GRl
GRH
-ADDR 9
ADDR B
+ SEL PftlNT a
Figure 7-14.
HPR06 PCB ASSEMBLY
302840-01
Rev A
HPR06 PCB ASSEMBLY
302840-01
Rev A
REVISION HISTORY
REV
-p;-
ECO
B2220
ASSY
-01
ETCH
-01
ACTION
Releases HPR06 circuit board assembly for production.
SOLID STATE COMPONENTS USED
IC's:
7404
B55
74LS04
C55
7407
B64
74LS08
D64
74LS20
C64
74LS32
D55
74LS74
D82
74LS112
C73,
74LS156
A64
74LS221
C82
74LS373
BI0
74LS670
C22,
A42,
75452
C42
8035
8837
B31,
ROM, 2K x 8 Bit
Resistor Packs:
lK
180/390 ohm
B42
B22
D73
C31, D22, D31
A43, A55, A56, B82
B73
DI0
ITYPICAL --;S~-----~
I AI4-XX
:
I
AI4 I
I
14
: I
I
I I
U
+SV
-PF STROBE
(-PAPER FEED MAIN STROBE)
-CAR STR08E
(-CARRIAGE STROBE)
-OPrION STR08E
(-PAPER FEED Aux. STROBE)
:
4
-DATA 9
(-DATA 256)
-D~TA 512)
10
(-DATA
r.w
~
I
AI4
IK
~ 50
~ 60
L-____.!.17!..17D
L--'=====t'~-:'~'I,~9t=13tj';::====4:j'·~8D
3 10
820
L-----------+I----1'--~---<>----------~___'Ol4 20
+CD0
~
5C74 ~---------------"l3 10
MEMORY
ADDRESS LATCH
20
Ir-;======:jj4
1 3D
A30
~---~14:!j6D
~------111.J7 70
~ 80 0- C
C21 10
n
REAL
TIME
CLOCK
IQf!2~--------------------'.'lAa
DIJ1-9"-______________-.-__---"l3 10
10 2
2Q 5
7 AI
6 A2
DI 10
02 II
2Q 5
3Q 6
4Q 9
50 12
60 15
A3
4 A4
:3 A5
D5 IS
70 16
AS
06 11 "
E BQ 19
I A7
D1 17
l~
A26
270
"
~------I_4'----~23~A.
I
19 AIO
18 All
II
A38
I
IOl}---------------LI~~'~---------------r~St4~0~~~OO~'9~----II~~
~
L ~J
OC
-DATA I
37'))------...,
~8~lA\T
36,)f-------...,
-DATA 3
39')}----,
{-DATA 41
~_'
1"
,20
+CCMDI
63
+CCM02
+PDI
~ 20
+--H----'!..j 3D
30 6
1~~=t~'==:J°~40
•
13 SO
....~_+++_--_':'l14 60
IIIII
"70
11111
18 SO
4a~9t===============~=
5Q~2
030
+PD3
+PD4
6Q~I=-S____________- ,
70 '6
SO'9
,-J"
-=-
+PD2
20 5
E
814
+CD5
62
~~10~----~,O~2----------~
C57
~LI
61
+PD0
I
(-DATA I)
~
70 ,,6
sa I,q
DC
BDE
VPP~
B60
60 IS
70 16
+CD3
+CD4
60
cs
VCC~
4af:9~==t'
=\'===;l
5a~2
17 70
If\
+CD2
4 0 1J9L..--------------'
50 12
50 15
040
14 60
I I
IK
14
4 20
7 30
40
[0, 50
lo,+~V
22 '9
I
+SV
lOla
[)3113
D4 14
830
+CDI
OUTPUT LATCHES
14K X8 ROM/ERO")
3Q 6
~-----------"l8 40
I
-DATA 12
1/2)
12
1.?J,-!F
C60
7.SK
9
L-____________-:-1__+1__....____________+_7;,J3D
470
+SV
I
5MHz CLOCK
856
..........'3:!..j./l57
I
10 2
20 S
30 6
E
- DATA II
(-DATA 1024)
(-DATA
1
II
n
12
II
814
I.
~470
S
INPUT BUFFER
P--R
IK
B53
~
13
+SV
(
2
3~ II
19)}---------------+L~_~_~~------------~-+--~'O
23
I AS7
1.?J,~F
~~------------~,~~----------~-T~--~9~~~
I
1 A57~6)_<
A53
851
4701
EI4
'2
)EU
I
i
: 10 :
I
-RIBBON LIFT
1
J3
~------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------_454
. -________~1~3 50
5}---------------T:~9~------------_._T--~1~0~~~
I
(-RIBBON LIFT COMMAND)
A57 4
~
~1~------------~1~~~+-------------~~~1~20
I
855
470
, - - - - - - 1 D f------,
£1"7,, :,../'~',~ ____! ____ J
J~
-PW STROBE
I
I
I
I
I
390:
INPUT LINE
r---'
(-CHARACTER STROBE)
5MHz XTAL
180
+r
+SV
5MHz CLOCK
I
OC
~
- DATA 4
(-DATA 8)
1
40)
+PD5
38)
+PCMDI
37
+PCMD2
~------.::: . : : : : :
~
J
(:.~iAA'6T
-DATA 6
(-DATA 321
+RIB LIFT
+RIB HOLD
+R18 ENABLE
-DATA 7
50
SMD
-DATA 8
52
SMD
(-DATA 64)
(-DATA 128)
OPTION
JUMPERS]
814
IK
rst
STROBE
LATCH
1.5K 1.5K 1.5K LSK 1.51< 1.51<
A65
~~~ _ (:r-..:12=t----.!jI__"-3f--1"4l--",,Sl--'-"2+---"4e--l--'=1~ ~:
-SINGLE SHEET
+Sv
f~35+9V
S3
II 3A
S2
14 4A
IY~
SS
I 3 I. 8GG 2Y~
S6
I 6 28
3Y~
J3
_
L!g 3B
4Y 12
32f---------------____----________________---"I13 4B
I
I
CAR POS-8
65
PWPOS'A
45
PW POS-8
46
~ I.~ l.SK
:.6
1.5K 1.5K
l-____________________..._____________+-...!£j'2
14 B2
+CAR EVEN
GG
COU
2 NT I10
f·t
+;,V CGG
5K I.SK
ill
C21
P21 22
P22 23
P23 24
L ______--"'S'-IOB3
~==
L_=_=_=_=_=_=_==~.!;:~;'-Ig:
A40
+SV"-"iI;AiV37",::.'K~____~~7 EA
3
-=- 7
A3
5
+SV~S
"
33 PI6
pl0
27 PI4
,---
48
+l-.V
-SELECT PRINTER
(-PRINTER SELECT)
-PAPEROUT
-ENDOFRI8BON
S
n
+l5V
A36
-
I
-=
~~~
e
3
"
B60
9
12 C58
UrI
I
-t__________t-______________-'15"('~~~~____2Y::IY:J~~1
I
• II
~
A36 ')'
J
04
DC
34
L.JJ
}b'~~c~---------(0
?r ~\.b'S!"'-'__________.{(5
i1'V:
A13)
1
9 IK
DI2
./f'-Toe
.
~
I 6J
fD'~",-----------'{
I 2,..J E3
P2637
~~3~
I
l
+5V
2.
rn
4.
ALL RESISTORS ARE
- PW READY
(-INPUT BUFFER READY)
- PF READY
(-INPUT BUFFER READY)
3
-OPT READY
-COVER OPEN
(+CQVER INTERLOCK)
- PAPER OUT
~4
IN OHMS,
cr
2%
HtiS SHEET.
B14(1(il·~
,,1
+~'I
''0'I" PIN"
PINS I-fl,
+5Y
390
6~'
.,~w,
RESISTOR PACKS
+SV
8-13
.-:
l'
C66 (16 pm DIP)
+5'1 Q
Pltil6
PIN"
I."
f'ltiS 1-15
PIN 7
69}-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~~~~-+___________________________________...l
~
67}-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~~------------------------------------------------------~
55}-----------______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________...J
+PF ENA8LE
+PF A
+PF 8
ALL CAPACITORS AAE IN MICIlO! AIlADS
SEE PPI JUMPER LIST ON BACK
A14 114 pin DIP)
C66-12
1.51<
- CAR READY
(-INPUT BUFFER READY)
NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
1.
Bl4
7
-=?~F
"~3,,-_________
- CHECK
.....7'-Clr--,
, -________...;
I
2 4 ....--..
,----------------------:--.....:;'C74
-CO 2 +CO~J
+116V@]
+sv~65 9
8
4'K
CI2
A57·':X~---+--------~"'---------------------...J
13 27K
012
W-d foe
1-M
'J:3~__________-«
.t'VSS ______P27 3S
+~V
863 T
10_ _~10
6 E17
E2h
8
rv';'!1'-~,""""¥9L_/
470 E15-b
220pFI
J
IK
34~~'7~ ~P2~S~~~9~C~7~4~~======~~~9====t=~==============~~F=~====================================================::
I
RESET/INITIALIZE
3
I
D4 }b'0'-c------426
EI2 "o:6+-+-__
I'
C22"~----------~======================:T--------~=---------t_----~~--------------------------------...J
+5V
JI
20K
8 f-------------------________....____-"3::o1 n "::: 12
J3
+COVEROPEN
4JEE22
1
:
: 6 ,'
13)}---------------.;.....~--------=,.------'lQj!....__
L__ .J
-POWER OOWN
I
-!):
:
I
-RESTORE
J
TL-""B",'4"",>--.:,1:1E22
J4
A4
IK lOT
J...
24)}----------------:-r..
-'+-------------+_
'-'2<:i.__n....,
:
G50
+~V 814-8 24
IYI~
IY2P!-2Y3h..2-...
2Y01::12
I
2Y1
II
- PRINTER READY
j
r-:3
L _______---+----,:4:!.j~~;ET
-PWHOME
2B
IB
~
L~h~:;"...C-----I112
G:d
,-=N
@
L~ r--.
I
J4
~h:K~~C--~28
P24~h57
10
C741>4D-<~S,-'--_____T----f----------------------------~I'<_::r---'1'
~J
- END OF RIB80N
(-RIBBON OUT)
L
__
J
__
J~I.~SK~-Lj
________________L+j================~2~~=~/:",,:DC..:...__________-{
J3 + HAMMER FIRE
~
CGG
E4
__________ 49
~~~=================!~~=========!~====i===~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~3~'
7
LB 2A
+5V
~ PIS
.
I
.. 1
pr,-.---,y-'Op!
~
~
PROG~
~ ~g~6========~~I~'~=t======:::===:::::::::=::::::~~9~8 ~:~
"
I
:rIS"'0__
L--__________--1:Ii!.jOB7 MPU
+5V~
I I:
PSEN 9
P20 21
6L+-======:::;::~~;:;:::::;:;:=tt:::;;:~~===j39~~T~1
6 INT
n
E2 Rs1'2INC2
i
47
~
SA
61-_IO+-E_4_8~0_-8------_'::l~:: E[6\'""1, 1~;2>('y2'--1H'~
3,.n C2~ .::;:h,: U C21 S
~;~ E49 ~~ 1 IO%-:!::,"
I II tftttfl
I
I
VC~LEJ!.U
L ____~1~4 DB2
L _________________
40.
OUTPUT DRIVERS
I
OI~SL--+----_+_++_~--++_------------_+_+---:------.---------_+~~_,
':9~i+9V I
I
I
~ OB0
L __--.!131jOBI
POSITION DECODER
I
+PW EVEN
126
VOO
L-......! T~
C66
I
64
+9V
L2 X2
I
CAR POS-A
874
I
I
IS
2 X1S5
I
I
I
I I I
: DC: Q 6
[}]
5.
WHERE SPRINT 3 SIGNAL DESIGr;flflONS DIFFER rROM
THOSE OF THE HyTyPl! II ON TIll', :£HEMATIC, THE
SPRINT 3 DESIGNATION IS Llsn!) IN PARENTHESES ( ).
PI~1-I5
Figure 7-15.
PPI PCB ASSEMBLY
Sheet 1 of 2
Rev L
320270-XX
Diodes:
PPI PCB ASSEMBLY
320270-XX
Rev L
D60, D62, D63, D65, D74, D76, D77, D79, E68, E69, F70, F71, G60,
G62, G63, G65, G71, G74, G76, G77, G79, G82
D61, D64, D75, D78, G61, G64, G75, G78, G83
E66
1N4002
For later revision levels of the PPI PCB assembly, see Figures 7-15a, 7-16a, and 7-17a.
1N4454
1N5822
REVISION HISTORY
C
ECO
B2294
B2397
B2400
-01
-01
ETCH
-01
-01
-01
D
B2436
-01
-02
E
B2525
-01
-02
F
B2583
-01/-02/
-03
-02
G
B2619
-03
-02
REV
p;B
H
ASSY
B2666 -04
-02
J
B2747
-04/-05
-02
K
B2845
-04/-05
-02
L
B2875
-06/-07
-02
ACTION
Releases Bill-of-Material (B/M) to production.
Releases schematic and assembly drawings.
Releases masked ROM to replace EROM for PPI control
program.
Releases -02 etch; obsoletes -01 etch. Adds 270-ohm
resistor at A26 for production test.
Cap. at A70
changed from 0.1 to 6.8 mFd. Cap. at A68 changed
from 6.8 to 0.1 mFd
Transistors of Diablo PIN 10105 replaced by PIN 13070
for better thermal and moisture absorption properties.
Releases -02 and -03 assemblies.
Releases new
firmware.
On -01 assembly, resistor C59 changes to
97.6K to reduce audible noise from paper feed circuit.
Obsoletes -01 and -02 assemblies. Releases upgraded
firmware (ROM PIN 100510-04 replaces 100510-01). No
schematic change.
Releases -04 assembly; obsoletes -03 assembly. Adds
wired-in 9.1K resistor to +16V from PF ENABLE line,
replacing 1.5K resistor C66. See FSA #45 for recommended field correction procedure.
Releases -05 version. (With -04, -COVER OPEN signal =
LO when cover is opened; with -05, the polarity is
reversed.)
Component changes to improve manufacturability. No
schematic change.
Obsoletes -04/-05 assemblies. Releases -06/-07 assemblies with upgraded firmware 100506-06 (EROM) or
100510-05 (MROM). New firmware changes P/W tables
as noted in PPI jumper list on this sheet. (See FSA
# 35B for change details.)
Transistors:
2N3644
2N4401
2N5322
E76, F65
E63, F73
E73, F66, F74
Resistor Packs:
180/390, 14-pin
1K, 16-pin
1.5K, 16-pin
A14
B14
C66
PPI JUMPER LIST
Jumper Block AA5
Note:
This table (jumpers 51-54) is for units with firmware at P.pl board location 830
at or above level 100506-06 (EROM) or 100510-05 (MROM). (See Rev L in Revision History)
For print wheel select table for earlier firmware, see the PPI Interface Manual.
§.1 S2
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
A65
IlIJ
fJU
I-JIJ
IIIJ
Ill]
111-]
S1
82
83
84
85
86
a
a
a
a
1
a
a
a
a
1
74LS257
B66
74LS373
A30
74LS374
A20, B20, D30, D40
75453B
C12, D4, D12, E3, E4
75472
E62, E74
2075 (Darlington)
D55, D80,
F55, F80
8039
A40
556
B60
Notes:
Jumper Block A3
2
Io
4
fJ_D
0
6
B30 (Refer to the Model 630 Parts Catalog)
8
U_D
CJ_D
135
Masked ROM
a
1
a
1
0
1
a
1
a
1
a
1
a
1
a
1
0
a
1
1
a
a
1
1
a
a
1
S5
a
a
1
1
IC's:
A57
C74, E55, E80
E12
C21
B74
E22
C50
D49
Print Wheel Selection
Plastic Pica 1a (See Note 3 below)
Plastic APL
Plastic KANA
Plastic German (Pica laA only)
Plastic 96 WP Sort
Plastic French
Plastic NORSK
Plastic Scandia
Xerox Metal 96'
Metal APL
Diablo Metal 96 HyType II Sort
Metal German 96
Rank Xerox Metal 92 (U.K.) HyType II Sort"
Metal French 96
Diablo Metal 96
Diablo Metal 96 WP Sort
S4
*Supports 88- and 92-character wheels, but to prevent printing on print wheel
flag, missing spoke position should not be addressed. Do not use this selection
during Self-Test.
* *Supports 88-character wheels, but do not address missing spokes. Do not use
this selection during Self-Test.
SOLID STATE COMPONENTS USED
7404
7406
74LS13
74LS14
74LS74
74LS132
74LS139
74LS174
S3
a
a
7
I
1-2
2-4
5-7
6-8
56
a
1
a
1
Function
Operation
Option 1
Option 2
Option 3
~Jormal
"1" = Jumper In
"0" = Jumper Out
2) Sl = 0 = Plastic Wheel
Sl = 1 = Metal Wheel
3) Jumper configuration 0000 is recommended for all plastic
wheels except those listed separately above.
4) Jumper configuration 1000 is recommended for all 88-character
metal wheels.
1)
Function
Sprint 3 Interface (Cover Open Signal +)
HyType II Interface (Cover Open Signal -)
Self-Test
VDE Feature (Affects response to cover open
condition - See PPI Interface Manual)
Note: All other A3 jumper positions are unused.
Note:
The IC at location E49 is custom I2L.
Catalog for the part number of this IC.
Refer to the Model 630 Parts
Jumper A13
Soldered jumper A13 and pluggable jumper A3-1/2 perform the same function.
Only one is required.
~+~P~F~E~N~A~B~L~E~______________________________________________________________________________________~
SH I II
+40V
+40V
055
AI....·'....
071
470
/,t,' / . . ,:-
5
3
067
2.2K
J2
PAPER
FEED
ENABLE
070
560
082
100
r-L._ _
PF
MOTOR
SH I . .+~PF....;,..'A:.....__....:.13=i
072
2.2K
068
'{.....==.:..:.----1~-=--~ IK
A19
A34
A48
A64
826
J4
PAPER FEED
®§)I-__----:--J
J..·.....·l
SH I . .+.;....:...P;....FB~__~
12
09
017
054
E8
E26
E36
E54
F82
:+5V
',,,'.1
12
~,.,'
+5V
850
857
873
C8
C63
E61
IK
J2
083
390
PF
MOTOR
+40V
SH I
+RIBENABLE
13
~1~2_ _ _ _ _ _-----------------------------------r
~ ,"ASS'" GND
+16V
E55
«
+16V
+16V
RIBBON ADVANCE
ENABLE
~~
~-+---1~-1--'
F63
F64
G69
IK
IK
I· I
G68 112W 1/2W
-=- 50V
1 -12V
+40V
IK
RIBBON LIFT
F77
F78
390
390
6
SH I . .+.;....:...R.;,,;:IB;....A_---:I,I
F53
20K
+16V
r-~--------~--~~---~G70
RIBBON DRIVE
20K
+5V
SH I . .+,.!....!.:R:.!.:IB=-B=--_I:..:...jl
+16V
6
F62
390
3
RIBBON HOLD
I' •
~M-*-~~~~:'--3RIBBON
,
28
SH I . .+~RI~B~L~I~FT~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~
SH I . .+~R~IB~H~O~L~O~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~
<.f..--
-' LIFT
~ SOLENOID
Figure 7-16.
PPI PCB ASSEMBLY
Sheet 2 of 2
320270-XX
Rev L
NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
SH2{
...
- READ 10
4.
- READ HI
+ V
(14)
r----------,
+ V
(14)
r---- -------,
-DATA I
37
21
I
4:>:
- DATA :>
36
33
40
At2
1(2)
~I
('t'rcr
9
L_____613!~K~~~J
2
7
1
- DATA 4
81 r4}iJ~'!!. Ai2"-j(8)
- DATA 5
L-----.J1if-J
-:: I7l
1 1
I
1
+~ ~14)
r-~~-Bt2-1
I..
I
"
I
IK
8Q 191
~-LIf-Ll>oIC~L-K--..J
Uc
I I
I
+ DATA 7
I
+ DATA 8
STROBE
IQ~
~B2OIC
2Q~
i
I ~
- PW STROBE
21
}--..........
.....____
-.J>E-"-....".
STROBE
- CAR STROBE
~0
3Q I"----
A37
" 51_e. . -.:~1-=-80=_ ~
I
LfR BD
1(5)
I
I.TI
I rJV\I\r-< ~ I
41 1 180
390
1(4)
I
~ I
112
.)----"'!:::.!::!~~!!!.!.:!!......l1~~......
~1...::.80-=--1
- SELECT PRINTER
24
390
cr-
~13) ~ 10
:
~I V
I
l...-vv.J
I r-'VV'IrI8
II 1 180
390
I
l7
13
I~
+5V
12
I ~~
13
+5V
E20
OC
[g, THR1'rER'
4
.1
I~~~PF
5
OUTI-"9'-1---~1
C71
E20
t-~"t---Jl.d"TRIGGER2 1 E12
DSCG~
1
,.J!
470
-POWER DOWN
3
1
B20-7
3
IK
,.l..j
~
C75
Igg~
CV RST
111
2"10
C62
+3V
BI2-13
;. IK
7.5K
1t~10~:0~
1"7 OC
J
9
E20
v
I
S
~
~-+~---"QJ
&.
+}~Bl2-12
I
A17
IK
7
Q+5V
S
~
'oJ
5V
D34
tK
TIMER
OUTp5,-+---,
TH~Eit
II!_ TRIGGER
""'<.
F4
-CAR READY
p._3--------------=.:.;c:....:.;:.::.:..;::::..:..--(
F4
~5--------------~~~~~~
@
2
-PW READY
-®
).3
FI2
5
D4
C8
+5V
.&. o----o--J
I
±COVER OPEN ..r.:-..5
"\::..J
E
E44
-PAPER OUT -0
P
D"3'--____________~.::::....=:..._=_=_=__-I 3
D4
~,»L-3-------------=E:..:;N"'D'-'0""F....:..:R:.::IB:..:B:..:0.:..:N__(_'4'
~.
I
?2J
-RIB OUT
I
_f.:':....
V
4
C65
0.1
50V
+]5V
T
_
B20-9
~2
-BCOVER OPEN
1
I
OC
~
55
+ COVER
OPEN RTN
- A END OF RIBBON
F50
I
470PF
50V
I470PF
50V
B12-11
IK
13~12
I~
..
1 J6
L------------+
- -..... }
TfII
IK
F43
J~
16
L-~~---I-----------.I---------I-------.I---------------------~~~~~~~~
-A CHECK/-PS (.';\
+ A COVER OPEN
E35
- PAPER OUT RTN
~}'
J5
RST4
'oJ
-A PAPER OUT
@l--~~~~~------------------------------------][~F-42-----------~~--~][~D-35-------------------------------------------------------I-------------------------~
+5V
J3
J4
-OPT READY .I-;\
\!SUFFER t.MPTY,'\!.J
AIO
100
DSCGfL
-@
-PF READY
FI2WO·""-5--------------'--'---'-="'-'---(
~
2
8
93.IK
1"10
~
-®-
-CHECK
{ ~ -ll~~~------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------____________ J
&
..
I::'::,.
...
+
________________________________ I--------~~~~_{J_-------I-------·I--------------------~-~A~C~O~V~E~R~O~P~E~N
[::::7
®~~~~~~~----------------------------~r--~rt----------------------------------------------A COYER OPEN
-
L-_____________ 1----------------:f--.-----~3 CV
5V
__-NOT EMPTY
.....
~------------------~~~~-@
t--B
1~12-5
'>C61
E4
- CLEAR STROBE
~~~~~~~------------------------------------------------------------~
SH2
...
8 : &
r>=:_-------------------I-_....:ILc
+ 5V
+~v
- PRINTER READY
5
71 Et2
5
r.7oc
v
REAL
TIME
CLOCK
+5V
I
+ V
C59
D12
...6.
7
Ir----------~~~---------I-------------------~
~c
v
~~
12
EI8
-..
S
==-==-__+-44~5D:..2!D4':iS4-~-K--5..1"'-9_b2(
D:...))o.!!,8____.....
RESET
INITIALIZE
.....J
~...
12
t--
+i D204K2
Jl
13L::::...
L ________
= (7)
• IK
50V
L-_~
y'1'0"--...J -=I- C66
.".' - - -....DI""IIIS"',A.....
BL_......
ER......
ESu.·T""""OIRE"'--________________________......__________________________-I_____ 1"
~'b~OPF
...
S
I
~
.1....
I
IIIl !.I_'-..,. ?
L_____I=-~!LJ
't=-H--""~1B5""72X>;O""C-----------------,
~~I-I--~+_--V----------------------~---~W~02~~---
r -________________t--________
5.
I
~ ~~~
T"
IQ
S
Dl0
DI2 ~+---"IIV\r.......-+--4
4;J
47°1D17
E20
2
1131
1
+
.. D-FF
I
1
l ••• T i
r 39
8Q
--.1cO~LK
I
I
I
-RESTORE
I
Q~
D-FF
6Q Il'f~"______.....J
7Q llI"IL..'------..J
I14
II
P
OUTPUT DRIVERS
~
...2 0 P QI"-+--------------------------------,
rl'I>CLK
"-lSD
I.--_ _ _ _---+I-++-lf-I!
I
117 70
I(S)
- OPTION STROBE
l--.....:;'---'-"~~==__-"-31::_+--rYto'"'.:..:IB..::.....0
13
r~
sl 1 180
I
1
IK ~~
I~
7
SH2
....
+STROBE
....
r---I---~--_t------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~~~~~
+5V
8D-LATCH
I II
r ~ ~~AI2-i
l ... I
-RESTART
..
LATCH~I------rl----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~~~
'" 1 ""
"'------------------------------------------------++I-+--------------<-,.....j..+.++_-l-I-"'&' 50
70 IS
~ + DATA6
I
I I
II
I
I
14 SO
8Q 19
III
II11
TI
1
•
+ DATA 7
i
17 70 945
.-'l:~~+~D~A~TA~~8~-----------------------~I~I~1~I_______.+--+I~I~I~1++1~ILI--~11B 80
4
i
SHI
I
r-+-+-++I
I I-+---:-II I I --1-1
If: ~C
1 T---OPTIONS
~
III
1111
~~~~~~4-~~--------~~~+~--~I-r
r_Jl~} ________ -,
OPTION
JUMPERS
J5
&
__
1
J5
:
B20 :
I
lK
L
I6 l-'-=-O"'-P'__T!..!.IO""N"-"!.3______________",.:!.4_13
'''-.--1'2=- ;-
J6
B43
.J..-+-
INPUT
BUFFER
I
3
_
-~g~EI~~~~~~~~I~I~ =
=1=:=========-=--1.--I--j-- =
- =
- -1--1----------1-
-1.-I.-----I.-5"-l2A
_ OPTION 5
L -______
In
3Y I-"'---
,..--I...J.O.
3B
__ 3}--~OP'__T!..!.I""ON~4________________________~_I-~I---I~I~4 4A
SHI
3
32
- SINGLE SHEET
~
- RIBBON LIFT
I
XI
~ X2'
"-_____--""-I
I~g~~
....t~~~ OB2
1~
L ____________---.!IQiLj
I..
81
OECRIl:r-
66,}-.:!:.+-"C""A!.-'.R--'E"-'V'-'=E~N____________.......___ I----I_I-~ EI
45,r-"'-!...!!....!-=~----------------.......---1-----
[]( R5Tl
,..
~I---"<. A2
48}-"'-+.!..PW.!!...!H-"O~M"-"E'---------------------------,
&
C63
IK
+~VBI2-1
IK
8
100
La
15
RST2 CNT 2
- ':;,
+,5V
1
51::::::.
V
S
'"
lK
B59
lK
44
+PD4
___1-1-1------"""4 SO
So 15
+PD5
40
______ 1---'1"'--7 70
70 IS
+PCMDI
38
SO 19
+PCMD2
37
IR
80
!fK------------------------..!..!:.~--., 42
-I~r--10--8D----10 2
+RA
~
~1---~4~20LATCH20~1~L-------------------------+~'~RR-~:
_1---2 30
3Q~I"L-------------------~+~R~I~B~L~IF~TL-~-
40
50
40
:501-'1=-2______________________~+.!!R~AEl:!N!._-~:
_I~
}
SH3
~9'-------------------"j+:..!:Rllll8I:1..12.\RO.l..!l...NnHlO!.ll.JlnL-~
.
'------I-I~ SO B28 601-"5"---------------:I~~~~~~~~~~.i!!S_M~D~~:} J3
P23 r2""4----_4_+-f-i-----------I----------+-J.---.lILj7 70
~1-'- - !.2. I1" ~
:::
~
55
1~~
8Q 19
4 _
~40~
cGO,..,
-DISABLE RESTORE
&\J
NOT EMPTY
11
J5
..
; } SH 1
~-.I~--------'-'----------------------i+flHfiAmMmME~RLLF~IR~E~~
P24 35
"
V'"
®
:~~I~~S------I-I--I----------------------f-~+------I------------------------------~:~~~~~~~~::~}
P2738
+PFB
INT
?7
?R
+ RESTORE
10 IS
~ CLK
PIO
~
PSEN tJ''''Q-----+--t---l
I
RO p~"'--8----_:_+_-I'OEI
-'l.~~+~S~T""RO~B~E~---------------------------I-I---I-II------------I----------------------------~~~PI3
.
"I PI4
~
- A COVER OPEN
"'7S-I--------I- _1------I-----------------------------...:::.!R:!.!E:.!:A!!.
+CCMD2
40 9
f~
I-I--I---~ 50
~
A60
E52
+CCMDI
-®
-®
+CD5
101-'2~-----------------------=+~P~D~0~43
30
+ V
C58
lK
-@
-@
.----li?I>CLK
OC
L-_
_--'
L -_ _--'
INCRI ~
-®
41
t------
5EL
,......... 5TB
65}-"'-+-"C"'A'-'-R...!.P-"O~S_=B~____~~---I--------------!J
~
I-aL-
+CO?
+pn?
-
08S
OB7
....-------. POSITION DECODER
SHI
P20
-@
6
13 48
E34
E42
D43
E51
E50 < 050
3.3K < 3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
64}-+=C~AR!!...!...P~OS~A______- - - - I - - - - I - - _____________ I~ AI
l:!..
~
I '4t
+ PW POS A
-1----7'--l30
8 40
--
ALE
P21 ~
P22I-"?",,-~_ __
"-----------....lS>..I
fF;OB3
854
L--__________-.llL.j7 00B
IR
4YI-""2"-___
+ V
J3
VOO
+cnl
4
LATCH 201-"--------------------------....!:..!::M.L~
5
+ PD1
...+--I----::!.j20
39
12S
L-Z
2yfl--
_ OPTION 2
8D-
-@
+CD4
L - -_ _
860
IK
+COOI
+cn'l
f'lc ~~I
1-
------I-I-------+-05V.-----I-.I-----I-~---------....
MUX
__ 5r-~c:....:..:=~--------------------~-1--1------1.~1~1 ~
:=
III
- - - -1--1----------1-------1--------------1-11-1--1- --I-~----------I-...
IB
II
12
+==~j======j=J=I=-==I=t=========t===-- ...+_ _3"-110
-- 5 }---"c:....:..:=-'=--------------------- r
55
5
B55
6 C54 I
MHz
CLOCK
~+5V ~+5V~+5V
C65
470 68
5
6
11
470,J.,
470
4.9152
~55
10
2 C52
13
C64
270 868
C63
3
4 270
oc
I~gbpF
IC53
-=- ~'b9"pF
BI2
T\
J3
{
68 PAPER OUT RTN
I
70 COVER OPEN RTN
I
II
I
I
I I
I
I II
11111111
11111 II
I 11111 II
I II 11111
II
II
II
I : I
II I
I I
III: III: I : I :
I III 11111111
I II II
53 ClK RTN
~ X2VCCST/B'(,CC
NJ/OO
~AI/DI
~A2/D2
+5V
E24
6.8K
J3
l
69 + COVER OPEN
D26
JI
J3
6
67 -PAPER OUT
'D P22
I
, - R.
5 )l-=-~R"-X.!ODA~~::.A______'6"',H:i
1III
II P23
I
0+5V I! 1---( :
L-:.c.ra)-1
~~:~
: ,t.
-,
L
64 +CAR POS A
J3
8 9" .. 6' '3
~+~~B
66
+CAR EVEN
45 +PW POS
;
I
T
A
::::~::
j'j _ _1
I
~
RSTI 'NCRI 6
:3
AI
+ AI2
C==I:;A8
~
8 A!J
~ A3
~ A4
~ A5
05 14-1--
06 15f----
~~,~:6"-7J'----~~~~-1
L____
-"-I~:; ~:~
+ ____--,,23"-1A8
~____
I I
R~~"~"'~'--:'--"~'-'/W"-------++-+-+-----.,';-l~ ;DR g!~ E20-14
~~ ,~ +RTC
3 A~ZO ~~~'~ I (H II)
PII
PI2
,'45
I
:::PI5 :~18
I
.
I
4~
EE2'
OOO;~'iO
E3
07P'!
v,"
4
A27 ):6"--___
~ ~~
19~
I
I I I
I
~~12"I'
I ? C5
II
XI
VDD pl 27
:~ ~~
All
+ RTC
I
6, C5
T0
~'2
-.-.-!I!cjl
~~ 4)'2
5
:.
~
B27
I I I I
I
J. I
:22(,t"'~'::'2!:-1~---------~----_,-1
rffi~-'
'~-~-1
+PD0~.J4
+PDI : :
+PO 2
:
3
4 3
812
H::~
II,
-
II I 'II
4
+PCMD
POWER
DOWN2 37
15
-TX DATA
IIII
roc
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I I
111111
I
!
I
I
I
I
'
STATUS
I
II II
I
I
~
SHIFT INPUT REG
-SETRDY
~~\-~£t--T-C-t-I---------------------+-R-,-BB-~.:..-:W::.H~::::::=-{;z
3D
3Q\-'L
771-1____________________----'1
+RIBBON LIFT
I I III 4DE54Q(-!I~0+_1-------------------------'1
I I 1,3
--=r.::_(81
j,-----------+1---1---''-1
5 2A
.------------+-L:+-"-I
-'
Q48 - PW HOME
{( !--=-"'=---------!-------------------------------4_++-------------------'
- SINGLE SHEET
J3 o.::::J
I, I,
END OF RIBBON
~
I
®
I
II
11
I
IYj.:4:......-l--<
"":::':
B55
SH2
-CAR SMD
•
-FEEDER STB 50 J3
2
:~~~~:6~H~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~i'~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~i~~i~tJ~t~~il~i~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~r~=~~~~~;~:1
I
,
!C: aov
9 B55 8
"--------------".j
10
..1(8)
100
+PFA ""
+PD3 44
II
3i~ --I
1
~
\::::;
"-________________--.O"-'-'~~
+PFB ~
P22 23
827
!'i
+12V
V
+CCMD2
CI2
.
il
13 A2
INCR2"''''-D++-+-_________________-----. E20-5.,!1) ,
./
I
•
(HI)
, ~
,
H----+---""2-182
9
L l -(5-) -.I-=--(4~)
I _._--l1-;:14'-1E2 DECR2
wr2 15 b~ _~ C7
5~.!'
V
--+--'-'eRST2
~2
-12V
J3
+CCMD I ~
62}
6
'iii
:~8~11
r
++--\--i-#~'0
\
I A~6 I I~9
8
+5V
I
>-<
~
+CD 5 61}
i
I i
~; ~~4 :~~' :E~
I 13 86B ~2
+P:::-:
P27t;l11 "------------------------'-'=.
r------=~~~~~~----~~~I=t~~=tI~I=t]+~ffR~VE~NL:~~7~:~ ;;~ ~~ L-------13--8-5-5--,2-----------+-R+~A~::~..
II
L ________--,,:::---\__--;25:::V:--____
III
I
=:~~1~~89~:':':':':':':'~-,
MEMORY DECODING
" -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
+CD3 56)
+CD4
I
I I:
I I I
-POWER DOWN/ ClR
I
-'~1:'-l
A27 8 ~2'::>.O!co--v:V\17BI'-·:-'95V
!iii
DEeR I 7
~~
2
~~~K
I
A65
22
I
+ClK
+CD2 57
6.8K 100 6.BK
I/OI1'9'*l-+H-++-+_+---+_---4---------------+------------.------':+-;';D"'''----..,'2';--100
P!3,,30~__________~
1102 10 I
j
I
I
+DI
13 Dl
PI4 31
1103 "
I I
I
I
I
+ D2
14 02
PI5 32
1104 "
I
I
I
I
+D3
15 03
PI6 33
1/05 14
I
I
I
+04
16 04
PI7 34
!l06 15
I I
I
+D5
17 05842
L...1. AI
'--". A2
03 "!--04 "I---
,---E A9 A55
+
M~Y
I
+5V
II
~ A4
~ A5
14t--
~~~:~~====~_
A8
CROSSING
+5V
J5
~ :~
~
L.2 A3
l5~41+~5~35+'i5~;'7
DATA
+CD I 58
SLAVE PROCESSOR
+-;,v26
l'
Allt2~6t==~+A~"F===!=====~~~~~~~~~~~I~~~~~~I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~'~3~~~'2~~:::k::~~~~~~~~~~
::~~:
; ~:~
STROBE DEC~pER rl-------5----------~--------J-!i-+li9--~-i
I
I
~
T:~~:I I,DETECTOR
,
as
06 '5f----
+CD0~9'
I~
8 A0 vpp 01 9
AI
Q2 10f-
~
'----"- A2
"t---
,--E A9 A45
~ ~~)ll
+5V
~i (16)
12
60 15
Q4
II II
II
II : I : I III :::
I II
III I I
111111 II III III
;,~~~~~t==:t+~~~~====tr-o===-=-~~;;~;:~~I~li:fl~~~~~~~~~~:========~ltiwll==========~I~~-I I'
AI2 ~25
J(:;'9JJI61
J5
RST
sa
II 5 A3
I 4 A4
3 A5
I II
II II
:;~::~
I~;:: +t8B63_5~~
I~~
+tc~1
~ ~bAM
~ A41~ III r
~-~o-:-,,-l-J.+iIIHIII-J-r
I ______~
C6{~
p2Q
C30
40 9
J4
II
~
30
~
21.5K , -_ _",30'-fA7/D7
"'-----------'4'C!NMI
8
~
oc
J
II I III
PROGRAMJ
10 2
8 ~
2alt-5~M+H~7:-\AI
Q2 lOt-6
II II 6 A2
03 "t--
10
II E A36
BD-
AS 39
L-----"'-"~A6/D6
E20
3
~ ~~
~A3/D3
~ A4/D4
,-_-O'32'-1A5/D5
+5V
PROGRAM~
I
LATCH
~ 20
~ 3D
~ 4D
~ 50
'---'± 60
I~XI
~
tDDRESS~l
4;
-FEEDER ADDRESS I
oc
I ::
34 SINGLE SHEET RTN
oc
J3
~y2~___________________________________-~F~E=ED~E=R~AD=D=R=E=SS~2
II
r-------------~
-FEEDER ADDRESS 0
BI2
B68
oc
-=- 50V
®
+ CONTROL PANEL STATUS
NOTES: Unless otherwise sp!Jclficd.
1. All resistors are in ohms, 2",;,_ ':~w
2. All capacitance specifll:d 11\ Microfarads
3. Ie VCC/GND Assignments:
vee
8
14
16
20
24
40
8
14
16
20
24
40
o
Memory Jumpers
Jumper to be Installed only for configuration
where listed, otherwise jumper must be out.
GNO
Memory
4
Location
7
8
10
12
20
A65
A65
A45
A45
A55
A55
Capacity
lK
2K
4K
8K
4K
8K
Jumper In
C62
C61
A42
A41
852
863
SPI PCB
CONNECTOR LIST
Conn.
Jl
J2
To
Power Supply
P.F. Motor
J3
SeE, Carnage Assy, Paper
J4
Out SWitch, Cover Open SWitch
(unused)
J5
I/O
J6
Control Panel
Figure 7-18
SPI PCB ASSEMBLY
Sheet 1 of 2
320293-XX
Rev K
7
14
J5
Diodes:
SPI PCB ASSEMBLY
320293-XX
Rev K
1N4002
For later revision levels of the SPI circuit board, see Figures 7-18a and 7-19a.
1N4454
1N5822
REVISION HISTORY
1N~742,
B
C
ECO
B2324
B2437
B2525
ASSY ETCH
-01
-02
-01
-01
-02
D
E
B2628
B2648
-01
-03
-02
-02
F
B2667
-03
-02
G
B2701
B2724
B2845
-03
-05
-05
-02
-02
-02
REV
!\
H
J
K
-02
B2860
B2914
B3012
-13
-02
ACTION
Releases Bill-of-Material (B/M) to production.
Releases firmware and -02 etch.
Transistor part number 10105 replaced by 13070 for better
thermal and moisture absorption properties.
Releases upgraded SPI control program firm ware.
Releases -03 assembly; obsoletes -01 assembly. Adds 7.5V
zener diode between resistor C73 and +12V supply as part
of pullup for PFEN line.
Modifies PFEN line pull up to delete 7.5V zener diode,
change resistor C73 from 1K to 9.1K, and tie top end of
C73 to +16V.
Hardware changes. No schematic change.
New firmware. No schematic change.
Component changes to improve manufacturability.
No
schematic change.
Special firmware change. No schematic change.
Discontinues -05 assy, -02 etch; replaced by -07 assy, -04
etch.
Reworks -05 assy to -13 by adding capacitor to ground from
base of transistor E63. This improves reliability of paper
feed driver. See FSA #41A.
SOLID STATE COMPONENTS USED
IC's:
74LSOO
A27
7404
B55
7406
B68, E55, E80
74LS14
C12
74LS20
B27
74LS138
B20
74LS174
E5
74LS257
C20
74LS373
A36
75150P
D5
75154
A20
75452
E62, E74
2075 (Darlington)
D55, D80, F55, F80
6803-1
C30
B42
8041A
ROM (8K byte)
A45
A65
RAM (2K byte)
Note:
The IC at location E49 is custom 12L.
Catalog for part number.
(continued)
Refer to the Model 630 Parts
12V
D60, D62, D63, D65, D74, D76, D77, D79, G60, G62, G63, G65,
G74, G76, G77, G79, G71, F70, F71, E68, E69, G82, E51, D26
D61, D64, D75, D78, G61, G64, G75, G78, E83
E66
D4
Transistors:
2N3644
2N4401
2N5322
E76, F65
E63, F73
E73, F66, F74
Resistor Pack:
1.5K
E20
+5V
JI
AI7
A73
CI6
EIO
.1
80V
+PF ENABLE
SH I ~----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~
+
+96V
+40V
055
+40V
PAPER
FEED
ENABLE
+16V
B76
6.8
25V
A25 A35 A53 A63
BI6 B24 B34 B43
C24 C27 C60 C66
EI6 F54 F82 B78
C73
9.IK
*G82
+12V
+12V
~,i""~
I'r,' //1:"
+5V
SH
I
+PFA
1\
8
~-----....:..:....j
5
3
067
2.2K
J2
F83
390
070
560
A7
100
1/2W
I
04
12V
5%
5%
PF
MOTOR
OC
082
100
010
.1
80V
+16V
E63
868
E69
072
2.2K
+5V
E70
20K
068
IK
JI
+40V
PAPER FEED
+5V
J2
I
.1
63V
A78
100V
E61
IK
+5V
SH
A75
10
7
PF
MOTOR
+PFB
JI
.-12V
~
011
B74
+T ~~V T
SH I
+RIBENABLE
13
0.1
y50V
~~12~____________________________________________________________________________~
8550C
C74 -12V
JI
+16V
~',.ss" '" r.h
RIBBON ADVANCE
ENABLE
r----<)
((
+16V
G69
G72
I.I
G68
-=- 50V
2.2K
J5
F64
IK
1/2W
I
+40V
IK
RIBBON LIFT
E80
F79
390
+RIB A
II
SH I \'B!Io-----~
6
G83
20K
+16V
G70
20K
RIBBON DRIVE
+5V
+5V
+16V
J3
G54
SH I PJIliI:o....;..+....:.R.;..;.I.::..B-=B_--,I"'-I1
390
RIBBON HOLD
.-
/.
(
','
-.
,
f-' __
"
SH I ~~+....:.R....:.I~B....:.L~I....:.F_T______________________________________________________________________________~
__
SH I ~+ R_I~B_H_O~L=O~______________________________________________________________________________~
-; RIBBON
=: LIFT
~I
..J
SOLENOID
Figure 7-19
SPI PCB ASSEMBLY
Sheet 2 of 2
320293-XX
Rev K
-SCE ClK 54
J3
052
56
~
5
r---f[j~
+5V
+5V
+5V
::~2MHZ
~55
~B;gC741·t~~~0
C74
C63
C54 I
2 C52
II
10
5
6Ll>
4 210
470
4.9152
MHz
CLOCK
J.'
410
.I.C53
':' ~
.L
oc
I
.I.~6h
oc
':' fI:N
~------------~
I II
+C00 59
I II
34 SINGLE SHEET RTN
J3
~ PAPER
{
»-<:
~
I I
OUT RTN
IC', !e!Cl,::K'-!R"'T"'N'---_ _.;
~r
PR~5V&\~~S'P5vR
'T2 ~T
F42
100 .::,.
COVER OPEN RTN
LATCH
-
vcci
1 ~23
XI
X2
3~
~
~ ~
~
~
AflJ/OO
7
~
;'B'tCC
-
~
~
69 + COVER
OPEN
;,I
F45
100
5V
+'t
8
·t;
-POWER DOWN/-CLR
6
+5V
026
+L~52
6 RST
E49
5
~OV -,.l~:~
-;;.
: II
O+5V I I 1.-< :
-RXOATA
50 15
7D
8D
P2~
A:A5,
05J.g.....--
06 18
07 19
AS
All 25
+ AI2
+A13
++ AAI1 45
3 A7
L, I I+~V~
0
lli..::.....-
952
I 4
J"A4
2 OE
I
I
~
L- - L----
AS
' - - - - A6
' - - A7
05tti--
06
07"1"'9_ _ _-'
",,2;-l~
g~~ E20-14
3 Ako ~Pil- I (Hll)
05~
L-----1I.....;4dEI
n
AI
L.......§.
A2
5
A5
1/02 10
1103 "
14
1106 15
L--....c..jA6
!I07 17
1108
~~I
,i~T~:
lir'
Io-~-o
<;'61
1~ cs
II
I
'---
Ir
12
~
9
8
r-4
0
E3
5_
A27 )6::-_ _=-9,.---.""""
II~IO
4
y
I
I 5~
+5V A26
+PW XING "--- ~
P21 22
+PFA ..
L----------'-+""P'-'FB.:..I...
:
:~;~~
;~
P261
P27 i=SYNC II
PRoo 25
I'L----------...:+c:P..:.F.=E,,<
...
+RA
I
+RB
12
+RAEN
I
~
L
- FEEDER STB
12
866 +CAREVEN
8-
: ::::
47 +PWEVEN
Is
10
-~IIIIF4RST29
100
.1
Y
C4
,:,.I,BOV
.. :
I 05
E20-5~
(HI)
.f
11
J4
J6
7
5
STATUS
INPUT MUX
2 IA
" " 15
3 19
~:
I
I
r
C20
+5V
11019 111
2.7
L-________________~3d~~
9"
E20-I~A2C5
lJt~5~~.BB.a~I--------------------O~A33
+~v
A34
6.aK
-PW SMO 52
r&.
3D
,--~~--,I,I 40E5401~1~0+1--------------------------~
'----+-H-"13,50
MUX
50 12
+12
601t'1",5+----,
L---------------------------------~-r9~'CL~
1Y~4
I H-t--================+-L::::::9'I~I~
2Y~7~+_~_+--------------------------------------------------------------~
rL...--....l
I
ST8
C7'
J4
12
I~
A27
I
+12V
i(a)
2:::'::-
Ill:
E20-54
(HI)
05
+HAMMER FIRE 49
2. All capacitance specified In Microfarads
3. Ie VCC/GND Assignments:
Tot •• Pins
vee
GND
8
14
16
20
24
40
8
14
16
20
24
40
4
7
8
10
12
20
o
Memorv Jumpers:
Jumper to be installed only for configuration
where listed, otherwise jumper must be out.
-i
3K
+REQUEST
TO SEND
Memory
LOCoiIlion
Ca_lty
A65
A65
A45
1K
2K@
4K
8K
4K
851, B52
8K
B36, A44
A45
A55
A55
Jumper In
C62
C61
A42, A52
:7
I
=
+OATA TERM READY
L.:~(5)-~4)
A41, A4J
CONNECTOR LIST
To
Power Supply
J2
P.F. Motor
J3
SeE, Carriage Assy, Paper
Out Switch, Cover Open SWitch
J4
(unused)
J5
J6
1(0
Control Panel
7 }
...6J!8-o1
SPI PCB
Conn.
J1
J3
B9
-12V
NOTES: Unless otherwise speclf,ed.
1. All resistors are in ohms, 2%, V.W
J3
+RIBSQN HOLD ~ }
+RIBBON LIFT p
SH2
20f2,
1 __.__________....1
3Q,I-IJ.77-1-
10 39
L-.! SEL
~w.1.0
B
SET ROY):;<
_
2
~ 2D
L--f+--t-'14,60
13~
I
C9
~_
-TXD~A~}J5
Ic2O~LATCH
r;o-;Q
~_ _ _ _ _+--,,14~4A
- FEEDER STATUS
+ CONTROL PANEL STATUS
~
r'~'O>-V--:~AI2:====-1~LI--I-----_-SH-I:-~-":~"-:~::::~=~~}J6
I,
1
...J
L -
~~~PW~~~M~E------~--+----~---~---~·-)~--------------tl-r------------~11
@ENOOFRIBBON
I
J3
V
1
SINGLE SHEET
-.
1
-12V
i'rt--~~l
: :~ 3.3K\
A20 : 10
)-.:.===..:.::='---+--ir----;;n...<-,.'!1-1" ' :
r-"
I
I
I
I
·T(51-.I:(4')
L
+5V
(16)
L-
f
~~12>.Q4~--------~+-~-+~+-}1-+4-------------------~~----------~
'6
~~I~IK~==============~======~~========~==============================================~========~=======f~~~==========================~
).!.5_~:-_~~
J 3( 8
41
'-'
+P04 '42)
+P05~
I
r--j~)-l
3, .---.
J4
+P03~
CI2
+12V
6
RSTI INCRI
3 AI DEeR I 7
I 4 91
~NT I I
I 2 EI EI
I 13 02 INCR21!1!!0-J..-I.-I--------_ _ _ _---,
I 12 92 DECR2 9 ~2
CI2
,~~ I
I 14 E2
CNT2 15
3
4 I
2 C8
+DATA SET READY
II
39
+P02
-POWER DOWN
+5V
5
+P~ I
+PCMO I
DETECTOR
I,
2
+PD0~3'
CROSSING
-19 - 6 3' i3-.J ':?=
. (64,+CAR POS A 8
0.;::..:.;
's5'+CAR POS B
J3
.
po
6
+PCM02
T~~:
:
SH2
-CAR SMD 50 J3
9 B55B
L _ _ _ _ _ _----".j
+5V
r: J'!L _____ ,
;
L-----B55--------..:..:.:=--j~
L _ _ _ _-'13,
13 B27
IK
II
I
+C05 61
+CCMO I 62
~LIO_
A2A2_77_)J._a_-,=_OC-+_6.-:S::::K:--_ _-++-_l-tlr~#11~9
B27 a
[l-----'__
25V
4
a
J3
+CCMD2 63
P22.1'2~3!...-_ _--,
~
I
817 +~V
BI2
9
07t>---,
20
P24 12
PI7
=- ~3
+C04 60
P'~~====:;l
06
19 D7
6
I~CI2
12
+C03 56
r
33
16 D4
PI7 34
17 D5642 PI6 21
IS WR
C50 4 RD
I
~
RST
+CAR EVEN'_
r-7
JJ
~~J-32",,_ _ _ _ _ _ _----,
Pl3
18
i~
_ _ _ ___'
~
~~
+06
~~
I
6
L----------,.----'I,../oC'OI
DC -Vc:..oc~--f-+....,
Pf-
P16~
IRQI
27
+04
+D5
+RTC
POWER DOWN/-ClR
PI51-""8_ _- ,
L..-::r:::(8)-l
14
+07
-All
I
WE
01
+02
I
16
.>----=2"...~ A7
Q C62
I
1
I
L---<>~I~~~E2
=:!~:~~-----,
~III-!';!!_A-----'
Pl21-'29~
VDO
L -_ _ _ _ _
MEMORY DECODING
L __
14
+5V
'GJi
I +5"~~
""""i PGM 141
STROBE DECODER
15
Pl2 15
~
04~
[15
OE
--=.~~~l"-~_-:3~~~
L ____t--------..l·""'A6--...,9~AfIJ
+CD2 57
+9~6
2
t~-:--fl!lO~'~9~mffiEt=i=~~======~=====;~E=j~~~~I~=~:;~OO
c'
=
==i::
~
~-----=::i
.~~3~~g#~l~~~~~~~~~3~~~E§i~~~+~DI3~~~15~D3
~
~
01
02 ~
03r,;--
I
I I
I
M~~I>~Y' ~~41
+5V ++tv;
B35 CI7
~6.aK 100 6.aK
+5V
~~
L - AI
A2
A3
A4
03~
PGM
Q
+ Aa
+ Aloll
A9 I
+
+ All 1
24
AI3
AI4 23
Pli
I
-
04~
r:-;----
5 A5
4
~
01
02 ~
8 A2
I 7 A3
I 6 A4
I I II
P:~~S:~
:::tr=<+ov
AI155l2~2l=~~~===1--+++---,lI~DCOR 00~
II
11111
~Ii
9 AI
10
70 16
80 '9
~- L.:.JI
I41YA43
A8 29
A9 27
28
AIO
,"I 26
I II
JW
I 10 P22 R/~:; ~,~ ~~IW
+RTC
47~;1 ~..-)
3 67 -PAPEROUT F43
5
5D
60
I
P:~~~~~M
"·-'·~+5V
+CO I 56
SLAVE PROCESSOR
;b& .J~~~(E~~M r;;:;~
:==~~(~;;M
9-
A42
Ifi~~ ~
C30
50V
.I.~·~V
AS"
P20
T F46
~:470.F
025 -_
6.SK
~
~
A4/04
E50
6.aKI
-;;;-
A3ID3
~~·~"E2'_1.5_~_~~~=====~~~~§:
J3
+5V
20 5
2
'" 6
40 9
50 12
4D
~ AIIDI
~ A2/D2
+5V
20
c..-!. 'D
I
1
II
I tDDRESS
T
I
II
Figure 7-18a
SPI PCB ASSEMBLY
Sheet 1 of 2
Rev Y
320293-XX
J5
14
SPI PCB ASSEMBLY
320293-XX
Rev Y
Diodes:
1N4002
For earlier revision levels of the SPI circuit board, see Figures 7-18 and 7-19.
REVISION HISTORY
REV
-L-
ECO
B2914
ASSY
-07
ETCH
-04
-07
-04
B3053
-07
.-04
B3079
B3173
-07
-04
T
V
B3178
-07
-04
w
B3227
-07
-04
Y
B3316
-41
-05
N
B3007
P
B3012
R
S
ACTION
Releases -07 assembly, -04 etch.
Changes include: (See FSA #51 for greater detail.)
Control Program changes.
Improved RFI immunity.
Added RC network to improve ESD immunity.
Redesigned paper feed circuitry and firmware to
provide higher paper feed torque.
Changes transistor at location F54 from a TIP125 to TIP126.
Other changes affect SPI "specials" only. No effect on
standard schematic.
Provides rework instructions for discontinued -05 assy in
case of paper feed driver failure (see FSA #41A) •
Changes from screw to rivet for mounting transistor at
location F54.
Document changes; no schematic change.
Issues documentation for alternative memory arrangement
for possible future use. No schematic change for present
standard SPI PCB assembly.
Changes to special SPI PCB assembly; no change to standard
SPI PCB assembly.
Releases firmware for special version Model 630. No schematic change.
Releases -41 assembly using revised firmware to replace -07
assembly. Resistor pack at location E20 changes from 1.5K
to 3.3K to prevent over driving the SCE circuit board.
SOLID STATE COMPONENTS USED
IC's:
74LSOO
7404
7406
74LS14
74LS20
74LS138
74LS174
74LS257
74LS373
A27
B55
C74, E55, E80
C12
B27
B20
E5
C20
A36
(continued)
1N4454
1N5819
1N4742, 12V
D26,
E69,
D61,
F69,
C6
D60, D62, D63, D65, D68, D74, D76, D77, D79, E49, E63,
E70, G60, G62, G63, G65, G70, G74, G76, G77, G79
D64, D75, D78, G61, G64, G75, G78
F70
Transistors:
2N3644
2N5322
TIP126
MPS A06
F77
F76, E77
F54
E59
Resistor Pack:
1.5K
E20
SH I
-PF
ENABlEE----------------~F;7~O~_==-_~----------~~------ T
+16V
PAPER FEED ENABLE
SH I
+PFA
PAPER FEED
~C---_:_-~IO[
1 +~v
3W
j~J lF69
-------f===~-------=====----------~l '~
1
A!S3
+5V
SH I
AI7 A2!S A3!S 834
A73 816 ~~ C24
0.1
"N
___
+PF_I~
-1
+!Sv
g:J :78 EI6 F!SI
F82
85!S-14
J1
0.1
!Sov
J4
J5
+RIB ENABL~
J6
J1
+4OV
~uel
,..-i
:
41
J1
SHI
+RIB A
RIBBON DRIVE
SH I
+RIBB
SH I
+RIB LIFT
+RIB HOLD
SHI
SPARES:
+5Y
RIBBON LIFT
J1
JJ~ ~CHASSIS 8NOrh
.
e 7-19a
y
Flgur
B ASSEMBL
SP! PC
2
,
~--"""~-
,
Sheet 2 of
320293-XX
Rev Y
C60
1
+IIV
SH I
864
10
A20
113
1
....
+DATA STB
I
,
r~==========~Cl~O~C~K~============~ll==========~======~~==============~======================================================================================~~~~~----------~~~~~t
~
U
v
= ~
I
~M~
I
·f~53
r-~~~~~P~I~~~I-+-------------------------------------------------------------~~~~
~~
V
t V l7" f4.70--..2I~I,
"'13I:7
;o~!I!l>O'I2~I-D~3~3~L9"'.~~
D311\6('_~>-'!3~~9>c):!4+J_!I~I-~~~1~D+<;
.
~~F
~::~II~~§~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~lc
I1
1 1.
.--LI.
:I
:
i
la~
13~ 12
:
f-~ c;r,,,,
18 u,
560~~.I ~ 2'
_ 12
030
.------101------,
+5V
o-
PROCESSOR
E31
12 0 pl:9
+PD0
+PDI
®+5V
'i'
:
+5V
,
+Ic, IC2
: GNO
68
1
7
o
_
_
L ______
180
....
....
•.>'a"-...180
034
(9) (IS) -
rI
J4
-
F5
}-_-!!R~X!::DA:~w!!:i\!....__+-=,.....:;:6~1~
+~ I 1 , /
Y....
\I
Vl\.
11\
I,...
II
+5V
+~V
-ATNI
-DATASTB
24K
3:
I
: I
:
. CIO 1(13)
I
5K
~i7)----.J
,.+5~~L
a
9 U2
14 115
4 II 12 15 13I",
I-
19 XI
I!,
X2
10
RID/P3-0
:
0----.....
+T5V
47~~ 13 L -----1
1
RI
470
£--'~~~----------------------------------~~~I+---~I~1+1----~34~5IP0-~
g-
I
OUTPUT
~2G
~~~~------------------------------------~~I+I--~I~I+1----~~AD~~3
NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED,
0
DECODER
~-I~~------------------------------------------~~1~~-L~---....l3~7 AD2/P0~
~--"'-">!!...!....--------------__<;>+ll_ll_ll_+_ll-ll--+-!---+-I---&I
""AD71P0-7
I
~
-FEEDER AD Z
>!;DC!,,12~--------,-==:...;.:::...:::...
;>-=........'--_________________________________________+T-----I-+I~11----..J3!§18 ADIIP0-1
~~~----------------------------~++TI~I+I++
I--~I~I+I--~~AW~
J7
-FEEDER ADI
' - - - - - - - _ _ _ _ _ _-11~3 A71
A55
+ADI
+AD2
TIIP3-5
@)
-FEEDER AD0
+AD0
~9 RSV~
I
+RTS
F4,.
"-5~,::.6-------------'--<0,
L-----------"II'-l~·)coc~IO~-------.!.==.:....::::=~0
1lllag~ ~
IJ I~
-TX DATA
L ___________
07·1'1I"--9-...;+",A,,,D<.!.7---111
r--l-I -l-1-+-l--l-4-l----'26;3!.lAII
SHZ
J4
47
~"-------------'-:..:..:..;::.....,
02.~1~3===~+~A~D~2=~=
~:
40
-DTR
-
+ADI
+~y
V
i6
+12V
9
~!: R?M~·~H:6~!:==-===...:.;!~~:~~t~~!tt-l~=1
19
I
+PD5
F\8 I
-12V
PROGRAM LVlEL\':OHV
I __________________-+___
I
1>--''-''''''-----------_I_+-------------------+1---~15
I
I
r~~~~------------------------------------------~--~I~+I----~~A~
1>~~~
ao
01i!Z.
4Z
LlJ5)--~Ti)
~~~~2~6~~r+~~~~~a~=~~iEtE~E!Et~f~~~~~~~~=========I~~+~
~
CNT21-'15"+_ _ _--"-3104<~SX;:.4_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-'-'13!..11NTl1P3-3
II RST2
9 AI
8 A2
:I~
~2~IEt==±~======8j
P2-IIA9 p'22
DECRI1.[i41[!]lfE4'-i!]]
12 B2
14 E2
::
A39
17 7D
70 16
5
30 6
2Q
- L I - -_ _.....I
INCR I §..
2 EI
5
RSTI
A2
~
:::
+AD6
ALEI'3"'0'--......--+-An-<:'7,...-_---:
E33
4 BI
3 I0
4 20
730
,
+PD4
+12V
9
10~2~----+-!-+--<~_+__---.!!10~A0 Vpp 00,t'I=-1_ _+;..:A::-:D~0'_i.
+AD0
+ADI
+AD2
~~
+PD3
'---------------'--'--"'-"--< 44
3
E31..Jiil
+?~
ADDRESS LATCH
39
+PDZ
L-______________--=!:.!:..!!.=.....(41
r---.L
PB7 25
,(6)
I ,II ~ III
t!
+CCM02
II-~IO
~L----------------------------_t------_iLr--_"l~,
DATA INPUT BUfFlE1R
:lI3)
13:
...-----~~~~~~----------_+--_r--------------~3
10 BO- IQ ~
I
1
6'
+5V
C60
20K
A31
r--cTo-- ,(4)
II
,
PA7~3rr7~----------------------------~~~~~------~~--------~~~~~63
2 IA
IY 4
3 IB
5 2A
2Y 7
s 2B
012
II
,n 3A
3Y 9
3B
14 4A
4Y 12
13 4B
I SEl
15. STB
1
1
1
,
+C04
PA4~40~----------------------------------------------------------~~~~60
...---------------""""CISTB
1....-_ _......
IJ
+m0
+COI
PAI~3------------------------------------------------------------~~--~58
103B
'f(
~~~K
SHI
vcc PA0~4i-----------------------------------------------------------~~=-~59
13 4B
.------------------.I~~I SEl
010
:.
-.i..
...
:.
J3
~6
~~~~~~----------L-----~JL~--{8-)-----J------------~~~~_t----------------------~14~4A
+~
+A05
+A06
+A07
+~v
020
113A
I I
:10
~
OUTPUT PORTS
6 2B
3Y 9
i
+AOI
+A02
+A03
J;:
~======~----------------------------------------------------------------------~+~A~0~4===~~
IY 4
3 1B
IIII
I IIII
I,470pF
....
I
I I
F46
7:
J4
_________________________________________________________________________________~+~P~E--~
...I
]A)O
-PWSMO
+PCM02
+RST
-POWER DOWN
@
®
®
~SH)
J7
B
+OAV .... SHI
+BUSY
Figure 7-21
API PCB ASSEMBLY
Sheet 2 of 3
Rev J
320462-XX
J3
49
J4
®
-PF ENABLE
SH I~------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~
+t16VE65
5.1V
+40V
068
PAPER FEED ENABLE
+4OV
+40V
+5V
070
3
+16V
2.2K
E66
IK
SH I· +PFA
5
F64
10
3W
F67
E62
~~
+5V
IK
F69
+5V
A53 C39 04 016
021 032 053 083
F8 F82 G69
0.1
SOY
+12V
+RIBE~LE
SH
I
15
~~12~
__________________________________________________________________~
E5!fC
+16V
Q
+16'1
+IISV
FI4
12V
5%
RIBBON ADVANCE
ENABLE
F72
+
FIG
0.1
BOY
+5V -
SPARES:
L~il('"
IK
G68
FUI
6.8
25V
1/2W
+5V
r~IIGI
---,
rI F5,I
IK
51
21LI
I EZS I
1
II
""K
..... oJI
___
112
II
___ J
~I'I
069
SH I
+RIB A
~
II
~~~~
071
390
5
t
+5V
31
IIC
RIBBON DRIVE
-12V
+5V
+ISV
E54
SHI
+RIB B
II
390
JI ~CHASSIS GNO
RIBBON HOLD
5
~+~R~IB~LI~F~T
____________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
SHI~+~R~IB~H~O~L=O~
J3 '.
LIFT
~
J4
43
4: -:. SOLENOIDI
_I
-~
~
rh
RIBBON
L..a'--~
SHI . .
•
ECS PW
:1 SOLENOID
::
,-'. =:
1---
Figure 7-22
API PCB ASSEMBLY
Sheet 3 of 3
320462-XX
Rev J
+5V
tESS
lie
IIG- C5, Q, CS.
SH I - 03,08(21
SH2- AS,alll
oe.07,85
-ATN POll
r------101----~
~ UPROCESSOR
-------------------------'.::.1~L__~F),2
54!
~----------=C~L~OC~K~~~-------1-i================~~============~==============================================================================~~~~~
__~~__~+~D~~~A~S~TB~~~SH2
Vae l
I
I
I
10 MHz
+5V
D34
D35
'YE53
~33012
I 3 39.'lci~"--_4_+_!_--+~A~D~4------------------------~+I~.\----I~I-.L1--~36§.JAD3/P0-3
q 1 1
1
A
-fi>~-"'+'-"Al.!l..2n6'--------------------~~1+-1-\-1-i1~1_~I+1-+1_ _~33 AD6/P0-6
CONNECTOR LIST
4.
Ie VCC'::LB~S;~NM;S: ~D
14
lS
J1 - POWER SUPPLY
J2 - PAPER FEED MOTOR
J3 - SCE. CARRIAGE ASSV,
PAPER OUT SWITCH
COVER OPEN SWlrc'H
J4 - INTERFACE
J5 - (unused)
J6 - CONTROL PANEL
J7 - FEEDER CONNECTOR
(Option)
~~
14
IS
7
S
~:~
2S
40
28
40
14
20
[!] MEMORY JUMPERS:
JUMPER TO SE INSTALLED ONLY FOR CONFIGURATION WHERE
LISTED, OTHERWISE JUMPER MUST BE OUT.
LOCATION
A55
A55
A64
A64
A45
A45
AS4
A64
A64
MEMORY
JtAIPER IN
(El ROM I, INTEL
C5B
(E) RO.'II I, TI
C59
(El ROM 2, INTEL
C63
(ElROM2, TI
C62
2K RAM
C41
418K RAM
C43
2K RAM
C40
ROM) 2K
C44
2KlEl ROM,2!lOnS A54
~ OPTIONAL CAPACITOR-NOT IN USE.
[I) 0P1'I0IlAL JUMPER TO GROUND
[]] DATA BUS:
+ SIGN FOR CENTRONICS
- SIGN FOR GPiB 1NTERfru:E.
I' " "
I I I I I I
I
I I I I
+RTS
A71 eX:
~ '0
L----------------------~I~IA71
I
~
00
8
J
-FEEDER AD'" 47
" .
I
-FEEDER AD I
I
(;'15
.~
~:
'2
A71
-FEEDER AD 2 fs\
L-______________________--".=..3
00
\V
~3
C:4€>'12~ _"'-lA71'X~2----------------...:F...:E=E=DE=R-'S::.T:..:B::.....J ~
_
2~LA_'3:.."_ _..J
~
I C62
~
+r
A
P2-S/AI4 27
C40,U, C44
00
PROGRAM MEMORY
HI
II
~::::::::::
I
I
I
I I I I I
I I
I I I I I I I I
I
:~~~O
I 2 All
120 AI2
OUTPUT
DECODER
+~~I
""
II
0 I 12
Vpp
02
7 A3
03
6 A4 ROM 0
5 A5 2 05
4 AS
OS
I 3 A7
07
I 25 AS
I 24 A9
I
I I
I I I
I I I I
I I I I I I
111111
I I I I I I I I I
'@)'Lllit'illJ"1
I
PSENb='29,---:-,_,I~
2S
III
122 g~
+i~
~M
13
15
IS
17
IS
19
AI4
+AD0
+AD I
'AD2
+AD3
+AD4
+AD5
+ADS
+AD7
'-b--
IC
~ ~G
I
~~B
L...---j ~ 2C
1Y0,~7~~----------------------------~-~E~N~A~B~l~E~S~T~A~J~US~-~:SH2
IYI S
IY2 5
SH2
-: SH2
IY~~
-...
J6
2Y0p"-9-------------------..':l:!:E~D"'"0~F-'-F~ I
I
~2G
2YI 10
U4
ClR BUSY
-ENABLE INPUT DATA
-lD SWITCHES
2
~2~1I------------------------------------~S~H~IF-T~IN~R~E~G~ 3
~
I
L-__12!Y3~'~2--------------------------------------l~E~D~0~N~4
DATA MEMORY
+?~6
P3.61WRI-'''''S.....q-+-++++---(;
C41'~C43
1111111
I
+5V
Address
1~7 Decoder
L.!...:-
~
IG
L-...!l A
~B
'~5d
' -___
2C
, -_ _",,14'd2G
C52
1Y0~
IYI
7 A3 RAM
6 A4
5 A5
4 AS
r·
1
~I
IY2~
~~
P\i
L--~I':9cJ:M!;-;;(~~c~FI~~011~i~\-I---=!!~:AD0D~D~~1
I
.
..L
-
I
o>-!--_!!--9"l AI
O-:-+
__-'-....g.jS A2
1<:631
I
-£lI:.....:+~A~D~7L-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~~_+I_cIW__I_+I~1.j.1_--.J1-.l1JI____
~
r""!gJ~ ~:~:-7 PHI~ ~
API PCB
I
54E;n'
-IJ!>o~-'-+""AD~5L....-------------------------------~.-~~~--------------------------------------------~~~~1----~~----~3~5 A~/P0-4
NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED,
I. ALL RESISTANCES SPECIFIED IN OHMS.
2. ALL RESISTORS ARE !2'Y., 1/4 WATT.
3. ALL CAPACITANCE SPECIFIED IN MICROFARADS.
I I I 11rJ~~ ~~
-DTR
L __________ .__________....::..;·
"
A55
23
2 All
o>--+----'-'O~A0
I
~~.-+~~~nD~0--------------------------~--I~~--~9~A~~
+ A I
3S
...... + AD2
I I1 I1 I1
ADI/P0-1
: - +AD3
~~ :~o
:
I
I
13 INTI/P3-3
SH2-D
... _-'--""'-'-------------------____...jI-+I______________________________________~L_____.2J9 RSTIVPO
I
SH2 '" + DAV
IiLI____________________________________--, I
15 T1/P3-5
I
I : :
I I I
I I I
p---f-
P2.5/AI3,~2SL-+-
I --vue
3- 2 -ls--f-s-'7-jQ--...i
-
3 IB
----"-1
.....
1470 pF
_50V
+EOI
+5V
r-
IYI-=--4- -
2A
2Y 1-'7_ _ _ _
-
+AO I
~~~;
:~~~
:
~----------------------------------+~C=O~I-@V
III
1('
~----------------------------------+~C=0~2-~
3B
I
~----------------------------------+~C~0~3~~56
L--
~~------------~-------------~+=CO~4~~W
~~~~~~------------~~----------------~_r_r_r_t----------------------~1414A
~~---:-:;:-:------+I
+-111-+----4
+
4y~12~-----~-T.
~~--------------------------------+~C~0~5-~
~-----------------------------------~+C~C~M~O~I---~
'3 4B
r----------"t1~ SEL
.-----------=qSTB
V
010
'-----'
2 IA
L-__________________________~~~~1--~~----------------~3 IB
IY
'=~~~~~-------------------------~~~~1---r_r_------~==1J5 2A
~
SHI
~------------------------------------------------------------~+~C~0~0--~;
3y~9~-----~~
r
-E
J3
020
--,
~------i,:l-C(oF5
!'O
(8j--J
~
+'"
+A07
---:~
II 3A
~'6)
--
.
~
6 2B
I II I I
J3
55 -END OF RIBBON
l
+PE
.--------------------------------------------------------------------:+~A~O~O:;--~
11 JJ]~[ 1=1 ____
J I I I I I.--~~------_"i5
.---""'--~'--6 1~E4-5--+---:I:--I:---:I--:I---T1
J4
25
+5V
A21
- -,
1:--~~--------~~2B
~~±£~~~------~~============================~~~
-:I
I I
I
1'3A
I 3B
144A
13 4B
I I
I ,
I
I
012
,~__________________________________~~--------~~--------~+~C=C~M~02~--~
4Y 1"=12_ _ _
101
---+---;-1 ;---:-1I~
-;-!
E52
IK
+RIBBON LIFT
~
+RIBBON HOLD
1
~~-------------------~I-------I~I~~IO~---~+~R~I~BE~N~A~B~LE~. .
15 STB
34
33
32
31
30
00
01
02
03
04
05
2 06
27 07
PB2 20
PB3 21
PB4 22
PB5 23
PB6 24
PB7 25
+PFA
+PFB
..
;.J3
+12V
r
(I):
+5V
<[jSl_,
___
FIB
I
17
I
L-;r,(5) -l(4)
-12V
RST
SH3
14
PC0 ~--------~n1----------------------------------------~
______i+fPfC~M~O~1~
2i
;>'~-- _-..-~35"-1
+RIB A ~
+RIB B ~
1
I
E31
4
+5V
~20K
PB0 IB
PBI 19
O--:LITl
09
100
+5V
~C60
2Y~7~-------til_+i_ri
3Y 1-"-9_ _ _--;--;-1-+-1~I.....
I SEL
I
+5V
r
4
-=-
J4
+5V
+OTR ~
AI6
~~~I-K--------------------~+~SE~L=E-C-T~
r&-=+5V
2.4K
PC I 1-'' ''5--7--------'-1
I
9
I
-FAULT/SRQ
@
I
E31
~~~--~---=-~~===~iJj
II
I
GV
I
PC4 IJ
PC5 12
9
111
- OEMANO/NOAC
I
rC3 17
C45
6.BK
1 -1
~
PC21-'=-6_+-~~-'-I
+5V
I
-ACKNLG/NRFO
}"--+-CI~----i'
111r;3~
I-----.-=lE31
I
I
~~~~----------------r_-_r---_=====~======~
II
III : 1
I-Ii
L_p :II
I
~~---------1------_='='J i
I
I
A0
C51
6.BK
t
1
036
20K
1
~.~:~
1 +----1- - -
--TIl ~I
_-=-7
L - - I
~_______________9_~B
------'-i'~~d
______________~5~~§
J3
+ HAMMER FIRE (~
-CAR SMO
-PWSMO
+PCM!)Z
--+---
+RST
11
@
®
:;7)
.,;. SH I
J7
-POWER DOW')
'8'
+OAV ~ SHI
0
J4
1-,-'_ _
+BUSY
I
Figure 7-21a
API PCB ASSEMBLY
Sheet 2 of 3
320462-XX
Rev K
-PF ENABLE
SH I . .~---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+iI6VE6~
+40V
~.IV
068
PAPER FEED ENABLE
+-4OV
+40V
+~V
070
2.2K
3
+16V
E66
IK
E61
+PFA
10K
5
SH I . .~------~
E60~
2.2K
F64
E62
II2W
IK
F69
PAPER FEED
+5,..
J6
A44
A30
Bn
SH I ~+..:...-PF.:......=.B_ _~
10
111.
25,..
043
GNO
0.22
25V
AI3
CI4
016
053
F82
AI5
C39
021
083
G69
A53 A62
C65 04
032044
E48 F8
0.1
50V
+12,..
+12V
SH
I
+RIBENABLE
13
~~12~------------------------------------------------------------------------------,
E~~
+16V
RIBBON ADVANCE
G70
+~V
Q
+16V
ENABLE
+16V
9
FBO G72
2.2K
G68
'14
'10
F72
IK
F74
IK
112W
1/2W
+
12,..
100
1/2W
5'11.
,~
6.1
25,..
5%
+Iev
JI
J6
+4OV
IK
cn
0.1
50V
RIBBON LIFT
4
069
SH I
+RIB A
26
JI
E80
An
0.1
J3
390
100II
RIBBON
ADVANCE
..--~~... MOTOR ____--..:....
II
JI
+16V
RIBBON DRIVE
20K
+-~V
31
II(
J3
G71
JI
-12V
CD I
C15
1~~3
T
~50'"
+T~iv
+16V
t
+5,..
J3
b
-12\1
0.1
.."...
SH I
+RIBB
II
£54
390
JI ~CHUSIS ~~
RIBBON HOLD
RIBBON
rT7
J3 ,LIFT
J4 43
~M---4I~H
,t: - ~ SOLENOtDI
I
SH I . .~+~R~I~B~L~I~F~T----------__________________________________________________________________-J
SH I ~~+~R~I~B~H~O~L~O---------------------------------------~
E70
E12
=~ ECS PW
:: SOLENOID
Figure 7-22a
API PCB ASSEMBLY
Sheet 3 of 3
320462-XX
Rev K
+5,..
~E66
tl(
9H3 - C5, 0, ~.
os, 01.85
SH 1- 03, 06(21
5H2- A5, 83(21
+5V
( 07 OS B35
IK
IK>IK~IK
HI?
6'~7
II
-LD SW 8 UPDATE SCAN
JI-2
-SCAN 0
A23 10 9
2Q 5
A23;~=-8-..-='9~CLK
JI-I
13
A23 4 5
========______
...1.
2
20 5
2Q I6 T
3D
3Q III T
REG
i:7-'
40 110
~CLK
HICj> ,
B23
~CLR
5QI:1-'(
3 C23
~040
I
13
3
I
C77X~4-+---...J
I-/'
REG
~
1
C7'7~_....-r~22=----+------l
~
2
IQ
20 ~
2Q 5
3D ~
7
3Q
10
CLK
II
~
10
I~D25
5 C64
II C64
~
CLR
8
C?o
PARITY 11"017
13~C1(
V
....
150 013
+5V
( 14
L=t-
B85
BUZZER
I
B54
r----------l
I
1
I
~ ~ > > ~ > IK I
____
IL _ _>
> ___ J
5
4
~--------------------------------------------------------------------------_TI-1
II
3
I
'~~~~--4_----~
II
II
II
I
r
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
12 II
2
10 9
I
I
I
I
>>
I
I
IK I
L _________ J
...
II
>--tl"",
I
~"
92 METAL
96 METAL
96 DIABLO
APL METAL
APL PLASTIC
PLASTIC
OPTION
c
8z
IIJ
.J
«
t-~
MSG LOAD
12
z
a:
IIJ
SELF TEST
PROP
IIJ
10
~
12
15
Iii
UC ONLY
kT
141
~
I
FULL DUPLEX
c
III
52
~
I
I
4
~lJ
1
1
1
I
8 t.:G::;N:.::::D-e-_-C..__---=-055 .o-n
""":-1-'---+1+-..
3
EVEN PARITY
0---;-=:---,1
151
;:::: 12 I
PAPER OUT
L
57 o.--:-.J~-H-I-e
DEFEAT
---." '-A76
I
C5
6.8
25V
J3-~N/U
8
1
,-----+1--+1-+1-+----(>
12
570-:....:
I
I
__..1
- -
~---.J
~o--'!..:8~_+-+-+-..q
II~:
IK
o-!..::.---ll--fl----'Ii--l-+-+-+_...
-;::.
1 11
BAUD30~O
·131 _ _
IIJ
~
151
PARITY ENABLE
0
~ ~
I 8
13 7 I" 13 6
A64
1---::-18
9
51
16
53 o--I-"---ll-I!--+I----i!--+-_+_~
I
I
4
131
S5-::.o---'----+---+--+----if--+-"'iI
AUTO LF
IIJ
>
~
>
L __ _
DOUBLE LF
A39
C
I
10 9
DUAL ROTARY SWITCH ASSY
T l
;;:r;.
9 ).::+~5~V_+___________G..___=_=:_G_~~
J3- 23 25
I
12
...
35V
J 1- 7
J 1- 6
?-If. - - - - - - - -- - - - -,
2
~
C88...L 6.8
50
I
I
I
B35
3
r.;::..+16V
JI-~
J3- 24 26
I
IC
IC I
J3-8
-SCAN 100 J3-IO
",-,C85
~
J3-6
-SCAN 9 0
4
+16V
~1~~12==--......(W:.:.;H..:.:T:..:j)
150 020
6Df.'-'-J
6Q 15
4
J3-4
-SCAN 8
150 028
1-7
~
_"4 PRINT CHECK ~<'DIO
5
J3-20
-SCAN 7
I"'l:II
~
+5V
J3-2
-SCAN 6
V;C64
150 035
J3-18
-SCAN 5
~I::?
1 7 9 C64
4J
J3-1
-SCAN 4
2
I C64
40
10
4Q
50
12
5Q
60 ~
15
6Q
B64
+5V
150 043
RIBBON/PAPER 11"032
OVFL
IIIC~
V
3'
II C77~~IO~-+--...J
I
r7 -.......
~~~
I
9
V
J3-16
-SCAN 3
I
C77'"'Y~8:.....+.-If I
V
J3-3
-SCAN 2
]"IiI
6
1-7
_Va
9 C23
2
r'/
GO 15
COVER
5 C23
V
I
I
1C77
5 C77 JoO....:6'--_-+--J
~~==~I
I Q I-.::..uc--G--~IC~
10
4DI!W
4Q 10
6D~
~2
I
I
5D~
5Q 12
- UPDATE OUTPUT REG'
JI-4
3D~
3Q 7
A23,~-6.......+_IClCLR
2
1
2DW
REG
B77
-INIT SCAN
1~23
IQ 21
3 10
T
J3-14
-SCAN I
HPR05 CONNECTOR J3.
KEYBOARD CONNECTOR J I.
~
n
II
12
13 14
I-._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _....:I=-a0 ININH A B C
,---!..
JI-3
-SHIFT INPUT REG
S/L
2 CLK
0
3
4
E
SHIFT REG
C35
5
F
G
6
_
15
~Ht-:9~--------.!!10~ININH
~---.:I-IS/L
II 12
13
ABC
14
3
0
E
4
F
5
G
-=
6
SHIFT REG
C45
15
HQHII-=9=-----------"I0=iI~NH
~L.C_L_K____________________-M
I S/L
II
12
13 14
ABC
0
3
4
E
F
5
G
6
HQH 9
-CNTRL PNL STATUSOJI_5
SHIFT REG
C54
~LC_L_K____________________~
IL-_________________+-_~l------------------r_~J
Figure 7-23
H5CPN (HPR05) CONTROL PANEL
PCB ASSEMBLY
302561-05
Rev A
H5CPN (HPR05) CONTROL PANEL PCB ASSEMBLY
302561-05
Rev A
Note:
-05 and earlier versions of the H5CPN PCB assembly are suitable for use on Model
630 HPR05 terminals only. -06 and later versions of the H5CPN PCB assembly
can be used on both HPR05 terminals and API-2 terminals.
For -06 and later versions of the H5CPN PCB assembly, see Figure 7-23a.
REVISION HISTORY
ASSY
ETCH
B
C
ECO
B1390
B1694
B2356
-02
-02
-02
-03
A
B2518
-03
-03
Releases -03 assembly at Rev. A; obsoletes -02 assembly.
No schematic change.
A
B2595
-04
-03
Releases -04 assembly; obsoletes -03 assembly.
tic change.
A
B2745
-05
-04
Releases .:..05 assembly using -04 etch; obsoletes -04
assembly. -04 etch incorporates all previous cut-and-jump
changes to -03 etch.
REV
---r-
ACTION
Releases Bill of Material (B/M) for -02 assembly.
B/M updated. Schematic and assembly drawing added.
Releases -03 etch; obsoletes -02 etch.
Capacitor at C5
changed from 35V to 25V rating. Miscellaneous hardware
changes with no effect on schematic.
SOLID STATE COMPONENTS USED
IC's:
7406
74LS14
74LS165
74LS174
C23, C64, C77
A23
C35, C45, C54
B77, B64, B23
1N4454
C85
Diodes:
Resistor Pack:
1K, 14-pin
B35, B54
No schema-
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c041 52.342996, 2008/05/07-21:37:19 Create Date : 2017:07:09 12:40:26-08:00 Modify Date : 2017:07:09 12:54:59-07:00 Metadata Date : 2017:07:09 12:54:59-07:00 Producer : Adobe Acrobat 9.0 Paper Capture Plug-in Format : application/pdf Document ID : uuid:481de30d-9966-ed4d-8b6e-22446faeabeb Instance ID : uuid:81acfbb4-adc6-eb40-a0e6-91c5e5ede1c7 Page Layout : SinglePage Page Mode : UseOutlines Page Count : 202EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools